DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 01 - PERIOD 01
Preparation day: 14/9/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 16 – 17 /9/2024
- Teaching class: 5A, 5B , 5C, 5D , 5E , 5G
UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS!
Lesson 1 – Classroom language

A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to classroom language.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward school and their responsibility for schooling.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies:
- Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The Name Game, Practice Activity: Finish
the sentence.
- Communication: Activity 2, Activity: Act out
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
st

5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Classroom language
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 0 – My new neighbours
- Audio files: Tracks 0.01
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (3 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the
Warm-up Activity: The Name Game students.
- The teacher plays a fun song and asks
students to walk around when the music - Listen to the
is playing. teacher’s
1 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The students shake the closest instructions.

student’s hands when the music stops. - Walk around.
- Then, introduce themselves with - Shake hands.
simple sentences (Ex: Hi, Nice to meet - Introduce
you! My name is …. What’s your themselves.
name?) in 30 seconds. - Finish the activity.
- The teacher opens the music again and
students walk around and find a new
partner. (Repeat the process 3 to 4
times.)
Present – Classroom language (Time: 7 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the classroom
language.
b. Procedure: Activity 1. Listen and repeat.
7 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.11)
- Play recording 0.01 for the first time. - Listen and repeat.
Have students listen and repeat the
sentence as the recording goes.
- Show one by one pictures with the - Listen and repeat
audio, and students listen and repeat the the sentence one
sentence one by one. by one.
- Divide the class into two groups, each - Work in 2 groups
group takes turns to read aloud the and practice.
sentence.
- Give feedback - Listen to the
- Show the slide with 6 pictures from teacher.
number 1 to 6.
- Teacher says the number and the - Look at the picture
students say the sentence. and say the sentence.
Practice – Classroom language (Time: 15 minutes)
a. Aims To correctly read and pronounce words related to classroom
language.

b. Procedure: Practice Activity:

10 minutes Finish the sentence
- Listen to the
- Divide the class into pairs. teacher’s
- Each student in pairs takes out a mini- instructions.
board. - Work with the
- Look at the conversation in the picture. partner to practice
- Discuss and write down the correct asking and
word on the board in 20 seconds. answering the
2 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- One correct answer = +2 points (If 2 questions.

members write the correct word).
- The pair with the highest point wins
the game.
Activity 2. Look and write. Then say.
5 minutes - Listen to the
(Pupils’ book p.3)
- Put students in pairs. Have students teacher’s
open their books and work to complete instructions.
the speech bubbles. - Finish the
- Have the students volunteer the activity.
answers and write them on the board. - Check the
- Check the answer for the whole class. answer.
- In pairs, say the speech. - Say the speech.
Produce (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To use the words related to classroom language

b. Procedure Activity 3 - Pupils’ Book (p.3)

5 minutes - Ask students to look, listen and repeat - Look, listen and
the example conversation. repeat.
Activity: Act out.
- Invite a student to stand up and
- Say the dialogue.
demonstrate the dialogue in activity 3.
- Practice in pairs.
- Divide the class into two teams.
Practice dialogue a few times. - Describe their
- Put students in pairs and have them own family.
practice the dialogue.
- Tell them to describe their own family - Look at the slide.
by personalizing dialogue.
Activity: Practise the situation in
pairs.
- Look through the example situations - Discuss in pairs.
on the previous slides.
- Put students in pairs. Tell them to
describe their situation by personalising
dialogue. Present in front of
- Call out a few other pairs to come up the class.
and do the role play by personalising
these dialogues.
Consolidation: 1 minute
3 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly - Listen to the

review what Ss have learnt. teacher.

Home-link: - Ask students to look at and read the - Listen to the

(1 minute) unit Starters on Pupils’book. teacher.

4 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 01 - PERIOD 02
Preparation day: 8/9/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 17 - 18 /9 /2024
- Teaching class: 5A, 5B , 5C, 5D , 5E , 5G
UNIT 0 – MY NEW NETGHBOURS!
Lesson 2 - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the names of countries. “The UK, the USA,
Australia, Turkey, Singapore, Việt Nam”
- To use the structures: “Where is he from? He’s from …”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: What do you
say?, Practice Activity: The flag; communication: Activity 2, Production
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Name of countries
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 0.02, 0.03
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: What do you say?
- Listen to the
5 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Divide the class into groups of 6. Each teacher’s instructions.

team prepares a pencil case.
- Look and guess.
- Look at the picture and read the clues
together. - Catch the pencil
- Guess what happens next with your case
teammate.
- Catch the pencil case to get a chance to
answer. - Join in the activity.
- Note: The teacher can use the clues in L1
- The team with the correct answer can get
2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the names of
countries. “The UK, the USA, Australia, Turkey, Singapore, Việt
Nam”
b. Procedure Lead-in.
- Ask students “What letter is this?”
2 minutes - Tell them to look at some countries’
names starting with the letter S on the slide.
Call out together.

Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.

(Pupils’Book p.4)
- Play recording 0.02 for the first time.
Have students listen and repeat the words - Listen and repeat.
6 minutes as the recording goes.
- Look at the picture of the countries. Read
together. - Look and read.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one by - Listen and repeat
one word. the word one by
- Divide the class into two groups, and each one.
group will take turns to read the word
aloud.
- Work in 2 groups and
- Give feedback
practice.
- Show the slide with 6 pictures. Click on
each number, students look and say the - Listen to the
word. teacher.
- Look at the slide
Practice Activity: The flag
and say the words
- Divide the class into groups of 6. again.
6 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Each student in the team takes out a mini-

board.
- Read the clues and discuss them with
your teammate to guess what country it is.
6 minutes - Write down the correct answer on the
Teamwork/ Whole
board.
class
- If all students in the team write the correct - Listen and follow the
word, that team will receive 2 points. But if teacher's instructions.
the team has 2 or 3 students write the -Read and discuss.
wrong word, they won’t receive points. - Write the answer.
- The team with the highest point wins the - Check answers and
game. receive points.

Present & Practice - Structure (Time: 9 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to introduce the structure “Where is he from? He’s
from …”
b. Procedure: Activity 2. Listen and repeat.
4 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.4)
- Have students look at the dialogue. - Look at the slide.
- Play the audio, students listen and read
- Look and say the
along with the audio.
word.
- Play the audio again and pause after each
- Listen to the
line, students repeat what they hear.
teacher’s
- Show the sentences with the structure.
instructions.
- Divide the class into two teams. One team
- Ask and answer
asks and one team answers.
- Listen to the
Activity 3. Look and say. teacher.
5 minutes
- Ask students to look at picture 1, point
out the flag and the student’s name. - Read the
- Read off the information from the speech information.
bubble. - Ask and answer.
- In pairs, practice all 5 pictures.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.

b. Procedure - The teacher divides the class into 2 teams,

5 minutes shows the pictures and tells students to ask - Look at the
and answer. pictures.

7 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Each team takes turns asking and

answering. - Ask and answer.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home-link: - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
(1 minute) book (page 4).

8 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 01 - PERIOD 3
Preparation day: 8/9/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 18 – 19 /9/2024
Teaching class: 5A, 5B ,5C , 5D, 5E , 5G

UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS!

Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the words related to nationality.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Writing
machine, Activity Matching, Activity – Letter mix-up; communication:
Practice Grammar: Activity – Ask and answer
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Words related to nationality.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 0.05
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)
5 minutes - Greet the class. Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:

9 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Writing machine
- Divide the class into groups of 6. - Listen to the
- Each team prepares a piece of paper. teacher’s
- Students take turns writing down the names instructions.
of as
many countries as they can in three minutes (has
student has 30 seconds)
- The team that writes the most significant number
- Join inof
the activity.
countries is the winner.
- Note: All countries need to be split correctly and be
written in English.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the words related to
nationality.
b. Lead-in.
Procedure: - Look and listen. Then answer the question - Look and answer.
“Where is Linh from?”

4 minutes Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.

(Pupils’Book p.5)
- Play recording 0.05 for the first time. - Listen to the
Have students listen and repeat the words teacher’s
as the recording goes. instructions.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one by - Listen and repeat.
one word.
- Divide the class into two groups, each - Listen and repeat
group taking turns to read aloud the word. the word one by
- Give feedback one.
- The teacher says the country names, - Work in 2 groups and
students say the nationality. practice.
- Listen to the
3 minutes Activity Matching teacher.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. - Listen and say.
- Each team takes turns in choosing 2 Teamwork/ Whole
rectangles. (left side and right side) class
- A correct answer = say the country name - Listen and follow the
and spell the nationality. teacher's instructions.
- The team with the highest points wins the
game.
- Matching
4 minutes Activity – Letter mix-up.
- Spell the word.
10 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Divide the class into groups of 4 - Listen and follow the

- Each team prepares a mini-board. teacher's instructions.
Students take turns to write the answer. - Take out a mini-
- Look at the Mix-up Letter, discuss and board.
write the correct nationality word on the - Write the answer/
board.
- The team with the highest points wins the
game.

Revision - Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to use the new vocabulary to make the sentences.
b. Grammar Review.
Procedure: - Show the dialogue between two students - Look, listen and
2 minutes on the slide. repeat the sentences.
- Ask students to look, listen and repeat.
Practice Grammar:
6 minutes Activity – Ask and answer.
- Put students into pairs. Students take turns - Listen to the
to ask and answer using the model teacher’s
“Where are you from?” – “I’m from …. instructions.
I’m ….”
- Students look at the picture, then make
- Ask and answer.
the speech in pairs.
- Raise hands to present in front of the - Join in the activity.
class.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
b. - The teacher says a random number.
Procedure - Students listen and raise their hands to get - Say the words
a chance to say the correct and make a
sentence with that word behind the number
- The first student with the correct word - Make sentences
receives 2 points.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
link: (1 book (page 4).
11 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

minute)

WEEK 1 - PERIOD 4
Preparation day: 8/9/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 19 – 20 /9/2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B, 5C , 5D, 5E ,5G

UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS

Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words related to nationality.
- To use the structure “What’s his / her nationality? He is British.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Fill in the
blank, Practice Grammar Activity: Making sentences; communication:
Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus: - Vocabulary: Words related to nationality
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 0.06
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (3 minutes)
12 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Greet the class. - Greet the students.

Warm-up Activity:
Fill in the blank. - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 4. teacher’s
- Each team prepares a mini-board or piece instructions.
of paper.
- Take out a mini-
- Students take turns to write down the
board.
answer.
- The teacher plays the audio, and students
listen and fill in the blanks.
- The winner is the team that writes the - Listen and fill in
fastest and correctly. the blank.
Note: Members of the team can spell the
word to help their friend.
Present - Grammar. (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the structures What’s his / her nationality? He is
British.”-
b. Activity 2. Listen and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’Book p.5)
- Play recording 0.06 for the first time. - Look at the
Have students listen to the conversation as conversation and
the recording goes on. listen.
- Play the recording again, students listen
- Listen and repeat.
and repeat.
- Show the bubbles and divide the class - Work with friends
into two teams (boys and girls), ask them to to practice asking
listen and repeat. and answering the
- In pairs, practice the dialogue. questions.
- Then, tell them to review the grammar
box and the sentences. - Look at the
Activity 3. Choose a picture in Activity 1. structures.
Then ask and answer.
- Ask students to look at these pictures
from Activity 1.
- Point out that this person is an American
and from the USA.
- Look and read the speech bubbles.
- In pairs, choose the pictures from Activity

13 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1 to ask and answer.

- Call on a few pairs to show the class.
Practice - Grammar (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice structure.

b. Practice Grammar
Procedure: Activity: Making sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Each team prepares a pen or pencil and
puts it in the middle of each team.
- Look at the picture and the keywords - Take out a pen or
beside it. pencil
- Discuss with their teammate to make
sentences from those keywords.
- Catch the pen or pencil to get a chance to - Make sentences.
answer.
- One correct sentence = +1 point.
- The team with the highest points will win - Join in the activity.
the game.

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.
b. Imagine you have a new neighbour in
Procedure another country. Ask and answer.
- Give students 30 seconds to imagine their - Imagine.
new neighbour from another country.
Read the questions and answer by
themselves. - Answer the
1. Is this your new neighbour? questions
2. What’s his / her name?
3. Where’s he / she from?
4. What’s his / her nationality?
Activity 4. Imagine you have a new
neighbour from another country. Draw
him / her to your class.
(Pupils’ book – p.5)
14 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Using the imaginary neighbour to draw

and write about their new neighbour. - Draw and write
- In groups of 4, talk about their imaginary
neighbours.
- Invite a few students to present. - Present in groups.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 5).
minute)

WEEK 2 - PERIOD 5
Preparation day: 20/09/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 23 – 24 / 9 /2024
Teaching class: 5A , 5B , 5C,5Đ , 5E ,5G
Unit 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS
Lesson 4 - Phonics

A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To emphasise stress in words.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work, and pair
st

work. 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: birthday, Turkey, swimming
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 0.08
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
15 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Checking for the students' attendance.

II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (3 minutes)
Greet the class. Greet the teacher.
Warm-up songs:
- Listen, sing and
- Teacher plays the video and has them
dance along.
stand up to sing and dance along

Present - Phonics. (Time: 13 minutes)

a. Aims: Introduce how to emphasise stress in words.

b. Lead in
Procedure: - Have all students look at the screen. - Look at the screen.
- Teacher has each box appear with - Listen to the
pronunciation audio. words.
- Then, have students look at, listen to and
repeat these words. - Listen and repeat.
- Ask students to clap their hands for each - Clap your hands.
syllable, then listen again and point out the
stressed syllable.
- Explain that they will learn about the
word stress in this lesson.

Presentation.
Activity 1. Listen and repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.6)
- Have students look at these pictures. Play - Listen and repeat
the audio, students listen carefully. words.
- Ask them how many syllables are in each
of the three words.
- Play the audio again to check their - Listen to the
answers. teacher.
Activity 2. Look and write. Then read
aloud. Where is the word stress?
- Ask students to look at Picture A,
pronounce the word “football” and elicit
16 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

that its stress is syllable 1. - Take out a mini-

- Work in pairs to finish the exercise. board.
- Check the answer with the whole class.
- Ask them to pronounce the word and raise
their fingers to show where the word stress - Look and
is. pronounce.
- Show the right answers on the screen. - Listen to the
teacher.
- Finish the activity.
Practice – Phonics (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practise writing the words.
b. Activity 3. Read and write. Then say
 Answer the
Procedure: - Put students into groups of 6.
- Discuss to answer the questions. Then, questions.
students take turns to say the sentence. - Say the sentence.
- Check the answers together.

Produce - Phonics (Time: 7 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to promote student’s acquisition of the stress syllable
in words.
b. In pairs, read the sentence and stress the
Procedure underlined words in the sentence.
- Put students in pairs, ask them to count - Count the syllables.
how many syllables in the underlined
words and stress them. - Then stress the
- Check the answers together. words.
- Open the book and
Activity 4. In pairs, read the sentence. look at task 4.
Then, make your own sentence. - Read the sentences
- Have students open their books and look - Make sentences.
at task 4.
- Have the whole class read the sentences
and make their own sentences.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
link: (1 book (page 6).
minute) - Ask Ss to prepare the new lesson.(page 7)
17 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 2- PERIOD 6
Preparation day: : 20/09/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 23 – 24 / 09/2024
Teaching class: 5A, 5B ,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS
Lesson 5A – Story
A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Review Activity: The syllable, Activity: Find
the mistake; communication: Practice Activity: The missing word
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: the names of countries
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 0.09
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and Review (8 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Review - Listen to the
teacher’s
18 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity: The syllable instructions.

- Divide the class into groups of 4. - Prepare a piece of
paper
- Ask each team to prepare a piece of
paper.
- Each team must find out that three words - Join in the activity.
have one syllable, 4 have two syllables, and
2 have four syllables.
- One student reads off the words, and the
others listen and clap their hands for each
syllable.
- Check with the whole class.
- One correct word = 1 point.
Review sentence: - Take out a mini-
board.
Activity: Find the mistake
- In pairs, prepare a mini-board.
- Discuss and find the mistake, then write - Find the mistake.
the correct word on the board.
- Join in the activity.
- The five first pairs with the correct
answer can get 2 points.
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the story
b. Pre-teach: Vocabulary & Phare.
Procedure: - Ask students to look at the picture, listen
and say along. - Listen and say
Introduction: along.
- Show the story and have students identify
the story title, story frames and characters
by answering these questions: - Look at the
1. What’s the story title (name)? questions.
2. How many story frames (pictures)?
3. How many characters (people, friends)
are in the story? - Open the books
- Ask students to open their books and and answer the
explore the page of the Unit 0 story with questions.
their partners to answer the questions. - Check answers.
- Provide the answer using the slide. - Watch the story.
Activity: Watch a video - Listen to the story.
19 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Play the video, students listen to and

watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 0.09, students look at
the story and listen.
Practice - Story (Time: 11 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
b. Listen and read:
Procedure: (Pupils’ book, p.7) - Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read
- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
again.
- Listen and read.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
acting out the story.
Practice Activity: - Practice the story.
The missing word
- Divide the class into pairs.
- Ask each team to prepare two mini-
board. - Listen to the
teacher and take out
- Look at the picture and the sentence,
a mini-board.
discuss the missing word, and then write
- Write the missing
them on the board.
word on the board.
- The perfect pair is that all boards have the
same answer.
- The 4 first pairs with the correct answer - Join in the activity.
can get 2 points.
- Note: Ask them to write ONE word.

Produce – Story (Time: 4 minutes)

a. Aims To enhance student’s understanding of the story.
b. Activity 2. Read again and write ONE
Procedure WORD. - Open the books
(Pupils’ book p.7) and look at the task.
- Have students open their books and look - Write the answer.
at this task.

20 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Work individually to complete each blank - Check the answers

with one word. with other
Check the answer with the whole class. members.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to review vocabulary and - Listen to teacher
link: (1 grammar at home.
minute)

WEEK 2- PERIOD 7
Preparation day: : 21/9/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 24 – 25 / 9/2024
Teaching class: 5A ,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS
Lesson 5B – Story
A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up activity: Find the picture, Activity:
Tom and Jerry; communication: Activity 3, 4
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus:
- Vocabulary: the names of countries.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery.
- Audio files: Track 0.09
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.

21 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Checking for the students' attendance.

II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and Review (5 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Find the picture.
- Put students into groups of four. - Listen to the
- Have students open their books. teacher.
- Teacher reads a sentence. Students listen,
find and say the number of scenes in the
story. - Listen and say the
- The first group that can say the correct number of scenes.
answer receives 2 points.
Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes
a. Aims: To review the story.

b. Activity. Listen and read

Procedure: (Pupil’s book p.7) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 7. story.
- Play recording 0.09, students listen and
read aloud. - Listen and read the
story aloud.
Practice - Story (Time: 11 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.

b. Activity: Tom and Jerry

Procedure: - Listen to the
- Divide the class into teams.
teacher’s
- Tell them that “tick” is TRUE and “cross” instructions.
is FALSE .
- Show the sentence to the class, ask them
to read and choose the symbol (or say T or
F) - Read and choose
the symbol.
- A right answer =+2 points
- If that sentence is not correct (FALSE),
ask them to fix the mistake. - Join in the activity.
- Click on the tick or cross to check the
22 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer.
- Checkpoints. - Open the books.

Activity 3. Read and circle True or - Read and circle

False.
- Have students open their books.
- Listen to your friends
- In pairs, read each sentence and circle if and check the answers.
the sentence is true or false.
- Call out some students to share the
answers.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
Produce – Story (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember and retell the story

b. Imagine you have a new neighbour from

Procedure a foreign country. Write about him/her. - Listen to the
- Work individually to write about your teacher.
new neighbour in 2 minutes. - Write a message
- Look at the example.
Activity 4. Work in pairs. Imagine your
friend has a new neighbour from a - Read questions.
foreign country. Ask about him/her.
- Read the questions together.
- In pairs, ask and answer about their - Ask and answer.
imagined new neighbour from a foreign
country using your text before.
- Look at the example. Students take turns
to ask and answer.
- Invite a few pairs to present.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 7).
minute)

23 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 2 - PERIOD 8
Preparation day: : 21/9/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 25 - 26 / 9/2024
Teaching class: 5A ,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 0 – MY NEW NEIGHBOURS
Lesson 6 – Review and Extension
A. OBJECTIVES :
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review vocabulary and grammar in Unit Starter.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Who’s
faster?, Activity – Minion Game, Activity: Tic-Tac-Toe, Activity. Memory
Game; communication: Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Name of countries & Nationality
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and Review (8 minutes

- Greet the class. - Greet the students.

Warm-up Activity:

24 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Who’s faster? - Take out a pencil

- Divide the class into groups of 6; each case.
group prepares a pencil case. - Join in the activity.
- The teacher plays a funny song; team
members pass the pencil case in a circle.
- When the music stops, the students who
hold the pencil case need to stand up and
say a word that they learned in Unit Starter.
- Students can not repeat the same word in
turn.
- The teams cannot say the word will out of
the game.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes
a. Aims: To review the words in Unit Starters.
b. Activity – Minion Game.
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Each team takes out a mini-board.
- Take out a mini-
- Read the clues and discuss with your
board.
teammate to guess what country is in 10s.
- Write down the correct answer on the - Read the clues and
board. discuss.
- Students take turns to write the answer.
- The team with the highest point wins the - Write the answer
game. on the board.
Activity 1. Look and find.
(Pupils’Book p.9) - Find the word.
- Ask students to open the book on page 9.
- Students work individually to find the
- Compare the
words from the list in the box on the right
answers.
In pairs, compare the answers.
- Check the answer with the whole class,
say the word aloud.
Review Grammar. (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice speaking skills.
b. Activity: Tic-Tac-Toe
Procedure: - Divide the class into two teams. - Listen to the
- One team is X and the other is O. teacher’s instructions.
- Choose a number then say a correct

25 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

sentence using the given words. - Choose the

- The whole team says the sentence number and say
together.
- The teacher clicks on X or O if students
show the correct sentence. - Join in the activity.
- The first team to get 3 marks in a row (up,
down, across, or diagonally) is the winner.
- When all 9 squares are full, the game is
over.

Activity 2. Read and match.

(Pupils’ book p.9)
- Have students open their books and look
at task 2. - Open the book and
look at the task.
- Read the questions in the left column. - Read the questions
- In pairs, ask students to choose and match
the question with the answer in the right
column.
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Match.
Activity 3. Read Linh’s notes. Then ask
and answer the questions.
- Have students read Linh’s note.
- In the 30s, underline the challenging
word.
- Students work individually to answer the
questions.
- Then answer these questions.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.
b. Activity. Memory Game.
Procedure - Divide the class into two teams.
- Each team then takes turns in choosing
TWO squares. - Listen to the
- The team gets a point if the two squares teacher.
are the same word/picture. (country –
nationality)
- If the two squares differ, click on the red
circle to hide the picture again. - Join in the activity.
26 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students must try to remember where the

matching pairs of words are.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 8).
minute)

27 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 3 - PERIOD 9
Preparation day: 28/9/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 30 – 01 /10/2024
Teaching class: 5A, 5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

A. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to school subjects.
- To use the structures: “What subjects do you like? I like…….
What is your favourite subject?- My favourite
subject is …….”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Give Me
Your Words, Practice Activity: Space Ship, Practice Activity: Quick
Conversation; communication: Activity 2, Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School Subjects
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 1 – New School
- Audio files: Tracks 1.01.
- Computer and slides

C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

28 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: Give Me Your
Words - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 5 teacher’s
students. instructions.
- Each group takes out a mini-board or a - Take out a mini-
sheet of paper. board or a sheet of
- Write the topic “school” on the board and paper.
ask students to write words that relate to - Look at the topic
the topic. name and write
words.
- Count 3 – 2 – 1, students start to write
- Work with other
words.
members in the
Ex: board, teachers, book, students, group to write
classroom,… words.
- Set a limit of 2 minutes for students.
- Then, each group says out loud their - Say the words
words to check. aloud with
- The group with the most correct words members.
receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify school
subjects’ vocabular
b. Lead-in: Activity
Procedure: Answer the questions
- Look at the
- Have students look at the picture. picture.
- Think about the answers to the question
on the screen. - Answer the
 How many classrooms do you see? questions.
- Show the answers, and students check
with the whole class.

Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.

(Pupils’Book p.11)
- Play recording 1.01 for the first time. - Check the
Have students listen and repeat the words answers.
as the recording goes.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio,
29 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

and students listen and repeat the one-by-

one word.
- Divide the class into two groups, each
group taking turns to read aloud the word. - Listen and repeat.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 8 pictures from
number 1 to 8. - Listen and repeat
- Click on each number, all students look at the one-by-one
and say the words. word.
- Work in 2 groups and
Practice Activity: Space Ship practice.
- Divide the class into two teams and
introduce the activity. - Listen to the
teacher.
 Each student takes out a mini-
- Look at the slide
board.
and say the words
 Have students look at the picture
again.
and write down the word on the
Teamwork / Whole
board.
class
 If all students in the team write the
correct word, that team will receive - Listen and follow the
2 points. But if the team has 2 or 3 teacher's instructions.
students write the wrong word, they - Take out a mini-
won’t win the game. board.
 The team with the highest points.
- Look at the picture
- Use the slide to lead the activity. and write words
- Have the whole class say aloud the - Check answers and
answer. receive points.
- Repeat the answer
Activity 2. Look for words from Activity - Listen to the
1 in the picture on page 10. teacher’s instructions
(Pupils’ Book p.10, 11) and open the book
- Put students into pairs. Have students page 10.
open their books to page 10. - Work with the
- Give them 2 minutes to write school partner to write school
subjects and find 8 classrooms for them. subjects and find 8
- Check the answers with the whole class. classrooms for them.
- The pairs who have all the correct - Check the answers.
answers receive 2 points.
- All students look at and repeat the
answers.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 11 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to ask and answer about their favourite school subjects
30 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

with structures: “What subjects do you like? – What is your

favourite subject?- I like Maths.”

b. Activity 3. Listen and say

Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.11)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the picture and tell picture and listen to
students that the girl and the boy are talking the teacher’s
about their favourite school subjects. instructions.
- Show the question and answer in the
bubbles, say aloud the text and have the
whole class repeat. Check pronunciation if - Look, listen and
necessary. repeat.
- Show the structure of grammar and invite
a few pairs to role-play the dialogue - Work in pairs and
between 2 characters in front of the class. practice saying the
Practice Activity: dialogue.
Quick Conversation - Listen to the
- Put students to work in pairs. teacher’s
instructions.
- One student asks and one student answers - Work with the
2 questions: “What subject do you like? partner to practice
What is your favourite subject” asking and
- Then, the teacher asks students to change answering the
pairs. We can use the bell or the noisy questions.
chicken to make a signal for students.
Activity 3. Interview five friends. Write
their names and their answers. - Listen to the
(Pupils’ book p.11) teacher’s
Activity: Do a Survey instructions.
- Divide the class into groups of 5 to 6 - Receive a paper.
students.
- Give each student a piece of paper with 3 - Find a member,
colunms on it. ask the questions
- Students choose a member in the group, and write the
ask the questions and write the information information.
on the paper.
- Say Bingo when
- After they finish 5 names on the papers,
finishing 5 names on
they say Bingo.
the papers.
- The teacher goes around and checks the
answers.
- The 5 fastest students who finish all
columns on the paper receive 2 points.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
31 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

: To use the vocabulary of school subjects to make new sentences.

a. Aims
b.
Procedure
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 8).
minute)

WEEK 3 - PERIOD 10
Preparation day: 27/01/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 01- 02 /10 /2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
32 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL

Lesson 2 – Review

A. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review and spell words related to school subjects.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The Fastest
Student, Activity: Unscramble Words; communication: Activity 2, 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: School Subjects
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 1 – New School
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The Fastest Student
- Divide the class teams. - Listen to the
teacher.
- The first student of each team stands up
- Stand up and look
and looks at the teacher.
at the teacher.
- Show a picture, students look and say the
word. - Look at the picture
- The fastest student with the correct and say the correct
33 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer receives 2 points for the team. word.

- Then, the next student takes turns joining - Join in the activity.
the activity.
- The team with the highest points wins the
game.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of school subjects.
b. Review Vocabulary
Procedure: - Show the slide and have students look at - Look at the
that. pictures on the slide.
- The teacher says a number. Students - Listen to the
listen and raise their hands to get a chance teacher and raise
to say the word. your hands to say
- The fastest student with the correct word the word.
receives a point.
Activity: Unscramble Words
- Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 5
teacher.
students.
- Each group takes out a mini-board. Each - Take out a mini-
member takes turns writing down the board.
answer.
- Show unscrambled letters on each slide, - Look at the
students look and write them into the unscrambled letters
correct word. and write them into
- Students raise the board after finishing the the correct word.
word. - Raise the board to
- The teacher looks and checks the check answers.
answers.
- The first group with the correct answer
receives 2 points. - Open the book.
Activity 1
Look and write the subjects. - Look at the
(Pupils’ Book p.12) pictures and write
- Have students open their books and work words.
individually.
- Students look at the pictures and write a
word for each picture.
- Show the answers to check.

Review - Structure (Time: 12 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to review, ask and answer about the timetable of
34 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

school subjects with structures: “What time does Lottie have…...?

What does she do at ……on ……?”

b. Activity 2
Procedure: Read Lottie’s timetable on Mondays. - Listen to the
Circle. teacher.
(Pupils’ Book p.12) - Prepare 2 pieces of
- Put students into pairs. paper and write
- Have students open their books on page True or False.
12, look at the timetable and choose the
- Look at the
correct answers by circling them.
timetable, read a
- Check answers with the whole class.
sentence and choose
Activity 3 the correct answer.
Think of two more questions about
Lottie’s timetable. Then ask and answer - Listen to the
with your partner. teacher.
- Put students into pairs. Students look at - Open the book,
Lottie’s timetable again and think of two look at the timetable
more questions about her timetable. One and choose the
student asks and one student answers, then correct answers by
they switch roles. circling them.
- The teacher goes around and checks if - Check answers.
necessary.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to practice asking and answering questions about
their timetable.
b. Activity 4
Procedure Answer the questions.
- Students take out a sheet of paper. - Take out a sheet of
Students look at 4 questions and write the paper, look at 4
answers on the paper individually. questions and write
- The teacher sets a timeout (in 1 or 2 the answers on the
minutes). paper.
- Show the example bubbles. Divide the
class into 2 teams. Students look at the
examples, one team asks and one team - Read the examples
answers. with members.
- Then, put students into pairs. Students
look at the questions and their answers, one - Practice asking

35 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

student asks and one student answers. and answering with

- The teacher goes around and checks. the partner.
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the
class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 9).
minute)

WEEK 3 - PERIOD 11
Preparation day: 28/10/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 2 - 3 /10 /2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words: “headteacher, science lab, dinner
lady, school office, computer room, canteen”.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: practice activity – Funny
Mushroom
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 1.02.
- Computer and slides
36 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The Most Difficult Subject - Look at the board.
- Draw 3 columns on the board: “easy, so- - Take out 3 pieces
so, difficult” with a column “subject”. of paper and write:
- Students take out 3 pieces of paper and “easy, so-so,
write: easy, so-so, difficult on each piece. difficult”on each
piece.
- Then, the teacher asks the questions:
- Listen to teachers’
“What do you think about …….”
questions.
Ex: What do you think about English? - Raise the paper to
- Students listen and raise their paper to choose the answer.
choose the answer.
- The teacher counts and writes the number - Look at the board.
of answers on the board.
- Tally up the response to find the most
difficult subject for students.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary:
“headteacher, science lab, dinner lady, school office, computer
room, canteen”
b. Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’Book p.13)
- Play recording 1.02 for the first time. - Listen and repeat.
Have students listen and repeat the words
as the recording goes. - Listen and repeat
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, the one by one
and students listen and repeat the one-by- word.
one word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Divide the class into two groups, each practice.
group takes turns to read aloud the word. - Listen to the
- Give feedback teacher.
- Show the slide with 6 pictures. All - Look at the slide
37 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

students look at and say the words again. and say the words
again.
Practice Activity: Teamwork/ Whole
Funny Mushroom class
(7 minutes) - Listen and follow the
- Divide the class into two teams: red teacher's instructions.
mushroom and yellow mushroom. - Choose a number,
- Each team takes turns choosing a number. look at the picture and
Then, they look at the picture and say the say the answers.
answers. - Check answers and
- If all students in the team say the correct receive points.
answer, that team receives 2 points. But if
the team has 3 to 4 students who don’t say
the answer, that team will miss the points.
- The team with the highest points wins the
game.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences.

b. Introduce Grammar:
Procedure: - Show a picture with a question: - Look at the
picture and answer
“What is she/he doing?” “What are the
the questions.
children doing?”
- Students look at the picture and answer - Look, listen and
the questions. repeat.
- Play the audio, students look, listen and - Listen to the
repeat. teacher.
Practice Grammar: - Take a pen or a
- Put students into groups of 4. - Put a marker and put it in
marker or a pen in the middle of each the middle.
group. - Look at the picture
and keywords, then
- Students look at the picture and 2 make a sentence.
keywords, and then they make a correct - Raise the marker or
sentence. pen to get a chance to
- Students raise their marker or a pen to get say the answers.
a chance to say the answer.
- The fastest team with the correct sentence
receives 2 points.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
38 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. - Show the pictures with 6 numbers. - Look at the

Procedure - The teacher says a random number. pictures.
- Listen to the
- Students listen and raise their hands to get
teacher.
a chance to say the correct word and make
- Raise the hands to
a sentence with that word behind the
say the word and
number.
make a sentence.
- The first student with the correct answer
receives 2 points.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 10).
minute)

WEEK 03 - PERIOD 12
Preparation day: 28/10/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 3 – 4 /10 / 2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

39 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

A. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly spell words: “headteacher, science lab, dinner lady, school
office, computer room, canteen”.
- To use the adverbs of frequency: “always, usually, often, sometimes,
never”.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Practice Activity - Answer the
Question.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School and Adverbs of frequency
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Race to the Board
- The teacher sticks 12 flashcards on the - Look at the board.
board: “maths, natural science, English,
social science, music, art, science lab,
headteacher, school office, computer room, - Listen to the
canteen, dinner lady”. teacher’s
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each instructions.
member takes turns joining in the activity. - Listen, run to the
40 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The teacher spells a word, and the first board, slap and say
member of each team runs to the board, the correct word.
slaps and says the correct word.
- Receive points.
- The fastest student with the correct word
receives 2 points for the team.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students correctly write the vocabulary: “headteacher,
science lab, dinner lady, school office, computer room, canteen”.
b. Review Words:
Procedure: - Show the pictures with numbers. - Look at the slide.
- The teacher clicks on the random number
and all the students look and say the word. - Look and say the
word.

Present and Practice – Grammar. (Time: 19 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to identify and remember the use of adverbs of
frequency.
b. Activity 2. Read, listen and say.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.13)
- Have students look at the dialogue.
- Look at the
- Play the audio, students listen and read
dialogue.
along as the audio.
- Play the audio again and pause after each - Listen and repeat.
line, students repeat what they hear. - Look and read along.
- Show the sentences with the structure of - Look at the slide.
adverbs of frequency, students look and read - Underline the
along. adverbs of
- Using the grammar chart go over the frequency in the
meaning of the different adverbs of dialogue.
frequency. - Look at the
- Students work together to underline the keywords and make
adverbs of frequency found in the dialogue. a sentence.
Practice Grammar: - Raise a hand to get
- Ask students to look at the keywords and a chance to say the
make a sentence. answer.
- The student who knows the answer raises
hands to get a chance to answer.
- The fastest student with the correct
answer receives 2 points.

Activity 3. Look and say. - Look at the

41 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(Pupils’ Book p.13) pictures in Activity

- Draw students’ attention to 4 pictures in 3.
Activity 3. - Look at the
- Elicit from students the subjects or bubbles, listen and
activities shown in each image. read along.
- Show each bubble on the slide and ask - Listen to the
students to look at that, listen and read teacher, take out a
along. mini-board or a
sheet of paper.
Practice Activity: - Look at a question
Answer the Question: and keywords, write
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each the correct answer.
team takes out a mini-board or a sheet of - Raise the board or
paper. paper to check the
- Show a question with keywords, and answers.
students in the group discuss and write the
correct sentences on the board or paper.
Each member takes turns writing the
answer.
- After finishing the word, they raise the
board or paper to check the answers.
- The 3 first groups with the correct word
receive 2 points.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
b. Activity 4. Introduce members of your
Procedure school to a new friend.
- Show the example bubble, students look, - Look, listen and
listen and read aloud. read aloud.
- Have students think about a member of
their school and give a sentence to - Think about a
introduce him or her. Students raise their member of the
hands to get a chance to say. The students school and give a
with the correct sentence receive 2 points. sentence to
- Put students into groups of 4. Each introduce him or
member takes turns to try introducing her.
members of their school. - Raise a hand to get
a chance to say the
sentence and receive
points.
- Work with the other
42 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

member to say the

sentence.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 11).
minute)

WEEK 12 PERIOD 13
Preparation day: 5/10/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 7- 8 /10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
Unit 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 4 - Phonics

A. OBJECTIVES

43 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce stress in two syllable word 1.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book; teamwork: Activity: Quick Eyes, Practice
Activity:
What The Word Can You Hear?
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: office, music, neighbour, lesson.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 1.12, 1.05, 1.06
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)

- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

Warm-up song: Clap Our Syllables
- Have students look at the screen and play - Listen to the song.
the song. - Stand up, watch and
- Students stand up, watch and clap their clap your hands.
hands.
Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce the words that pronounce stress in two syllables word 1.

b. Lead in – Watch and sing along.

Procedure:
44 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 minutes - Have all students look at the screen. - Look at the screen.
- Play the video song “Word Stress -
- Listen and sing a
Syllable Stress - Part 1” for students to
song.
listen and sing along.
Presentation:
3 minutes - Have students look at, listen and repeat
these words. - Listen and repeat
words.
- Ask students what they recognise in these
words.
- Explain that these words have stress on - Listen to the
the first syllable. teacher.
3 minutes
Activity 1. Listen and repeat. Where is
the word stress?
(Pupils’ Book p.14) - Listen carefully.
- Have students look at these pictures. Play - Listen to the
the audio, students listen carefully. teacher.
- Say the words slowly emphasising the - Listen and repeat.
correct stress and ask students where the
word stress is.
- Play the audio again, students listen and
repeat.
Practice – Phonics (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practise pronouncing the words that stress in two
syllables word 1.

b. Practice Activity:
Procedure: What The Word Can You Hear? Teamwork:
 Listen and follow
6 minutes - Divide the class into 2 teams: team A and
team B. the teacher's
instructions.
- All students take out a mini-board.
- Play audio, students in the team listen and - Take out a mini-
write the word on the board. Then they board.
raise their boards to check.
- Each team takes turns joining the activity. - Listen and write the
- If all students in the team have the correct word on the board.
answer, that team receives 2 points.
- But if the team has 2 or 3 students with
the wrong answer, that team doesn't have
points.

45 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The team with the highest points wins the

game.
- After showing the answer word, the
teacher asks the question: Where is the
stress on the word “……”?
- Students listen and answer.

Activity 2. Listen and write the words

you hear. Then match the pictures.
Mark the stress.
(Pupils’ Book, p.14) - Open the book and
5 minutes - Have students open their books and look look at task 2.
at task 2. - Work with the
- Put students to work in pairs. Play the partner, listen and
audio and students listen and write words write words.
to fill in the blanks.
- Play the audio again, students listen and - Listen again and
work individually to draw lines to match draw lines to match the
the words with the correct pictures. words with pictures.
- Check answers with the whole class.
- Check answers.
Activity 3. Word maze: Find the way
out. Find words with stress on the first
- Open the book and
sound.
look at task 3.
(Pupils’ Book, p.14) - Listen and repeat the
- Have students look at task 3 in the book. words in the word
- Quickly read off all the words in the word maze.
3 minutes maze and have students repeat after you. - Find a way of the
Make sure the stress of the first syllable of maze.
each word is correct. - Check answers with
- Students work individually to try to find a friends.
way out of the maze starting with the
monkey that stresses on the first syllable.
- Check answers with the whole class.
Produce - Phonics (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to promote student’s acquisition of words that start
stress in two syllable word 1.
b. Activity: Quick Eyes
Procedure - Divide the class into groups of 4. Put a
4 minutes marker in the middle of each group.
46 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show a sentence, students look at and  Listen to the

find the words with two syllables. teacher.
- They raise the marker to get a chance to - Look at the sentences
say the answer and pronounce these words and find words with
that stress in two syllables word 1. two syllables.
- The fastest group with the correct answer - Raise the marker to
receives 2 points. get a chance to say the
answer.
Activity 4. Listen. Mark the stress in the
- Open the book and
underlined words. Then say.
look at task 4.
4 minutes - Have students open their books and look - Read the sentences
at task 4. and focus on the words
- Have students read the sentences with two syllables.
individually and focus on the words with
two syllables. - Listen and mark the
- Play for them the audio and have them stress in the underlined
mark the stress in the underlined words. words.
- Play the audio again one sentence at a - Listen and read
time and have students read along correctly along.
stressing the two syllable words. - Work with other
members to read the
- Divide class into groups of 6 to 8 sentences.
students. Each group takes turns reading
the sentences.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link(1 Activity book (page 11).
minute)

WEEK 12 PERIOD 14
Preparation day: 5/10/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 8 – 9 /10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1
47 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words of adverbs of frequency: “once a
week, twice a week, three times a week, at the weekend, every day”.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Practice Activity: Who is faster,
Practice Activity:
The Perfect Pairs.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Adverbs of frequency
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 1.07.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Arrange the Phrases
- Show the slide or write on the board the - Look at the slide
unscrambled words: or the board.
1. day/every
2. the/weekend/ at
3.a/once/week
48 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

4. a/ three/week/times
5. week/ a/ twice
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes
out a sheet of paper. - Students look at - Take out a sheet of
these words, discuss how to arrange them paper.
in the correct phrases and write the answer - Look at these
on the paper. words and write
them into the correct
- After fishing these phrases, they say
phrases.
Bingo and give the paper to check.
- Give the paper to
- The 3 first pairs with all the correct check.
answers receive 2 points.
- Receive points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the adverbs of
frequency: “once a week, twice a week, three times a week, at the
weekend, every day”.
b. Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.15)
3 minutes - Play recording 1.07 for the first time.
- Listen and repeat.
Have students listen and repeat the words
as the recording goes.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one-by- - Listen and repeat
one word. the word one by
- Divide the class into two groups, each one.
group takes turns to read aloud the word.
- Give feedback
- Work in 2 groups and
- Show the slide with 5 pictures. All
practice.
students look at and say the words again.
- Listen to the
Practice Activity:
teacher.
Who is faster
- Look at the slide
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 six
and say the words
students.
again.
- Call out one by one students from each Teamwork/Whole
7 minutes
team to come to play, and stand behind the class
line and in front of the board. - Listen and follow the
- Write 6 words on the board: every day, at teacher's instructions.
the weekend, once a week, twice a week,
three times a week, four times a week. - Come to play the
- The teacher throws a dice, if it stops at game, stand behind the
49 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

number 3, students will say the correct line and in front of the
word aloud. Ex: number 3 – every day. board.
- The fastest student with the correct word
- Look at the board.
receives 2 points.
- Pay attent to the dice,
- Then, the next member will continue the
look at the number and
next turn.
say the word quickly.
- Receive points.

Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 15 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences.
b. Introduce Grammar:
Procedure: - Show a picture and a sentence with the - Look, listen and
3 minutes audio, students look, listen and repeat. repeat the sentences.
Practice Grammar:
- Listen to the
- Put students into groups of 4. teacher’s
- Students look at 2 pictures with a subject instructions.
and make a sentence. - Look at 2 pictures
4 minutes
- They raise their hands to get a chance to with a subject and
say the answer. make a sentence.
- The fastest group with the correct - Raise a hand to get
sentence receives 2 points. a chance to say the
answer.
Practice Activity: - Take out a mini-
The Perfect Pairs. board.
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes out - Look at 2 pictures
a mini-board. with a subject and
- Show 2 pictures with a subject, students write the sentence.
look at and write the sentence on the board. - Raise the board to
8 minutes check answers.
- They raise the board to check answers.
- The 3 first pairs with the correct sentence
receive 2 points.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes).
a. Aims help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
b. - Ask students to give a sentence about - Look at the
Procedure them with one of these adverbs. pictures and give a
Ex: “I have English three times a week. I sentence with an
play football every day.” adverb of
frequency.
- The students with the correct sentence

50 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

can finish the lesson.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link(1 Activity book (page 11).
minute)

WEEK 12 PERIOD 15
Preparation day: 6/10/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday Thursday 9 – 10 /10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 5B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:

51 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To review words of adverbs of frequency: “once a week, twice a week, three

times a week, at the weekend, every day”.
- To use the structures “How often do you play football? – I play football
twice a week.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Write the
Words, Practice Grammar Activity: Raise Your Board; communication:
Activity 4.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Adverbs of frequency
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 1.08, 1.09, 1.10.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Write the Words
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes - Listen to the
out a sheet of paper or a mini-board teacher and take out
a sheet of paper or a
- Show pictures with numbers from 1 to 5.
mini-board.
Students look at that and write the word to
- Look at the
the correct picture.
pictures and write
- After finishing 5 pictures, students say the words.
Bingo and give a paper or a board to check
52 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answers.
- The 5 first pairs with all the correct - Say Bingo after
answers receive 2 points. finishing 5 pictures
and give a board or
2 minutes Review Vocabulary: a sheet to check
- Show 5 pictures on the slide again and answers.
say a random number. - Receive points.
- Have students look, listen and say the - Look at the slide.
correct word. - Look, listen and say
the word.
Present - Grammar. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the structures with adverbs of frequency “How often
do you ……? – I …….”
b. Activity 2. Read, listen and say.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.15)
8 minutes - Play recording 1.08 for the first time.
- Look at the
Have students listen the conversation as the
conversation and
recording goes.
listen.
- Play the recording again, students listen
- Listen and repeat.
and repeat.
- Work with the
- Show the bubbles and divide the class
friends to practice
into two teams. One team asks and one
asking and
team answers.
answering the
- Then, they switch roles.
questions.
- Show and introduce the structures of
- Look at the
“How often” with adverbs of frequency.
structures.
- Invite some volunteer pairs to make the
- Listen to your friend.
question and answer with the structures.
Practice - Grammar (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice structures of adverbs frequency.
b. Practice Grammar
Procedure: Activity: Raise Your Board
- Each student takes out a mini-board. - Take out a mini-
5 minutes Students work individually. board.
- Show a question with a picture, students
look at that and write the answer on the - Look at the question
board. with a picture and
write the answer on the
- The 5 first students with the correct
board.
answer receive points.

53 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity 3. Listen and sing. - Look at the lyrics,

(Pupils’ Book p.15) find the adverbs of
frequency in the
- Ask students to look at the lyrics, find the
4 minutes song and underline
adverbs of frequency in the song and
them.
underline them.
- Listen and sing a
- Play the audio and students listen to the song.
song. Play the audio again, students listen
and sing.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. Each team - Work with friends
takes turns singing a song. to sing a song
again.
Activity: Karaoke Time
- Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 teacher.
students. - Work with members
- Play the audio, each group takes turns in the group, listen and
3 minutes listening, singing a song and clapping their sing a song.
hands when they hear adverbs of
frequency.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the question

b. Activity 4. In pairs, ask and answer.

Procedure (Pupils’ Book p.15)
- Draw students’ attention to 4 questions - Look at the
and elicit how they might answer. questions.
- Show the example bubbles, students look - Look at the
at them and read aloud. example bubbles
and read aloud.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team
- Work with friends
asks and one team answers. Then, they
to ask and answer
switch roles.
the questions.
- Divide students into pairs. Students
practice asking and answering the - Work with the
questions. partner to practice
- After finishing 4 questions, they say asking and
Bingo. answering 4
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the questions.
class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.

54 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher

link: (1 Activity book (page 12).
minute)

WEEK 12 PERIOD 16
Preparation day: 6/10/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 10 – 11/10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 6 – Review

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words of school subjects.

55 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To review the structures with adverbs of frequency:

“How often does she …….? – She ……. + adverbs of frequency.”
“When does she ……….? – She ………. on ………….”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Practice Activity: Go Fishing,
communication: Activity: My Friend’s schedule
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Adverbs of frequency and School Subjects.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 1.08, 1.09, 1.10.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group
takes out a sheet of paper.
- After the teacher counts “3-2-1 Go”, a - Listen to the
first-person of the group writes the name of teacher.
a subject and then passes the paper to the - Take out a sheet of
next person and that person continues to paper.
write the name. - Work with other
- Set a limit of time. (2 or 3 minutes) members in the
team to write the
- After finishing the words, students raise
correct word.
their papers to check the answers.
- Raise the paper to
56 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The group with the most correct words check answers.

receives 2 points.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the names of school subjects.
b. Activity 1. Look at the book. Find six
Procedure: school subjects. Then write them.
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.16)
- Have students open the books, look at the - Open the books,
picture and try to find which subject each look at the picture
book represents. and find the subjects
- Then, students write the name of the in the picture.
subject next appropriate number. - Write the name of
- Click on “Answer” to show the answers. the subject on each
line.

Review Grammar. (Time: 20 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to practice listening skills.
b. Pre-Listening:
Procedure: Activity: Guess the Answer
- Ask students to look at 4 blanks and guess - Look at the blanks
4 words to fill in the blank. and guess the words
- Students take out a sheet of paper and to fill in them.
write 4 answers they guess. - Take a sheet of
paper and write the
- The teacher goes around and checks if
answer.
necessary.

Activity 2. Listen and write about Lisa.

There is one example.
(Pupils’ Book p.16)
- Have students open their books and look
at task 2.
- Play the audio, students listen and write
- Open the book and
words to fill in the blanks.
look at the task.
- Play the audio again, students listen and - Listen and write
check the answers. words to fill in the
- Click on “Answers” to show the answers. blanks.
- Students look back at 4 words they guess - Listen again and
57 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

with 4 answers, if students have 2 same check the answers.

words, they receive 2 points.

Practice Activity: Go Fishing

- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 - Listen to the
students. Each group takes a turn choosing teacher.
a random number. - Take a pen or ruler
- Each group takes out a pen or ruler and and put it in the
puts it in the middle of the group. middle of the group.
- After the teacher clicks on the number, - Look at the
students look at the timetable and a timetable and a
question, discuss together and give the question, discuss
answer. with the members
- After the teacher counts “Go”, students and give the
raise a pen or ruler to get a chance to say answers.
the answer.
- The fastest group with the correct answer - Raise the pen or
receives points. ruler to get a chance
to answer.
Activity 3. Look at Elif’s diary. In pairs,
ask and answer. - Receive points.
- Open the book,
(Pupils’ Book p.16)
look at the diary and
- Put students into pairs. Have students discuss.
open the book, look at the diary and - Ask and answer
discuss. the questions.
- Together ask and answer questions using
prompts in the instructions. - Look at the speech
- Draw students’ attention to the speech bubbles.
bubbles. - Work with the
- Have students look at the speech bubbles. other members in
Divide students into 2 teams. One team the team to ask and
asks and one team answers. Then, they answer.
switch roles. - Practice asking and
answering with the
- Divide students into pairs. One student partner.
asks and one student answers the questions.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.
b. Activity
Procedure My Friend’s Schedule.
58 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to take out a sheet of paper, - Take out a sheet of

draw their diaries and write down the paper, draw a diary
information on the paper in 2 minutes. and write the
- After students finish their papers, the information
teacher picks up all the papers. - Give the paper to
the teacher.
- Put students to work in pairs. The teacher
gives a random diary to each pair. - Receive the paper
- Students look at the friend’s diary, one from the teacher.
student asks the questions with “How - Work with the
often”, “When” and one student finds the partner to ask and
information and answers the questions. answer about a
- Call out random pairs to present in front friend’s diary in the
of the class and give points. class.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 13).
minute)

WEEK 05 - PERIOD 17
Preparation day: 13/10/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 14 – 15 /10/2024
Teaching class : 5A, 5B,5C,5D,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 7A – Story
[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

59 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1. Knowledge:
- Review words and structures of school subjects.
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Activity: A Secret Gift, Practice Activity:
Magic Star.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School Subjects.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 1.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Review Vocabulary and Grammar: - Listen to the
teacher’s
Activity: A Secret Gift
instructions and take
- Put the class into 2 teams. Each student out a mini-board.
takes out a mini-board.
- Each team takes turns playing the game.
- Join in the
- The teacher shows unscrambled words,
activity.
and students look at and write them into a
- Look at the
correct sentence in 15 seconds.
unscrambled words
- After finishing, students raise their boards and write them into
to check. the correct
- If all students in the team have the correct sentences.
60 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answers, that team receives a gift. But if the - Raise the board to
team has 2 or 3 members with the wrong check answers.
answer, that team misses a gift. - Receive points if
- Have the whole class say the answer the team have the
again. correct answers.
- Repeat the answers.
Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the story.
b. Introduction:
Procedure: - Look at the
- Show the story and have students identify
questions.
the story title, story frames and characters
by answering these questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)? - Open the books
2. How many story frames (pictures)? and answer the
questions.
3. How many characters (people, friends)
are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books and - Check answers.
explore the page of the Unit 1 story with
their partners to answer the questions.
- Watch the story.
- Provide the answer using the slide.
Activity: Watch a video - Listen to the story.
- Play the video, students listen to and
watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 1.14, students look at
the story and listen.
Practice - Story (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story

b. Listen and read:

Procedure: (Pupils’ Book, p.17)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read
- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
again. - Listen and read.
- Practice the story.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
- Listen to the
acting out the story.
teacher and take out
61 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Practice Activity: a mini-board.

Magic Star - Look at the
questions with 3
- Put the class into pairs. Each pair takes
answers and choose
out a mini-board.
the correct answer.
- The teacher clicks on each star, students - Raise the board to
look at the questions with 3 answers and check.
choose the correct answer by writing the - Receive points.
answers on the board.
- After finishing, they raise the board to
check the answers.
- The pairs with the correct answer receive
a point
Produce – Story (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To enhance student’s understanding of the story.

b. Activity 2. Answer the questions in NO

Procedure MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
(Pupils’ Book p.18) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the task.
at this task. - Write the answer
- Students work individually to write the words.
answers in less than 3 words. - Check the answers
with other
- Put students in groups of 4 to compare
members.
their answers.
- Check answers with the whole class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 13).
minute)

WEEK 5 - PERIOD 18
Preparation day: 13/10/2024
Teaching day:Tuesday and Wednesday 15 - 16 / 10/2024
Teaching class : 5A, 5B,5C,5D,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
Lesson 7B – Story

62 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up activity: Choose a Correct Answer,
communication: Activity: Dub out the story, Activity 4.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School Subjects.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery.
- Audio files: Track 1.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Choose a Correct
Answer. - Listen to the
- Put the class into groups of 4 to 6 teacher.
students.
- Each team choose a random number. - Choose a number.
- Students look at the questions and all - Look at the
students in the team say the correct answer. question and say the
- The group with the correct answer correct answer.
receives 2 points.
Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)

63 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

a. Aims: To review the story.

b. Activity. Listen and read
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.17) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 17. story.
- Play recording 1.12, students listen and - Listen and read a
read aloud. loud the story.
Practice - Story (Time: 11 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
b. Activity: Dub out the story.
Procedure: - Listen to the
- Divide students into small groups.
teacher’s
- Ask students to choose the character and instructions.
act out the story - Act out the stor
- Give students a little time to practice - Perform the story.
( from 3 – 5 minutes) - Listen to the teacher.
- Have groups perform in front of the class - Open the books.
without the audio. - Read off the
- Give feedback. sentences from a to f.
- Look at the story
Activity 3. Number the sentences in the
again and number
correct order.
these sentences in the
- Have students open their books. order.
- Have students read off the sentences from - Listen to the friends
a to f. and check the
- Ask students to look at the story again answers.
and work individually to number these
sentences in the order that they appear in
the story.
- Call out some students to share the
answers.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
Produce – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember and retell the story.

b. Activity 4. Look at Activity 3 again and

Procedure retell the story.
- Using the information from Activity 3.
- Put students into groups of 4. - Listen to the
teacher.
64 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students think about the story and each - Work with other
member of the group retells the story from members of the
information in Activity 3. group to remember
- Show the example for the class. and retell the story.
- Look at the
- Call out some groups to present in front
examples and read.
of the class.
- Watch and listen
- Give feedback. to the friends
perform.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 14).
minute)

WEEK 18 - PERIOD 19
Preparation day: 14/10/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 16 – 17/10/2024
Teaching class : 5A, 5B,5C,5D,5E,5G
UNIT 1 – NEW SCHOOL
65 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Lesson 8 – Skills
[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read about schools in the UK.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and school.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Fill in the
blank, Activity: True or False; communication: Activity 1, 3.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: School Subjects
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng anh 5 English Discovery 5
- A4 Papers
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Fill in the blank
- Put the class into groups of 4. Each group - Take out a sheet of
takes out a mini-sheet. paper.
- Watch a video and
- Students watch a video and fill in the
fill in the blanks.
information in the blanks.
- After the video, the teacher shows the
answers and students look at and check the - Look and check the
answers. answers.
- The group with the most correct

66 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

information receives 2 points.

Present – Skills (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to discuss and know more about British schools.
b. Activity 1. What do you know about
Procedure: British schools?
(Pupil’s Book p.19) - Work with
- Put students into groups of 4. Lead a members of the
discussion. The discussion includes topics: group to discuss the
school uniforms, days and times of study, topic.
number of classes and extra activities,….
- Each group chooses a topic and discusses - Watch and listen
it. to the perform.
- The teacher goes around and checks if
necessary.
- Call out each group to present their topics
and give points.

Activity: Listen and read.

(Pupils’ Book p.19)
- Have students open their books and look - Open the book and
at the text. look at the text.
- Play the audio, students listen and read - Listen and read.
along.
Practice – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students B to do their tasks in their books with listening,
reading
b. Activity 2. Listen and read. Write Yes or
Procedure: No.
(Pupils’ Book p.19) - Look at the task, read
- Ask students to look at task 2 on page 19. the sentences and write
Have students read the sentences and write Yes or No for each
Yes or No for each sentence individually. sentence.
- Show the answers to check.

Activity: True or False

- Put the class into 2 teams. Each team
takes turns playing the game. - Listen to the teacher.
- Take out 2 pieces of
- Each student takes out 2 pieces of paper
paper and write True,
and writes True and False on each piece.
67 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show a sentence, and students in the team False on each piece.

read and choose True or False by raising - Look at a sentence,
their paper. read and choose the
- The team with all the correct answers correct answer: True
receives 2 points, but if the team has 2 or 3 or False.
wrong answers, that team won’t have - Raise the paper to
points. check.

Activity 3. What’s different from your - Open the book and

school? Find three things. Then tell your look at the text.
partner. - Underline three
- Have students open their books and look things that are
at the text. different from your
- Ask students to underline three things that school.
are different from their school. - Look at the
- Then, they look at the example bubbles, examples, listen and
listen and repeat. repeat.
- Put students in pairs. They look at the text - Work with the
again and talk about three things that are partner to talk about
different from their school. three different things
- Call out volunteer pairs to present in from your school.
front of the class.
Produce – Skills (Time: 7 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember the information from the video and finish
their task.
b. Activity 4. Find out more! Watch the Teamwork
Procedure video.
(Pupils’ Book p.19) - Work with other
- Put students in groups of 4. Ask students members to watch a
to watch a video and answer these video and answer
questions. the questions.
- Have students take out a sheet of paper, - Take out a sheet of
write questions, watch the video and take paper, write
note of the answers. questions, watch the
- Ask students to look at their papers and video and take note
check their answers. of the answers.
- Check the
- Give a point for each correct answer.
answers.

Consolidation: 1 minute

68 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher

what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 15).
minute)
WEEK 5 - PERIOD 20
Preparation day: 13/10/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 17 - 18 / 10/2024
Teaching class : 5A, 5B,5C,5D,5E,5G

UNIT STARTER + UNIT 1

Review

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words in Unit Starter + Unit 1
- Ask and answer questions about nationality, subjects, and adverbs of
frequency.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: nationality, subjects, and adverbs of frequency
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng anh 4, English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 0 and Unit 1
- Audio files: Tracks R1.01
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
69 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: Mix – up letters
- Divide the class into groups of 6; each - Listen to the
group prepares a pencil case. teacher’s
- Look at the slide and these mix-up letters, instructions.
discuss with their team and try to arrange
the correct word. - Arrange the
- Catch the pencil case to get a chance to correct word.
answer.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.
- Join in the activity.
Note: All members need to say the answer
together.
Read and match. (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary and structure of classroom
language.
b. - Read off the question in the left column. - Look, and listen to
Procedure: - In pairs, ask students to choose and match the teacher’s
the question with the answer in the right instructions.
column
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Match.
- Check answers with
their friends.
Read and circle. (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students practice their reading skills and review the words in
the subjects
b. - Have students read the text. - Read the text.
Procedure: - In the 30s, underline the challenging - Underline and
word. circle.
- Check the answers.
- Students work individually to circle the
answer.
Read Theo’s timetable. Then, write True or False (Time: 7 minutes)
a. Aims To review the structures of unit 1.

b. Activity: Answer the question.

Procedure - Have students look at the task and say - Listen to the
aloud the directions. teacher’s
- Put students in pairs to compare answers. instructions.
70 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Check the answer with the whole class.

- Answer the
- Check answers with the whole class.
question.
Activity: Write True or False.
- Explain that they should write True or
False next to the statement.
- Check answers
- Check the answer with the whole class. with friends.
- Finish the task.

- Ask and answer.

[Link] and tick. (Time: 4 minutes)
- Look at the
Ask students to look at the speech example
bubbles, then take turns asking and
answering - Join in the
- Look at the example on the next slide activity.
- Invite a few pairs to share the answer. - Listen to the
[Link] about you. (Time: 4 minutes) teacher to practice
Ask students to look at the example writing.
answer.
- Then read each question and answer it by
themselves.
- Invite a few students to share their
answers with the class
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 16).
minute)

WEEK 6 - PERIOD 21
Preparation day: 19/10/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 21 – 22 /10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A, 5B, 5C,5Đ,5E, 5G
71 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!

Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to picnics.
- To use the structures: “Are these noodles sweet or savoury” – They’re
savoury.
Is this salad savoury or spicy” – It’s spicy.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork & communication: Practice Activity: Find the Letters.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Food, Flavour
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 2.01, 2.02.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Brainstorming
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Listen to the
group takes out a sheet of paper. teacher and take out
a sheet of paper.
- Show the theme picture and ask students
72 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

to look at and write some food words they - Look at the theme
can see on the paper. Ex: “burgers, chicken, picture and write
eggs, hot dogs, pizza, …..” some food words.
- They have 2 minutes to write and then
each group says aloud their words.
- The group with the most correct words - Write in 2 minutes.
receives 2 points. - Say the words
aloud.

- Receive points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce and help students correctly identify food vocabulary
b. Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.23)
- Play recording 2.01 for the first time.
Have students listen and point to the words - Listen and point.
as the recording goes. - Listen and repeat
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, the word one-by-
and students listen and repeat the one-by- one.
one word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Divide the class into two groups, each practice.
group takes turns to read aloud the word.
- Give feedback - Listen to the
- Show the slide with 6 pictures from teacher.
number 1 to 6. - Look at the slide
- Click on each number, all students look at and say the words
and say the words. again.
- Listen and follow the
Practice Activity: Find the Letters. teacher's instructions.
- Divide the class into pairs.
- Each pair takes out a mini-board. - Take out a mini-
- Show the word with blanks. Students look board.
at and write the missing letters.
- Look at the picture
- After finishing, students raise their boards and write words.
to check the answers. - Check answers and
- The 3 first pairs with the correct answer receive points.
receive a point.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students to ask and answer about the food: “Are these
noodles sweet or savoury” – They’re savoury. Is this salad

73 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

savoury or spicy” – It’s spicy.”

b. Activity. Listen and repeat.
Procedure: - Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, - Look at the
and students listen and repeat the one-by- pictures, listen and
one word. repeat the word.
- Divide the class into two groups, each
group takes turns to read aloud the word. - Read words with
other friends.
Activity 2. Read, listen and say. - Look at the picture
- Have students look at the picture and tell and listen to the
students that the girl and the boy are talking teacher.
about the flavour of food. - Listen and say
along.
- Play the audio, students listen and say
- Look at the
along.
bubbles, listen and
- Show the question and answer in the repeat.
bubbles, say aloud the text and have the - Work with the
whole class repeat. Check pronunciation if partner to practice
necessary. the structures.
- Show the structure of grammar and invite
a few pairs to role-play the dialogue
between 2 characters in front of the class.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to practice the structures of food.
b. Activity 3. In pairs, ask and answer to
Procedure guess food.
- Have students take out a piece of paper - Take out a piece of
and draw a picture of food or drink. paper and draw a
- Put students to work in pairs. One student picture.
asks some questions to guess the partner’s - Work with the
food and one student answers the question. partner to ask and
- If the students can guess the correct answer to guess the
answer, they receive a point. food.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 6 - PERIOD 22
74 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Preparation day: 19/10/2024

Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 22 – 23/ 10//2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 2 – Review
[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review and spell words related to food.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Practice Activity: Blocks game,
communication: Pre-Listening: Activity.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: Food
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio: Track 2.03
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The Racing Words
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Listen to the
group takes out a sheet of paper or a mini- teacher and take out
board. a sheet of paper or a
mini-board.
- After the teacher counts “3 – 2 – 1, Go”,
- Write the food
each member of the group takes turns
75 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

writing a food word that they learnt in the word on the board
previous lesson. or paper.
- Students raise their papers or boards to - Raise the paper or
check the answers after they finish 6 board to check the
words. answers.
- The fastest group with the most correct
words receives 2 points.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of food.

b. Review Vocabulary
Procedure: - Show the slide and have students look at - Look at the
that. pictures on the slide.
- Point to each item of food in the picture - Look and say the
and students say it out loud. word.
- Divide the class into groups of 4. - Join in the activity.
- Call out each member from each group to - Look at all the
stand up and play the game. Ask students words and pictures.
to look at all the words and pictures. - Listen to the
- The teacher says the number of a picture. teacher and say the
Ex: “number 3”. Students listen and say the correct word.
answer: “a - cereal”. - Receive points if
- The fastest student with the correct having the correct
answer receives 2 points for the team. answers.
- Open the books
Activity 1. Look and match. and look at the task.
(Pupils’ Book p.24) - Draw lines to
- Have students open their books, look at match the words to
the task and draw lines to match the words the correct pictures.
to the correct pictures. - Take out a mini-
- Check the answer with the whole class. board.
Practice Activity: - Look at the
Blocks Game unscrambled letters
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 and write them into
students and each group takes out a mini- the correct word.
board.
- Each member takes a turn playing a
game.
- Show unscrambled letters on the slide,
students look at them and write the correct
word.
- After finishing, they raise the board to
76 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

check the answer.

- The fastest student with the correct
answer receives 2 points for the team.
Review - Structure (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students practice asking and answering their favourite food.
b. Pre-Listening
Procedure: Activity: Make the Sentences
(Pupils’ Book p.24) - Look at 3 names
- Put students to work in pairs. Have and 4 pictures.
students look at 3 names with 4 food
pictures. - Discuss with the
- Ask students to discuss how many partner to make the
sentences they can create from 3 names and sentences from 3
4 pictures with “like, love and doesn’t names and 4
like”. pictures with “like,
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the love and doesn’t
class. Give points if they give the correct like”.
sentences. - Watch and listen
to the performs.
Activity 2. Look at the pictures. Listen
and match. What does each child like?
- Have students open their books and look
at the task. - Open the book and
- Play the audio, students listen and draw look at the task.
lines to match the names to the correct - Listen and draw
pictures. lines to match the
names to the correct
- Play the audio again, students listen and
pictures.
check the answers.
- Listen again and
check.
Activity 3. Write about your favourite
food at breakfast, lunch and dinner.
- Look at 3
(Pupils’ Book p.24)
sentences.
- Have students look at the 3 sentences.
- Ask students to look at the example text. - Look at the
- Play the audio with the example example text.
sentences, students listen and repeat. - Listen and repeat.
- Then, ask students to open their books
and write about their favourite food. - Open the book and
write the
Activity: Time for Talking
77 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- After students finish all the information in information.

the text.
- Put students into pairs. Students talk - Work with the
about their favourite food to their partner. partner to talk about
- Then, the teacher changes pairs and the favourite food.
students continue to talk.
- The teacher goes around and checks.

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to listen and choose their favourite food for
breakfast.
b. Activity: Class Vote
Procedure - Draw a table on the board with 6 columns - Look at the board.
with 6 names of the food: salad, cereal,
noodles, bread, sandwiches, and eggs.
- Have students take out a piece of paper. - Take out a piece of
- Ask students: “What do you have for paper.
breakfast?” and students write one name of - Listen to the
the food on the paper. teacher and write
one name of the
- After the teacher counts “3 – 2 – 1”, all food on the paper.
students raise their paper. - Raise the paper.
- The teacher counts the answers and writes - Look at the board.
the numbers on the board to find out the
most popular food that students eat for
breakfast.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 6 - PERIOD 23
Preparation day: 20/10/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 28 - 29 / 02//2024
78 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 3A – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the verbs used in cooking.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up activity, Practice
Activity: Listen and write, Practice Activity 2: Arrange the Words,
communication: Activity: Pair Conversations.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Verbs used in cooking.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 2.12.
- Computer and slide
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Cross Word
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Take out a sheet of
group takes out a sheet of paper. paper.
- Show the slide with 6 numbers and 6 - Look at 6 numbers
lines. Students look at, discuss and and 6 lines.
79 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

complete 6 words. - Discuss and

- Each member takes a turn writing a word. complete 6 words.
After finishing, they raise the paper to
check the answers.
- The fastest group with all the correct
answers receives 2 points
- Check the answers
- Have the whole class repeat the answers. and receive points.

- Repeat the answers.

Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correct the vocabulary of verbs used in
cooking.
b. Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.25)
- Have students look at the pictures and - Listen and point.
explain that in this lesson they will learn
- Listen and repeat
some verbs used in cooking.
the word one-by-
- Students listen and point to each picture.
one.
- Play recording 2.12 for the first time.
- Work in 2 groups and
Have students listen and point to the words
practice.
as the recording goes.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, - Listen to the
and students listen and repeat the one-by- teacher.
one word. - Look at the slide
- Divide the class into two groups, each and say the words
group takes turns to read aloud the word. again.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 5 pictures from
number 1 to 5. - Take out a mini-
- The teacher says a number and the board.
students say a word - Join in the activity.
Practice Activity: Listen and write - Listen to the teacher.
- Put students to work in groups of 4. Each - Listen and write the
group takes out a mini-board. correct words on the
board.
- Each member takes a turn coming to play
- Raise the board to
the game.
check.
- The teacher spells a word. Ex: “m-i-x”
- Students listen and write the correct word
on the board. After finishing, they raise
their board to check the answers.
80 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The fastest student with the correct word

receives 2 points for the team.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice the structures: “How do you make….? and
What do I do next?”

b. Activity 2. Read, listen and say.

Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.25)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the conversation. conversation.
- Play the audio, students listen to the
dialogue. - Listen and say
- Show the question and answer in the along.
bubbles, say aloud the text and have the
whole class repeat. Check pronunciation if - Look at the
necessary. bubbles, listen and
- Show the structure of grammar and invite repeat.
a few pairs to role-play the dialogue
between 2 characters in front of the class.
- Work with the
Practice Activity 1: Read and match. partner to practice
- Ask students to close their books and take the structures.
out a mini-board. - Close the book and
- Students look at the words and sentences take out a mini-
on the slide and write the answers on the board.
board. Ex: a - 1, b – 2, ….
- After finishing, students raise their boards - Look at the words
to check. and sentences and
- The 5 first students with the correct answer write the answers.
receive 2 points.
- Raise the board to
Practice Activity 2: Arrange the Words. check.
- Ask students to take out a mini-board. Put
students into groups of 4.
- Students look at a question with the
- Take out a mini-
unscrambled words and write them into the
board.
correct sentence. All students in the group
have to write the sentence on the board. - Look at a question
- After finishing, students raise their boards with the
to check. unscrambled word
- The fastest group with the correct answer and write them into
receives 2 points. the correct sentence.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team
81 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

asks and one team answers the question. - Raise the board to
check.
- Repeat the answers.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to enhance the use of structures of cooking food.
b. Activity. Pair Conversations.
Procedure - Put students into pairs. - Look at the
- Ask students to look at the bubbles. bubbles.
- One student asks the questions and one
student answers. Then, they switch roles. - Work with the
partner to practice
- After finishing, they say Bingo.
asking and
- Call out some pairs to present in front of answering the
the class. questions.

- Watch and listen to

the performs.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 6 - PERIOD 24
Preparation day: 20/10/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 25 – 26 /10/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
82 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!

Lesson 3B – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review the verbs used in cooking.
- To use the structures: “How do you make….? and What do I do next?”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Pick Up The
Word, Practice Activity: Read and choose the answer, communication:
Activity: Order the Steps.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Verbs used in cooking.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 2.05.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Pick Up The Word
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Take out 5 pieces
group takes out 5 pieces of paper, writes a of paper, write a
word on them “boil, add, taste, mix, serve” word on them and
and puts these word papers in the middle of put them in the

83 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the group. middle of the group.

- The teacher set numbers 1,2,3,4 for 4
students in each group.
- Then, the teacher says the word “boil” – - Listen to the
number 3. Students with number 3 in the teacher.
group pick up the word “boil”, raise and
say it aloud.
- Listen carefully
- The fastest students with the correct and pick up a word.
answer receive 2 points for the team.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students correctly write the vocabulary of verbs used in
cooking: “add, taste, boil, serve and mix
b. Activity: Look and write
Procedure: - Ask students to take out a sheet and look - Take out a sheet of
at the pictures and words. paper and look at
- Students write the correct answers on the pictures with
their papers. words.
Ex: a – boil, c – add, ….. - Write the correct
- After finishing, students raise their papers answer on the
to check. board.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
- Raise the paper to
check.

Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 14 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to review the structures: “How do you make….? and
What do I do next?”

b. Activity: Read and say.

Procedure: - Ask students to look at the conversation. - Look at the
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team conversation.
plays the role of Jenny and one team plays - Work with other
the role of mum. Students read and say. members to practice
Then, they switch roles. reading the
conversation.
Activity: How to make noodles
- Ask students to close the book and
remember the previous conversation
between Jenny and Mum. - Close the book and
- Ask students to give the steps of making remember the
noodles. conversation.
84 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The students who give the correct

sentences receive a point. - Say the steps of
cooking noodles.
Practice Activity: - Listen to the
Read and choose the answer. teacher.
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group
takes turns playing the game.
- Show the picture with 3 option answers, - Look at 3 option
students look and choose the correct answers and choose
answers. the correct answers.
- All students in the group have to say the - Say the answers
answer aloud together. with other members
- The group with the correct answer receives - Open the book and
2 points. look at the task.
- Look at the
Activity 3. Look and match. pictures and read the
(Pupils’ Book p.25) sentences.
- Have students open their books and look at - Write the letter in
the task. each box to match the
- Ask students to look at the pictures and pictures to the correct
read the sentences. sentences.
- Students work individually to write the
letter in each box to match the pictures to
the correct sentences.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to practice asking and answering the steps of cooking
the food.
b. Activity: Order the Steps.
Procedure - Put students into pairs.
- Each pair takes out a mini-board. - Take out a mini-
- Students work together to order the steps board.
of this recipe and write the answers on the - Work with the
board. partner to order the
steps of the recipe
- Show one by one sentence, students look
and write the
and say aloud.
answers on the
- Students check their answers. - The pairs board.
with all the correct answers receive 2
points. - Look at one by one
sentence and say
Activity 4. Ask and answer about how to aloud.
make salad in Activity 3. - Check the
85 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(Pupils’ Book p.25) answers.

- Have students look at the questions and - Look at the
remember the steps from the previous questions.
activity.
- Show the example bubbles and ask - Look at the
students to look at them. example bubbles.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team
asks and one team answers. Then they - Work with other
switch roles. members to practice
asking and
- Put students into pairs. One student asks
answering.
the questions and one student answers.
- Then they switch roles. After finishing, - Work with the
they say Bingo. partner to practice the
- Call out some pairs to present in front of conversation.
the class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 07 - PERIOD 25
Preparation day: 27/10/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 28 – 29 /10/2024
86 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Teaching class: 5A , 5B ,5C,5Đ,5E, 5G

Unit 2 – PICTIC TIME!
Lesson 4 - Phonics

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce stress in two syllables word 2.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of pronunciation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
speaking tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Odd One Out
+ Communication: Activity: Listen and write, Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. 5. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: cereal, salad, coffee, spicy.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 2.06, 2.07, 2.08 and 2.09.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: - Take out 2 pieces
Raise Your Number. of paper and write
numbers 1 and 2 on
each piece.

- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each

student takes out 2 pieces of paper and - Listen and choose
writes numbers 1 and 2 on each piece. the correct number.

87 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the word with the audio, students

listen and choose the number 1 if a word is
stressed on the first syllable and number 2
if a word is stressed on the second syllable. - Raise the paper to
- Students raise their papers to check the check.
answers.
- The fastest group with all members who
have correct answers receives 2 points.
Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce the words that pronounce stress in two syllables word 2.

b. Activity 1. Listen and repeat.

Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.26)
- Have students look at the pictures and - Look at the
words. pictures and words.
- Play the audio, students listen and repeat. - Listen and repeat.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. Each team
takes a turn to repeat these words.

Practice Activity:
Odd One Out
- Divide the class into pairs. Each pair
takes out a mini-board. - Take out a mini-
- The teacher clicks on “Listen” and board.
students listen one by one word.
- Listen to the
- Then, students discuss with their partners words.
to choose the word which has a different - Discuss with the
stress mark from the other three words. partner to choose
Each student takes turns writing the the correct word.
answer. - Raise the board to
- After finishing, students raise their boards check the answers.
to check the answers.
- The 5 fastest pairs with the correct answer
receive 2 points.

Practice – Phonics (Time: 12 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to practice pronouncing the words that stress in two
syllables word 1.
b. Activity 2. Listen and circle the word

88 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Procedure: with a different stress.

(Pupil’s Book p.26)
- Have students open their books and look - Open the book and
at the task. look at the task.
- Play the audio, students, look, listen and - Listen and repeat the
repeat each of the four words in each words.
group.
- Listen and circle the
- Play the audio again, students listen and correct words.
circle the word which has a different stress
from the other three words.
- Check answers with the whole class. - Check the answers.

Activity 3. Listen and chant. - Look at the lyrics of

(Pupils’ Book p.26) the chant.
- Have students look at the lyrics of the - Listen and clap your
chant. hands.
- Play the audio and students listen and clap - Listen and chant.
to the beat of the chant.
- Practice chanting
- Play the audio again, students listen and
with other members.
chant.
- Take out a sheet of
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each paper.
group takes a turn listening and chanting. - Look at the lyrics
with one word missing
Activity: Listen and write. from each line.
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes - Listen and write the
out a sheet of paper. correct words.
- Students look at the lyrics with one word
missing from each line. - Raise the paper to
check.
- Play the audio, students listen and write
the missing words.
- After finishing, students raise their papers
to check the answers.
- Give points if students have all the correct
answers.
Produce - Phonics (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to promote their acquisition of words with the steps of
cooking food.

b. Activity: Discussing Time

- Close the book and
89 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Procedure - Put students into groups of 4. Ask look at the question.

students to close their books and look at the
question on the slide. - Discuss and give the
- Ask students to discuss and give the steps steps of preparing
of preparing cereal for breakfast. cereal for breakfast.
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Say the answers
Students look at and say them aloud. aloud.

Activity 4. Write about how to prepare

cereal for breakfast. Then give
instructions to your friend. - Open the book and
- Ask students to open their books and complete the text.
complete the text. - Share the answers
- After they finish the text, the teacher puts with the partner.
students into pairs. Students share the text
with their partners.
- Watch and listen to
- Invite some students to present their texts the performs.
in front of the class.
- Check answers with the whole class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 07 - PERIOD 26
Preparation day: 27/10/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 29 – 30 /10/2024
90 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Teaching class: 5A , 5B ,5C,5Đ,5E, 5G

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 5A – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read and pronounce some expressions used to describe the qualities of
food and drink.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The Food
Alphabet, Practice Activity: Pick Up Mushroom, communication: Activity:
Your Food and Drink
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: a can of lemonade, a bottle of water, a bowl of soup, a cup of
coffee, a glass of milk, a plate of sandwiches, a box of cereal, a bag of fruit.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Audio files: Track 2.10
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.

II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……

91 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (2 minutes)
5’ - Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Review unit 2 lesson 3b( p 25)
- Whole class.
- Have students look at the questions and - Look at the board.
remember the steps from the previous
activity.
How to make salad ! Whole class.
First , wash your vegetable.
Second, add nuts and cheese to the salad.
Next, put dressing on your salad.
Then, mix everything together in a large
bowl.
Finally, serve and enjoy.

Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 15minutes)

a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly some expressions used to
describe the qualities of food and drink.
b. Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.27)
15’ - Have students look at the pictures and - Listen and point.
explain that in this lesson they will learn
some expressions used to describe the
qualities of food and drink. - Listen and repeat
each picture by one
- Students listen and point to each picture. word.
- Play recording 2.10 for the first time.
Have students listen and point to the words
as the recording goes. -Individual
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat them one by
one word.
Activity: Fill in the blanks.
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes
out a sheet of paper. - Look at 8 phrases
with blanks and
92 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students look at 8 phrases with blanks on answer the correct

the slide and write the correct word for word.
each blank.
Individual
- The 5 first pairs with the correct answer
receive 2 points.
- Check their answers

Present and Practice - Vocabulary

a. Aims: Help students to practice – vocabulary decribe the qualities of food
and drink
b. Practice Activity:
Procedure:
Pick Up Mushroom - Listen to the teacher.
7’
- Divide the class into 2 teams: Team Bear
and Team Fox. - Join in the activity.
- Each team takes turns choosing one - Take out a mini-
number of mushrooms. board.
- Each student takes out a mini-board. - Look at the blank
- Show a word with the blank and 3 option with 3 option answers
answers. Students in the team look and and write the correct
write the correct answer on the board. Ex: answer on the board.
“coffee”
- Then, all students in the team raise the
board to check.

Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 7 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to enhance the use of vocabulary used to describe the
qualities of food and drink.

b. Activity: Your Food and Drink.

Procedure
5’ - Ask students to take out a sheet of paper - Take out a sheet of
and draw one picture of food and drink paper and draw one
using the quantities of food and drink that picture of food and
they’ve learnt. drink.

- After finishing, the teacher invites some

93 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

students to present in front of the class. - Watch and listen to

the performs.
- Give points if students say the correct
words and have a beautiful picture.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 07 - PERIOD 27
Preparation day: 28/10/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 30 – 31 / 10 /2024
94 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!

Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review some expressions used to describe the qualities of food and drink.
- To use the structure: “Can I have two bottles of water, please? – Sure.
Anything else? – I’d like a box of cereal, please?”.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading, speaking tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Activity: Go
Shopping, communication: Activity: Fill in the blanks, Activity 3: Role-play.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: a can of lemonade, a bottle of water, a bowl of soup, a cup of
coffee, a glass of milk, a plate of sandwiches, a box of cereal, a bag of fruit.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 2.11.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
What Pictures Are Missing?
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Invite - Listen to the
95 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

each member of each team to stand up and teacher and join in

join in the activity. the activity.
- The teacher shows 8 pictures on the slide. - Look at 8 pictures
Students look carefully and then, they close carefully and then
their eyes. 2 pictures will disappear. close your eyes.
- Students open their eyes and raise their
hands to get a chance to say the names of 2 - Open the eyes and
pictures. raise the hand to get
- The fastest student with the correct a chance to say the
answer receives 2 points. answers.

Activity: Fill in the blanks. - Take out a sheet of

- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes paper.
out a sheet of paper. - Look at 8 phrases
with blanks and
- Students look at 8 phrases with blanks on
write the correct
the slide and write the correct word for
word.
each blank.
- After finishing, students raise their papers - Raise the paper to
to check. check.
- The 5 first pairs with the correct answer
receive 2 points.

Present - Grammar. (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims: Introduce the structures: Can I have two bottles of water, please? –
Sure. Anything else? – I’d like a box of cereal, please?”.
b. Review Singular and Plural.
Procedure: - Show one by one word, students look at - Look at the word
that and say aloud. and say aloud.

Activity 2. Read, listen and say.

(Pupils’ book p.27)
- Have students look at the conversation.
Give students a few minutes to read a - Look at the
dialogue. conversation and
read a dialogue.
- Play the audio for them to listen to and - Listen and repeat.
repeat.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team - Work with other
plays the role of shop assistant and one members to practice
team plays the role of Nam. Then they the conversation.
switch roles. - Practice the
96 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Divide students into pairs and have them conversation with

practice. Then, they switch roles and the partner.
practice again. - Look and read the
- Show the structures, students look and structures.
read.
Practice - Structure (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice the structures: : “Can I have two bottles of
water, please? – Sure. Anything else? – I’d like a box of cereal,
please?”.
b. Activity: Go Shopping
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Draw 2 pictures of
student draws 2 pictures of food and drink. food and drink.
- One member takes on the role of a shop
- Take on the role of
assistant and three other members take on
a shop assistant or
the role of buyers. They use the pictures for
customer.
the real food and drink.
- The teacher goes around and checks if
necessary. - Listen to the
- Call out each group to present in front of teacher.
the class.
- Give points if they have a good - Watch and listen
conversation. to the performs.

Produce – Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to enhance the use of structures: “Can I have two
bottles of water, please? – Sure. Anything else? – I’d like a box of
cereal, please?”
b. Activity 3: Role-play.
Procedure In pairs, buy some food and drink at the
market.
- Draw students’ attention to the speech - Look and read the
bubbles and have them read each speech speech bubbles.
bubble silently. - Work with the
- Put students into pairs. One student takes partner to practice
on the role of a customer and one student the conversation
takes on the role of a shop assistant. Then between a shop
they switch roles. assistant and a
customer.
- Call out some pairs to present in front of - Watch and listen
the class and give points. to the performs.

97 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 07 - PERIOD 28
Preparation day: 28/10/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 31-10 – 01/ 11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 6 – Review
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review the vocabulary of food and drinks.
- To use the structure: “Can I help you? – Can I have …, please? – Sure.
Here you are. Anything else? – I’d like…, please. – No, that’s it, thanks –
Right…That’s…dong”.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Order The
Phrases, communication: Activity: Choose The Correct Word, Pre – Listening
Activity
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: a can of lemonade, a bottle of water, a bowl of soup, a cup of
coffee, a glass of milk, a plate of sandwiches, a box of cereal, a bag of fruit.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 2.12
98 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Computer and slides

C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Order The Phrases
- Divide students into pairs. Each pair takes - Take out a sheet of
out a sheet of paper. paper.
- Write on the board or show these words - Look at the board.
on the slide.
1. box/a/cereal/of
2. lemonade/a/of/can
3. a/soup/of/bowl
4. bottle/water/a/of
5. of/a/coffee/cup
6. of/milk/a/glass
7. plate/of/sandwiches/a
8. bag/a/of/fruit - Look at these
- Students look at these words and write words and write
them into the correct phrases. them into the correct
- After finishing, students raise their papers phrases.
to check. - Raise the paper to
- The 5 first pairs with all the correct check.
answers receive 2 points.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 8 minutes)
[Link]: To review the vocabulary used to describe the qualities of food and
drink.

99 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Activity: Choose The Correct Word

Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4. Each
group takes out 6 pieces of paper. - Take out 6 pieces
- The teacher reads aloud one by one word of paper.
and each member of the group takes turns
- Listen and write a
writing each word on each piece.
word on each piece
Words: sandwiches, a bottle of water,
of paper.
cereal, vegetables, a cup of coffee.
- Look at the
- The teacher shows one by one sentence
sentence, choose
on the slide, students look at, choose and
and raise the correct
raise the correct word for each sentence.
word.
- The fastest group with the correct answer
- Check the answers
receives a point.
and receive points.
Activity 1. Write the food and drink. - Open the book and
(Pupils’ Book p.27) look at the task.
- Have students open their books and look - Write a word to fill
at the task. in the blank.
- Students work individually to write each
- Check the answers.
word to fill in the blank.
- Show the answers to check.
Review Grammar. (Time: 15 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice listening and reading skills
b. Pre – Listening:
Procedure: Activity: Ask and Answer.
- Put students into pairs. Students look at - Look at the
the questions and answers. questions and
- One student asks the questions and one answers.
student guesses and says the answers.
- Work with the
- Then they switch roles. partner to guess and
- Students look at the example bubbles and say the answers.
read.
- Look at the
Activity 2. Listen and circle. example bubbles
(Pupils’ Book p.27) and read.
- Have students open their books and look
at the task.
- Play the audio, students listen and circle
the answers. - Open the book and
- Play the audio again, students listen and look at the task.
- Listen and circle the
100 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

check the answers. answers.

- Check the answers with the whole class. - Listen and check the
answers.
Activity: Read and Underline
- Have students open their books and read - Open the book and
the text on page 27. read the text.
- Ask students to read and underline the
names of food which are in the text. - Read and
underline the names
- Check the answers with the whole class.
of food.
Activity 3. Read the text and write Yes - Check the
or No. answers.
(Pupils’ Book p.27) - Read the text again
- Have students read the text again and and write Yes or No
write Yes or No for each sentence. for each sentence.
- Put students in pairs. Students share the - Share the answers
answers with their partners. with the partner.
- Then, the teacher shows the answers to - Check the
check. answers.
- Take out a sheet of
Activity: Then ask and answer how to paper.
make sandwiches.
- Put students to work in pairs. Each pair - Read, discuss and
takes out a sheet of paper. write steps of
- Students read, discuss and write the steps making sandwiches.
of making sandwiches. - Raise the paper to
- They raise their papers to check the check.
answers.
- Check the answers.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to use the structures to ask and answer in the
conversation.
b. Activity 4. Role-play. Your class is
Procedure having a picnic at the park. You go to
the shop to buy some food and drink for
the picnic.
- Ask students to take out a sheet of paper.
- Take out a sheet of
- Ask students to think of a list of food and
paper.
drink that they want to buy for the picnic.
- Think of a list of
101 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Ex: a bag of oranges, a bottle of water, two food and drink that
cans of lemonade, …… you will buy for the
- Put students into pairs. One student takes picnic.
on the role of a shop assistant and one - Practice the
student takes on the role of a customer. conversation with the
partner.
- Then, they switch roles.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 08 - PERIOD 29
102 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Preparation day: 02/11/2024

Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 4 – 5 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!

Lesson 7A – Story
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review words and structures of food and flavour.
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading and
listening tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity
+ Communication: Activity 1
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Food and Flavour.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 2.13
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Review Vocabulary and Grammar:
Activity: Write The Answer
- Ask students to take out a mini-board. - Take out a mini-
103 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show a picture with a question or a board.

sentence with a blank, students look at it - Look at a picture
and write the answer on the board. with a question or a
- After finishing, students raise their boards sentence with a
to check the answers. blank and write the
answer on the
- The 5 fastest students with the correct
board.
answers receive 2 points.
- Have the whole class say the answer - Raise the board to
again. check the answers.
- Repeat the answers.
Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce the story.
b. Introduction:
Procedure: - Look at the
- Show the story and have students identify
questions.
the story title, story frames and characters
- Open the books
by answering these questions:
and answer the
1. What’s the story title (name)? questions.
2. How many story frames (pictures)?
3. How many characters (people, friends)
are in the story? - Check answers.
- Ask students to open their books and
explore the page of the Unit 2 story with
their partners to answer the questions. - Watch the story.
- Provide the answer using the slide.
Activity: Watch a video - Listen to the story.
- Play the video, students listen to and
watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 2.13, students look at
the story and listen.
Practice - Story (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
b. Listen and read:
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book, p.29) - Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read
- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
104 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

again.
- Listen and read.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
acting out the story.
- Practice the story.
Activity 1. Number the pictures in the
correct order.
(Pupils’ Book p.30)
- Close their books
- Ask students to close their books and take and take out a sheet
out a sheet of paper. of paper.
- Put students into pairs. Students look at - Look at the slide
the slide and number the pictures in the and number the
correct order. pictures in the
- They write the answers on the paper. Ex: correct order.
1 – a, 2 – b….
- Give them a minute to look at the story - Write the answers
again to check their answers. on the paper.
- Read the story
- Check the answers with the whole class. again and check.
- Ask students to open their books on page
30.
- Students look at and write the number for - Open the book.
each picture in the correct order.
- Write the number
for each picture in
Practice Activity: Play With Mario the correct order.
- Put the class into groups of 4. Each pair - Take out a mini-
takes out a mini-board. board.
- The teacher clicks on each star, and - Look at the
students look at the questions with 3 question with 3
answers and choose the correct answer by answers and choose
writing it on the board. Each member takes the correct answer.
turns writing. - Write the answer
- After finishing, they raise the board to on the board.
check the answers. - Raise the board to
- The pairs with the correct answer receive check.
a point.
Produce – Story (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims Enhance student’s understanding of the story.

b. Activity 3. Read again and answer the

Procedure questions with NO MORE THAN - Open the books and
THREE WORDS. look at the task.

105 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(Pupils’ Book p.30) - Read the story and

- Ask students to open their books and look write the answer
at task 3 on page 30. words.
- Students read the story again and write
the answer on each line with no more than - Check the answers
three words. with other
- Check answers with the whole class. members.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 8- PERIOD 30
Preparation day: 02/11/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 5 – 6 /11/2024
106 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 7B – Story
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their love of cooking and food by using intonation when asking and
answering about the picnic time.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading and
speaking tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Which scene is it?, Activity: True or False
+ Communication: Activity: Dub out the story.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Food.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery.
- Audio files: Track 2.13
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity:
- Take out a pen or a
Which scene is it? ruler and put it in the
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group middle of the group.
takes out a pen or a ruler and puts it in the
middle of each group. - Look at the
107 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show a sentence in the story, students sentence, discuss

discuss and choose the correct answer A, and choose the
B, or C for the correct scene of that correct answer.
sentence.
- Raise the pen or
- Students raise their pens or rulers to get a
ruler to get a chance
chance to say the answer.
to say the answer
- The fastest group with the correct answer - Repeat the answers.
receives 2 points.
- Have the whole class repeat the answers.
Present – Review Story (Time: 8 minutes
a. Aims: Review the story.
b. Activity. Listen and read
Procedure: (Pupil’s Book p.29) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 29. story.
- Play recording 2.13, students listen and
read aloud. - Listen and read
aloud the story.
Practice Activity:
True or False - Take out 2 pieces
- Put the class into pairs. Each pair takes of paper.
out 2 pieces of paper.
- Students write True and False for each - Write True and
piece. False for each
piece.
- Show a sentence, students look at, choose - Look at the sentence,
and raise their answer: True or False. choose and raise the
- The fastest pair with the correct answer answer: True or False.
receives 2 points.
Practice - Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
b. Activity 4. Read and circle True or
Procedure: False. - Open the book and
(Pupils’ Book p.30) look at the task.
- Ask students to open their books and look
at task 4 on page 30. - Read the story
- Students read the story again and circle again and circle the
True or False for each sentence. correct answer for
each sentence.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
108 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Check the
Activity: Dub out the story. answers.
- Divide students into small groups. - Listen to the
- Ask students to choose the character and teacher’s
act out the story instructions.
- Act out the story
- Give students a little time to practice - Perform the story.
( from 3 – 5 minutes)
- Have groups perform in front of the class - Listen to the teacher.
without the audio.
- Give feedback.
Produce – Story (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember and retell the story.

b. Activity 5. Work in pairs.

Procedure Re-tell the story. - Listen to the
(Pupils’ Book p.30) teacher.
- Put students into groups of 4. - Work with other
- Students think about the story and each members of the
member of the group retells the story. group to remember
Students look at the pictures in Activity 1 and retell the story.
and the information in Activity 3 on page
30.
- Show the example for the class. - Look at the
- Call out some groups to present in front examples and read.
of the class. - Watch and listen
- Give feedback. to the friends
perform.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

WEEK 8 - PERIOD 31

109 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Preparation day: 03/11/2024

Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 6 – 7 /11/2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 2 – PICNIC TIME!
Lesson 8 – Project
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To write a recipe.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of food.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading and
writing tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Answer the
Question, Activity: Make Your Recipe, communication: Activity 3.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Food and drinks, verbs used in cooking
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery 5
- A4 Papers
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Answer the Question
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group - Take out a pen or a
takes out a pen or a ruler and puts it in the ruler and put it in
middle of each group. the middle of the
group.
- Show the text and give 2 minutes for

110 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

students to read the information. - Look at the text

- Ask the questions, students listen, find the and read the
information in the picture and raise their information.
pens or ruler to get a chance to say the
answer. - Listen, find the
- The fastest group with the correct information in the text
information receives 2 points. and raise the pen or
ruler to get a chance to
say the answer.
Present – Project (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to discuss and know the steps of creating a recipe.
b. Activity 1. Read and circle. Which
Procedure: ingredient is not in the recipe? - Open the book and
(Pupils’ Book p.31) read the text.
- Have students open their books and read - Choose and circle
the text again. Students read and choose the correct answers.
which ingredient is not in the recipe. Then, Check the answers.
they circle the word. - Take out a sheet of
- Check the answers with the whole class. paper.
Activity: Make Your Recipe - Discuss and write
the answer for each
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group
question.
takes out a sheet of paper. Students in the
- Look at the
group discuss and write the answer for each
example answers
question.
and read them
- Each member takes turns writing the aloud.
answer. - Discuss how to
- Show the example answers. Students look make the food.
and read them. - Write the steps of
- Next, students in the group discuss how to making their food
make their food. on the paper.
- They write the steps of making their food - Look at the
on the paper. examples and read
aloud.
- Show the example steps. Students look
- Raise the paper to
and read aloud.
check after
- After students finish their work, they raise finishing.
their papers to check. - Watch and listen
- Call out each group to present their recipe to the performs.
in front of the class.
- Give points.
111 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Practice – Project (Time: 5 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to create and write their recipe.

b. Activity 2. Write a recipe.

Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.31) - Look at the task
- Ask students to look at task 2 on page 31. - Use the prompts and
- Students use the prompts and write their write the recipe in the
recipes in their books. book.
- After finishing, they say Bingo. The - Say Bingo after
teacher reads and checks students’ work. finishing and give the
paper to the teacher to
check.
Produce – Project (Time: 7 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to practice asking and answering the questions about
their favourite recipe.
b. Activity 3. Ask and answer about your Teamwork
Procedure favourite recipe.
(Pupils’ Book p.31) - Look at the bubble
- Ask students to look at the bubbles questions and ask
questions. Students ask the questions and the teacher.
the teacher answers.
- Students will get the ideas and know how
- Get the ideas.
to answer the questions.
- Practice the
- Put students into pairs and have them dialogue with the
practice the dialogue using the clues in partner using the
their work in Activity 2. clues in activity 2.
- Call out some pairs to present in front of
the class. - Watch and listen to
the performs.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 17).
minute)

112 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 8 - PERIOD 32
Preparation day: 03/11/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 7 – 8 /11/2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to hobbies.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity:
Brainstorming, Practice Activity: Find the Letters; communication: Practice
Activity: Speaking time, Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Hobbies
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 3.01
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and review (6 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Brainstorming
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Listen to the
113 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

group takes out a sheet of paper. teacher and take out

- Show the slide with 6 pictures and ask a sheet of paper.
students to look at and write 6 food/drink - Look at and write
words they can see on the paper. Ex: 6 food/drink words
“cereal, coffee, salad, sandwiches, noodles, - Write in 2 minutes.
….” - Say the words
aloud.
- They have 2 minutes to write and then
- Receive points.
each group says their words aloud.
- The group with the most correct words
receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify hobbies vocabulary
b. Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupil's Book p.33)
- Play recording 3.01 for the first time.
Have students listen and point to the words - Listen and point.
as the recording goes.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one by
one word. - Listen and repeat
- Divide the class into two groups, each the word one by
group takes turns to read aloud the word. one.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 6 pictures from - Work in 2 groups and
number 1 to 6. practice.
- Click on each number, all students look at
and say the words. - Listen to the
teacher.
Practice Activity: Find the Letters. - Look at the slide
- Divide the class into pairs. and say the words
- Each pair takes out a mini-board. again.
- Show the word with blanks. Students look - Listen and follow the
at and write the missing letters. teacher's instructions.
- After finishing, students raise their boards - Take out a mini-
to check the answers. board.
- Look at the picture
- The 3 first pairs with the correct answer
and write words.
receive a point.
- Check answers and
receive points.

114 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 10 minutes)

a. Aims: Remind students to use the present continuous tense: “What are
they doing?”
b. Activity 2. Find these children in the
Procedure: picture on page 32. What are they doing?
(Pupils‘ Book p.33)
- Work in pairs and
- Have students work in pairs. Have
look at the pictures
students look at the picture on page 32
on page 32
- Find these children in the picture with
- Find these children
corresponding hobbies
in the picture with
corresponding
Practice Activity: Speaking time. hobbies
- Put students work in pairs. Have students - Work in pairs and
look at the picture on page 32 look at the pictures
- Ask students to use the present on page 32
continuous tense and practice with the - Work with the
question:” What are they doing?” partner to ask and
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the answer about
class. Give points if they give the correct hobbies
answers.
- Present in front of
the class

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)

a. Aims To help students to practice the structures of hobbies.

b. Activity 3. In pairs, ask and answer to

Procedure hobbies.
- Put students work in pairs or in groups of - Work with the
3 or 4 partner to ask and
- Have them ask/answer the questions. answer about
Then switch roles hobbies
- Do this a few times
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the - Present in front of
class. Give points if they give the good the class
dialogue
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.

115 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher

link: (1 book (page 22).
minute)

WEEK 10 - PERIOD 33
Preparation day: 9/11/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 11 – 12 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 2 – Review

A. OBJECTIVES::
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review and spell words related to hobbies.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Find the letters, Activity 1. The board race
+ Communication: Pre-Listening Activity, Activity. Speaking Time, Activity
3, Activity: Hobbies of your close friend.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Hobbies
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES: :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio: Track 3.02
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
116 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Verbs and Noun
- Teacher says one of these verbs. E.g:” - Listen to the
go”, “play” teacher
- Say the noun/
- Have students tell the noun/ noun phrase
noun phrase that
that should follow it. E.g:” fishing”,
should follow the
“sailing”, “chess”,…
verbs said.

Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of hobbies.

b. Practice Activity: Find the letters

Procedure: - Put students in groups of 3 or 4. Each
group takes out a mini-board. - Takes out a mini-
- Teacher writes on the board in a vertical board.
column with blanks except the first letter of
phrases.
- Students look at and write the missing - Look at and write
letters. the missing letters.
- After finishing, students raise their boards - Check the
to check the answers, then read the words answers.
out loud. - Receive 2 points
- The 3 first groups with the correct answer
receive 2 points.
Activity 1. The board race
- Come to the front
(Pupil's Book p.34)
of the class.
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Touch the pictures
- Put all the flashcards from Lessons 1 on
- Sit down and
the board using Blutac.
replaced by two new
- Call on one team member from each
players
group to come to the front of the class.
- Receive 2 points if
- Name one of the pictures, and the two
having the most
students compete to be the first to touch it.
points
Award a point to the winning team.
- Both players sit down and are replaced by
two new players and continue with another

117 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

word.
- The team with the most points at the end
wins and receives 2 points.
Review - Structure (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students practice asking and answering their hobbies.
b. Pre-Listening
Procedure: Activity. Make the Sentences
(Pupils’ book p.34)
- Put students work in pairs. Have students - Look at 4
look at 4 questions with 12 hobby pictures. questions with 12
- Ask students to discuss about 4 questions hobby pictures.
and they can answer with “like, want to,
and don’t/doesn’t like”. - Discuss with the
partner 4 questions
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the and they can answer
class. Give points if they give the correct with “like, want to,
sentences. and don’t/doesn’t
Activity 2. Listen and circle like”.
(Pupil's Book p.34) - Watch and listen
to the performers.
- Have students open their books and look
at the task.
- Play the audio, students listen and circle - Open the book and
the correct activity is being named. look at the task.
- Play the audio again, students listen and -Listen and circle
check the answers. the correct activity.
- Listen again and
check.
Activity. Speaking Time
- After listening, put students work in pairs - Retell about the
and retell about the hobbies of 4 friends on hobbies of 4 friends
the listening task. on the listening
- Ask some students to present in front of task.
the class and receive 2 points.
- Watch and listen
Activity 3. Introduce your close friend to the performers.
and his/her hobbies - Read the text with
(Pupils’ book p.34) the teacher.
- Read the text with the students. - Name the adverbs
of frequency
- Ask students to name the adverbs of
- Listen the audio
frequency they find in the text.
- Read the text
118 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Click on “Example” to show the example substituting the

sentences and play the audio. original adverbs of
- Ask a few students to read the text frequency with
substituting the original adverbs of different ones from
frequency with different ones from vocabulary box.
vocabulary box. - Listen and
repeat.
- Play the audio, ask students to look at
them, listen and repeat.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to listen and speak about the hobbies of their close
friends.
b. Activity: Hobbies of your close friend
Procedure - - Discuss with your
Put students work in pairs ask 3
partners and note
questions about the hobbies of their close
the answers
friends and note the answers of their
- Present in front of
partners.
the class and receive
- Invite some students to present in front of points.
the class. Give points if they give a good
presentation.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
link: (1 book (page 22).
minute)

119 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 10 - PERIOD 34
Preparation day: 9/11/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 12 – 13 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 3A – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES::
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read and pronounce the words related to hobbies.
- To use the structure: “I am/ am not good at…”, “Are you good at…?”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Activity: Crosswords Game, Practice Activity: Blocks game
+ Communication: Activity 2
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Verbs related to hobbies.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES: :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 3.03, 3.12, 3.05.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up & Lead-in (3 minutes)

120 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

Warm-up Activity:
Crosswords Game
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Take out a sheet of
group takes out a sheet of paper. paper.
- Show the slide with 7 numbers and 7 - Look at 7 numbers
lines. Each line has 1 bold word, it will and 7 lines.
create one keyword of crosswords with 7
letters.
- Students look at, discuss and complete 7 - Discuss and
words and find the keyword. complete 7 words.
- Each member takes a turn writing a
- Check the answers
word. After finishing, they raise the paper
and receive points.
to check the answers.
- The fastest group with all the correct
answers receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly write the vocabulary of verbs
related to hobbies
b. Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.35)
- Have students look at the pictures and
explain that in this lesson they will learn
some verbs related to hobbies.
- Students listen and point to each picture.
- Play recording 3.03 for the first time. - Listen and point.
Have students listen and point to the words
as the recording goes.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen, repeat, and spell the
one by one word. - Listen and repeat
- Divide the class into two groups, each the one by one
group takes turns to read aloud the word. word.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 6 pictures from
number 1 to 6. - Work in 2 groups and
- The teacher says a number and the practice.
students say a word.
- Listen to the
teacher.
121 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity 2. Find the activities - Look at the slide

(Pupil's Book p.35) and say the words
- Put students in pairs, look at the picture again.
on page 32 and find activities. - Look at the picture
- Look at the number, teacher reads the on page 32 and find
number and students read the word out activities.
loud. - Listen to the number
and read the word out
Practice Activity: Blocks game loud.
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 - Take out a mini-
students and each group takes out a mini- board.
board. - Join in the activity.
- Each member takes a turn playing a
game. - Look at and write the
correct answers on the
- Show unscrambled letters on the slide,
board.
students look at them and write the correct
- Raise the board to
word.
check and receive 2
- After finishing, they raise the board to points.
check the answer.
- The fastest student with the correct
answer receives 2 points for the team.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice the structures: “I am/ am not good at…”,
“Are you good at…?”
b. Activity 3. Read, listen and say.
Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.35)
- Have students look at the conversation - Look at the
and read it. conversation and
read.
- Play the audio, students listen to the - Listen and say
dialogue. along.
- Put students in pairs.
- Then look at the conversation and switch - Look at the
roles to speak it. conversation, switch
Activity. Listen roles to speak
- Have students look at the box. - Look and listen the
- Play the audio, students listen. audio
- Look at the
Activity. Grammar
structure on slide
- Show the structure with sentences when - Look at the
you are/ are not good at something: “I’m structure and listen
good at…”/ “I’m not good at/ bad at…”. the explanation of
122 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the structure about:“be good teachers

at”and “like/ love/ enjoy”. Show the
example for each structure and explain for
students how to use it.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to enhance the use of structures with “be good at"
and “like/ love/ enjoy".
b. Activity. Make the sentences.
Procedure - Have students look at the slide and make - Look at the slide and
5 sentences with “be good at” and “like/ make these sentences.
love/ enjoy”.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
link: (1 book (page 23).
minute)

123 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 10 - PERIOD 35
Preparation day: 10/11/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 13 – 14 /11/2024
Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 3B – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES::
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use the structure: “I am/ am not good at…”, “Are you good at…?”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Mime the action, Practice Activity: Making
sentences
+ Communication: Grammar Practice: Making questions, Activity. Talk about
your hobbies.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Verbs related to hobbies.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES: :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 3.05.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
124 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up and review (6 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: - Join the activity
Mime the action - Choose member to
- Divide the class into 2 teams. join
- Each group chooses each member to - Look at the picture
stand in front of class to answer the action. and mime the
- Show the slide with a picture and the corresponding
others from 2 teams will mime the action and each
corresponding action and each member member above will
above will guess the answer. guess the answer.
- Check the answers
- The fastest group with all the correct
and receive points.
answers receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: Review and help students correctly write the vocabulary of verbs
related to hobbies.
b. Activity. Vocabulary Review
Procedure: - Show the slide with pictures about - Look at the
vocabulary learned. picture.
- The teacher says a number and the - Listen to the teacher
students say a word. and say the
corresponding word.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 19 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice the structures: “I am/ am not good at…”,
“Are you good at…?”
b. Activity 3. Listen audio
Procedure: (Pupil's Book p.35) - Listen and repeat.
- Play the audio, listen and repeat.

Grammar Practice: Making questions - Look at the structures

- Let students look at the structures and and make some
make some example questions. example questions.
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6
students and each group takes out a mini-
board. - Take out a mini-
board.
- Have students look at the picture and
icons to make sentences or questions. - Make sentences or
125 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- After finishing, they raise the board to questions from

check the answer. picture and icons.
- The fastest group with the correct answer
- Raise board to check
receives 2 points for the team.
and receive 2 points.
Activity 4. Look and say
(Pupils’ book p.35)
- Put students work in pairs.
- Look at the speech
- Have students look at the speech bubbles
bubbles and
and ask/answer the questions then they
ask/answer the
switch roles.
questions then switch
Practice Activity: Making sentences roles.
(Pupils’ book p.35)
- Take out a mini-
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6 board.
students and each group takes out a mini-
board. - Look at the
- Have students look at the picture, answer picture, answer the
the prompt questions and write the final prompt questions
sentences on the board. and write the final
- After finishing, they raise the board to sentences.
check the answer.
- Raise board to check
- The fastest group with the correct answer
and receive 2 points.
receives 2 points for the team.

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)

a. Aims To help students to enhance the use of structures with “be good at"
and “like/ love/ enjoy".
b. Activity. Talk about your hobbies.
Procedure - Have students look at the slide. - Look at the slide.
- Let students fill the missing words in the - Fill the missing
blanks and talk about their hobbies. words in the blanks
and talk about their
hobbies.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask students to review vocabulary at - Listen to teacher
link: (1 home.
minute)
126 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 10 - PERIOD 36
Preparation day: 11/11/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 14 – 15 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
Unit 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 4 - Phonics

A. OBJECTIVES::
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and stress in longer words 1.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of pronunciation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
speaking tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Clap your hands, Practice Activity: Stress in
syllable, Practice activity: Odd one out
+ Communication: Activity: Speaking time.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: lemonade, favourite, exercise, vegetables.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES: :
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 and 3.09.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

127 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Warm-up (2 minutes)

- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

Warm-up Activity: Clap your hands. - Take out a sheet of
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each paper or a mini-
group takes out a sheet of paper or mini- board.
board. - Listen and clap
their hands.
- Show the word with the audio, students
- Write numbers 1,
listen and clap their hands to show the
2, or 3 to show
number of syllables for each word.
which syllable in the
- Then, students write numbers 1, 2, or 3 to word is stressed.
show which syllable in the word is - Raise the paper to
stressed. check and receives 2
- The fastest group with all members who points.
have correct answers receives 2 points.
Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce the word stress in longer words 1

b. Activity 1. Listen and repeat.

Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.36)
- Have students look at the pictures and - Look at the
words. pictures and words.
- Play the audio, students listen and repeat. - Listen and repeat.
- Divide the class into 2 teams. Each team
takes a turn to repeat these words. - Take out a mini-
board.
Practice Activity:
Stress in syllable - Listen to the
- Divide the class into pairs. Each pair words.
takes out a mini-board.
- The teacher says each word twice correct
& incorrect.
- Then, students listen and discuss with Discuss with the
their partners to write number 1, 2, or 3 for partner to write the
the syllable which is correctly stressed. syllable which is
- After finishing, students raise their boards correctly stressed.
to check the answers. - Raise the board to
- The 5 fastest pairs with the correct check the answers.
128 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer receive 2 points.

Practice – Phonics (Time: 15 minutes)
Aims: Help students to practice pronouncing the words that stress in
longer words
Activity 2. Listen and circle the stress.
Then match with the pictures
(Pupil’s book p.36)
- Have students open their books and look
at the task. - Open the book and
look at the task.
- Play the audio, students, look, listen and - Listen and repeat the
repeat 5 words. words.
- Play the audio again, students listen and - Listen and circle the
circle the stress, then match with the correct words, then
pictures. match with pictures.
Activity 3. Listen and put the words into - Look at the task
the correct column.
(Pupils’ book p.36) - Listen and repeat 6
words
- Have students look at the task.
- Listen and put the
- Play the audio, students, look, listen and words into the correct
repeat 6 words in the box. column.
- Play the audio again, students listen and -Take out a sheet of
put the words into the correct column. paper or mini-board.
Activity: Review
- Put students work in pairs and take out a - Listen and repeat.
sheet of paper or mini-board. - Listen and write the
correct words.
- Show the word with the audio, students
listen and repeat. - Write number 1, 2, or
- Then, they write numbers 1, 2, or 3 to 3 to show which
show which syllable in the word is syllable in the word is
stressed. stressed.
Practice activity: Odd one out. - Take out a mini-
- Divide the class into pairs. Each pair board.
takes out a mini-board. - Listen to the
- The teacher clicks on “Listen” and words.
students listen one by one word. - Discuss with the
partner to choose
- Then, students discuss with their partners the correct word.
to choose the word which has a different - Raise the board to
stress mark from the other three words. check the answers.
Each student takes turns writing the
129 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer.
- After finishing, students raise their boards
to check the answers.
- The 5 fastest pairs with the correct
answer receive 2 points.
Produce - Phonics (Time: 5 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to promote their acquisition of words about hobbies.

b. Activity 4: Listen and practice saying
Procedure these sentences in pairs
(Pupils’ book p.36)
- Have students look at the task. - Look at the task.
- Play the audio, students listen and repeat. - Listen and repeat.
- Underline the words
- Play the audio again, students underline
with three syllables
the words with three syllables and put a dot
and put a dot above the
above the stressed syllable.
stressed syllable.
Activity: Speaking time
- Practice saying these
- Put students work in pairs. sentences in task 4
- Students practice saying these sentences - Watch and listen the
in task 4. performs.
- Invite some students to speak in front of
class and receive 2 points if they speak
well.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home-link: - Ask students to do exercise 2 in the - Listen to teacher
(1 minute) Activity book (page 24).

WEEK 11 - PERIOD 37
Preparation day: 16/11/2024
130 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 18 – 19 / 11/ 2024

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 5A – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use the adverbs of manners correctly.
- To use the structure: I can/ can’t knit easily.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show how someone does something by using the adverbs of manners
when asking and answering about their hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Adverbs of manners, Practice Activity: Bees
find honey.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: well, badly, loudly, quietly, carefully, quickly, slowly, easily.
[Link] RESOURCES:
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 3.10, 3.11
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (7 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Adverb song
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. - Take out a sheet of
131 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Each group takes out a mini-board. paper.

- Play the video about the adverb song.
- Students look, listen, and count how - Listen and count
many words ended “-ly” in the video. how many words
- Then, they write answers on the board. ended “-ly” in the
After finishing, they raise the paper to video.
check the answers. - Raise the board to
- The fastest group with all the correct check.
answers receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 17 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly some of the adverbs of
manners used to describe how someone does something
b. LEAD IN
Procedure: - Have students look at the picture. - Look at the
- Ask students to find the word ended picture.
differently from the rest.
- Ask students to find
the correct word.
Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
(Pupil's Book p.37)
- Listen and repeat
- Have students look at the pictures and
the one-by-one
explain that in this lesson they will learn
word.
some of the adverbs of manners used to
- Listen to the
describe how someone does something.
teacher.
- Students listen and point to each picture.
- Listen and repeat.
- Play recording 3.10 for the first time.
Have students listen and point to the words
as the recording goes. - Join in the activity.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one by
one word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Divide the class into two groups, each practice.
group take turns to read aloud the word. - Look at 8 words on
- Give feedback. Task 1.
- Listen and speak
Practice Activity: faster and clearly the
Adverbs of manners answers
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4.
- Students look at 8 words on Task 1.
- When the teacher says “bad” and students
say “badly” (starting with number two).
132 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The group speaks faster and clearly the - Look at and say the
answers receive 2 points. word.

Activity. Vocabulary Review - Takes out a mini-

- Show each picture, students look at and board.
say the word.

Practice Activity: - Takes a turn

Bees find honey playing a game.
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to 6
students and each group takes out a mini- - Look at the slides
board. and choose the
- Each member takes a turn playing a game. correct answer.
- Show the slide with picture and sentences
that missing words, students look at them - Raise the board to
and choose the correct answer. check
- After finishing, they raise the board to
check the answer.
- The fastest group with the correct answer
receives 2 points for the team.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to recognize the structure with the adverbs of
manners:“S + V + Adv”
b. Activity 2. Read, listen and say
Procedure: (Pupil's Book p.37)
- Have students look at the speech bubble
- Look at the speech
and read it.
bubble and read it.
- Play the audio, students listen and circle
- Listen and circle
the verbs and underline the adverbs of
the verbs and
manners that they can remember from the
underline the
passage.
adverbs of manners
Grammar
(Pupil's Book p.37)
- Have students look at the box.
- Play the audio, students listen. - Look and listen
- Have students look at the slide with
sentences about hobbies with the adverbs - Look at the slide and
of manners: “S + V + Adv” and explain the listen the explanation
example for students.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to enhance the use of the adverbs of manners

133 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Activity: Make the sentences

Procedure - Have students look at the slide and - Look at the slide and
make these sentences with the make these sentences.
prompt words.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to do exercises in the Activity - Listen to teacher
link: (1 book (page 25).
minute)

WEEK 11 - PERIOD 38
Preparation day: 16/11/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 19 – 20 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use the adverbs of manners correctly.
- To use the structure: I can/ can’t knit easily.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ boo
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Arrange sentences, Practice Activity:
Adverbs or Adjectives
+ Communication: Activity 3, Production activity.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: well, badly, loudly, quietly, carefully, quickly, slowly, easily.
[Link] RESOURCES:
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

134 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Audio files: Track 3.10, 3.11

- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up & Review: (Time: 7 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Arrange sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. - Take out a sheet of
Each group takes out a mini-board or a paper or a mini-
sheet of paper. board.
- Show unscrambled words on the slide, - Look at the slide
students look at them and write into the and write into the
correct sentences. correct sentences.
- After finishing, they raise the board or
paper to check the answers.
- The fastest group with all the correct - Raise the board to
answers receives 2 points. check.
Present - Grammar. (Time: 17 minutes
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly some of the adverbs of
manners used to describe how someone does something
b. Review Vocabulary
Procedure: - The teacher says a number and the - Look at the
students say a word. picture.
- Ask students to find
the correct word.
Activity 2. Grammar Practice
(Pupil's Book p.37)
- Have students look at the slide about the - Look at the slide
structure used in sentences about hobbies and listen to the
with the adverbs and adjective: “S + V + explanation from
Adv”, “S + is/am/are + Adj + Noun” and the teacher.
explain for students.
- Show one by one word, students look at
135 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

that and say aloud. - Look at the slide

- Show the example of Liên & Minh for and say aloud
each structure. - Take out a sheet of
paper or mini-board
Practice Activity: - Look at the slide with
Adverbs or Adjectives the prompt words and
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. write the final
Take out a sheet of paper or mini-board. sentences.
- Students look at the slide with the prompt - Raise the paper or
words and write the final sentences on the board to check
paper or board.
- After finishing, they raise the paper or
board to check the answer.
- The fastest group with correct answers
receives 2 points.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the structure with the adverbs of
manners:“S + V + Adv”, “S + is/am/are + Adj + Noun”.
b. Activity 3. In pairs, describe the pictures
Procedure: - Have students work in pairs and look at the - Look at the
picture.
- Then, describe the pictures with the picture.
prompt words. - Describe the pictures
with the prompt words.
- Invite some students present in front of
class. - Watch and listen the
performers.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to enhance the use of the adverbs of manners.
b. Activity: Ask and answer
Procedure - Put students in pairs.
- Students ask/answer about their hobbies - Practice with
with adjective or adverb sentences and then partner.
switch roles. - Watch and listen the
- Invite some students to present in front of performers.
class and receive 2 points.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Show the wrap-up slide to quickly review - Listen to teacher
what Ss have learnt.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercise 1 in the Activity book - Listen to teacher

136 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

link: (1 (page 26).

minute)

WEEK 11 - PERIOD 39
Preparation day: 17/11/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 20 – 21 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 6 – Review

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review vocabulary and structures.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book; teamwork: Activity. Talk about a person;
communication: Activity 1, Pre – Listening Activity, Activity 3, 4
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: well, badly, loudly, quietly, carefully, quickly, slowly, easily.
[Link] RESOURCES:
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 3.13
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (2 minutes)

137 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

Warm-up Activity:
Say words out loud
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. - Join the activity
- Show the pictures with learned adverbs,
students look at them and read the word out - Look and read the
loud. word out loud
- The fastest group that speaks clearly and
correctly receives 2 points. - Receives 2 points.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the vocabulary used to describe the hobbies.
b. LEAD-IN
Procedure: - Have students look at the slide and say - Look at the slide
the name of activities on the picture. and say the name of
the activities.

Activity 1. Test your partner

(Pupil's Book p.38)
- Put students in pairs, then circle and name - Circle and name
craft, outdoor, indoor activities. activities.
- Ask some students to answer and receive
2 points if they give the correct answers. - Answer and receive 2
points.
Review Grammar. (Time: 15 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice listening and reading skills.
b. Pre – Listening:
Procedure: Activity. Guess your hobbies
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4.
- Students look at 6 names and 2 questions. - Look at 6 names
- Then, discuss and guess the answers of 2 and 2 questions.
questions, make the sentences with “can/ - Make the sentences
can’t”.
- Invite some pairs to present in front of
class and receive 2 points. - Watch and listen the
performers.
Activity 2. Listen and choose correct
picture
(Pupil's Book p.38)
- Have students look at the pictures and
answer 2 questions. - Look at the pictures
138 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Play the audio, students listen and circle and answer 2 questions.
the answer.
- Play the audio again, students listen and - Listen and circle
check the answer.
- Listen and check
Activity. Talk about a person - Take out a sheet of
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. Take paper or a mini-
out a mini-board or a sheet of paper. board.
- Students look at table and answer - Answer questions
questions about Cara: “What is Cara good at about Cara.
or bad at?”. - Write the answer
- Then, write the answer on the board or on the board or
paper. paper.
- After finishing, students raise the answer - Raise the answer
to check the answer. to check
- The fastest group with correct answers - Talk about each
receives 2 points. person: Jane, David
- Show the example and then have students or Jack.
talk about each person: Jane, David or Jack. - Look at the table
and talk about 4
Activity 3. Good or bad characters: Cara,
(Pupil's Book p.38) Jane, David, Jack.
- Put students in pairs. - Switch roles to ask
- Look at the table and talk about any and answer.
characters: Cara, Jane, David, Jack. Then,
their partner will guess the name and switch - Watch and listen the
roles. performers.
- Invite some students to present in front of
class and the class will guess.
- The students have the correct answer will
receive 2 points.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to talk about their hobbies.
b. Activity 4. Write about your hobbies
Procedure (Pupil's Book p.38)
- Put students in pairs. - Practice with
- Students talk about their hobbies and then partner.
switch roles.
- Invite some students to present in front of - Watch and listen
class and receives 2 points. the performers.

Consolidation: 1 minute
139 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher

quickly.
Home- - Ask students to do exercise 2 in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 26).
minute)

WEEK 11- PERIOD 40

Preparation day: 17/11/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 21 – 22 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 7A – Story
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Play with Mario.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. [Link] focus
- Vocabulary: hobbies, the adverbs of manners.
[Link] RESOURCES:
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 3.14
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

140 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review (Time: 7 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Review Vocabulary
Activity: Write Adverbs
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. - Take out a mini-
Each group takes out a mini-board or a board or a sheet of
sheet of paper. paper.
- Look at the story
- Have students open their books and look
on page 39 and 40
at the story on page 39 and 40.
- Write any adverbs
- Then, students write any adverbs they they find.
find. - Raise the board or
- After finishing, they raise the board or paper
paper to check the answers. - Receives 2 points.
- The fastest group with all the correct
answers receives 2 points.
Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the story.
b. Introduction:
Procedure: - Show the story and have students identify - Look at the
the story title, story frames and characters questions.
by answering these questions: - Open the books
1. What’s the story title (name)? and answer the
2. How many story frames (pictures)? questions.
3. How many characters (people, friends) - Check answers.
are in the story? - Watch the story.
- Listen to the story.
- Ask students to open their books and
explore the page of the Unit 3 story with
their partners to answer the questions.
- Provide the answer using the slide.
Activity: Watch a video
- Play the video, students listen to and
watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 3.14, students look at
the story and listen.

141 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Practice - Story (Time: 15 minutes)

a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story

b. Listen and read:

Procedure: (Pupils’ book, p.39)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read
- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
again.
- Listen and read.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
acting out the story.
Activity 2. Read the story. Answer the - Practice the story.
questions with NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. - Takes out a sheet
Takes out a sheet of paper of paper
- Students read the story and answer the
questions on the paper. Ex: go climbing,
- Read the story and
loudly and quickly,....
answer the
- Open their books to look at and write the questions
correct answers.

Practice Activity: - Look at and write

Play with Mario the correct answers.
- Put the class into groups of 4. Each pair - Take out a mini-
board.
takes out a mini-board.
- Look and write
- The teacher clicks on each slide, and answers.
students look at the questions with 3 - Raise the board to
answers and choose the correct answer by check
writing it on the board. Each member takes - Receive a point
turns writing.
- After finishing, they raise the board to
check the answers.
- The pairs with the correct answer receive
a point.
Produce – Story (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims To enhance student’s understanding of the story

142 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Activity 3. Read the story again. Circle

Procedure what happens first: a or b.
(Pupils’ book p.40)
- Ask students to open their books and look - Open the books
at task 3 on page 40. and look at the task.
- Students read the story again and circle - Circle the answer
the answer. words.
- Check the answers
with other members.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercise 1 in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 27).
minute)
WEEK 12 - PERIOD 41
Preparation day: 23/11/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 25 - 26 /11 / 2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 7B – Story
[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Which scene is it?, Activity: True or False
+ Communication: Dub out the story, Activity 4.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: hobbies, the adverbs of manners.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
143 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Audio files: Track 3.14
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (Time: 2 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Which scene is it?
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group - Listen to the
takes out a pen or a ruler and puts it in the teacher and take out
middle of each group. a pen or a ruler.
- Show a sentence in the story, students
discuss and choose the correct answer A, - Discuss and
B, or C for the correct scene of that choose the correct
sentence. answer
- Raise their pens or
- Students raise their pens or rulers to get a
rulers to say the
chance to say the answer.
answer.
- The fastest group with the correct answer
- Receives 2 points.
receives 2 points.
Present – Review Story (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the story.
b. Activity. Listen and read
Procedure: (Pupil’s book p.39 & 40) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 39 & 40. story.
- Play recording 3.14, students listen and - Listen and read aloud
read aloud. the story.
Practice - Story (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
b. Activity: True or False.
Procedure: - Put the class into pairs. Each pair takes
- Take out 2 sheets
out 2 pieces of paper.
of paper.
- Students write True and False for each

144 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

piece. - Write on paper

- Show a sentence, students look at, choose
- Look at and raise
and raise their answer: True or False.
their answer
- The fastest pair with the correct answer
receives 2 points. - Receives 2 points.

Practice Activity: Dub out the story.

- Listen to the
- Divide students into small groups.
teacher’s
- Ask students to choose the character and instructions.
act out the story - Act out the story
- Give students a little time to practice - Perform the story.
( from 3 – 5 minutes)
- Have groups perform in front of the class
without the audio.
- Give feedback.
Produce – Story (Time: 7 minutes)

Aim: Help students to remember and retell the story.

b. Activity 4. Works in pair. Retell the
Procedure story
(Pupil’s book p.40) - Listen to the
- Put students into groups of 4. teacher.
- Students think about the story and each - Work with other
member of the group retells the story. members of the
group to remember
- Students look at the pictures in Activity 1
and tell them about
and the information in Activity 3 on page
life.
40.
- Look at the
- Show the example for the class. examples and
- Call out some groups to present in front practice.
of the class. - Watch and listen to
the friends perform.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercise 1 in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 28).
minute)
WEEK 12 - PERIOD 42
Preparation day: 23/11/2024
145 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 26 – 27 /11 /2024

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 3 – HOBBIES
Lesson 8 – Skills
[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
[Link]:
To read and listen about school leisure clubs.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their hobbies by using intonation when asking and answering about
the hobbies.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Odd One Out.
+ Communication: Activity 1, Practice Activity: Write your answer, Activity
4, Activity: Brainstorm.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: hobbies, the adverbs of manners.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 3.15
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 3 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Odd One Out
- Divide the class into pairs. Each pair - Take out a sheet of
takes out a mini-board. paper or a mini-

146 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students look at the slide and discuss with board.

their partners to choose one activity - Watch the slide.
different from the other three activities. - Writing the
- Each student takes turns writing the answer.
answer. - Raise the paper or
board to check
- After finishing, students raise their boards
to check the answers. - Receives 2 points.
- The 5 fastest pairs with the correct answer
receive 2 points.
Present – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to discuss and know more about the school leisure
clubs.
b. Vocabulary
Procedure: - Students look at the picture, listen, and - Look at the
read out loud the words. picture, listen, and
read out loud
Activity 1. Look at the pictures. Which
activity do you want to try?
(Pupils’ book p.41)
- Have students look at the picture, then - Look at the picture
name the activity.
- Put students to work in pairs to ask the - Ask and answer.
question: “Which activity do you want to
try?” and answer: “I want to try….”
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the - Watch and listen
class and give them 2 points. to the performers.

Activity 2. Listen and point

(Pupils’ book p.41)
- Play the audio, students listen and point - Listen and point
to each activity.

Activity 2. Listen and read - Listen and read

(Pupils’ book p.41)
- Play the audio again, students listen and
read each activity.

Practice – Skills (Time: 13 minutes)

147 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

a. Aims: Help students to do their tasks in their books with listening,

speaking, writing skills.
b. Practice Activity: Write your answer
Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.41)
- Divide the class into pairs. Each pair - Take out 4 sheet of
takes out 4 sheet of papers. papers.
- Students write 4 activities from Task 2 on
4 papers. - Write 4 activities.
- Teacher says different statements from
the passage. Ex: You can jump on
trampolines.
- Then, students guess what it’s about and
raise the answer. - Raise the answer.
- The 5 fastest pairs with the correct answer
receive 2 points. - Receives 2 points.

Activity 3. Answer the questions

(Pupils’ book p.41)
- Have students read the passage on Task 2.
- Put students in pairs to discuss and
answer about 5 questions. - Read the passage
- Discuss and answer
Activity 4. Work in pairs. Choose one
sport/ activity at your school
- Put students to work in pairs and call out
the names of activities or sports at school. - Call out the names of
activities or sports
Activity: Brainstorm - Take out a sheet of
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or 4. paper.
Each group takes out a sheet of paper. - Discuss and lead out
- Students discuss and lead out the adverbs, the adverbs, verbs, and
verbs, and adjectives related to activities. adjectives
- After finishing, invite some groups to - Check the answer
check the answer and receive 2 points.
Produce – Skills (Time: 3 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember the information from the paragraph and
finish their task.
b. Activity: Write a short advert
Procedure (Pupils’ book p.41)

148 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Have students take out a sheet of paper. - Take out a sheet of

- Then, write a short advert for sport/ paper.
activity as in Activity 2
- Write a short
- Show “Example” for students. advert
- After finishing, the teacher invites some - Watch and listen
students to present in front of the class. to the performers.
Give them points if they have a good
presentation.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercise in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 29).
minute)

WEEK 12 - PERIOD 43
Preparation day: 24/11/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 27 – 28 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 2 + UNIT 3
Review

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to picnic time and hobbies.
- Ask and answer about picnic time and hobbies.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, reading, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward picnic time and hobbies.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity,
communication
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
st

[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: picnic time and hobbies.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5, English Discovery

149 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Flashcards: Unit 2 and Unit 3

- Audio files: Tracks R2.01
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up (Time: 3 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: The Board Race
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Join the activity
- Put random flashcards from Unit 2, 3 on
- Listen to the
the board using Blutac.
teacher and compete
- Call on one team member from each
together.
group to come to the front of the class.
- Sit down and are
- Name one of the pictures, and the two
replaced by two new
students compete to be the first to touch it.
players
Award a point to the winning team.
- Both players sit down and are replaced by - Receive points
two new players, who continue with
another word.
- The team with the most points at the end
wins.
Look, say and read. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of hobbies
b. - Have students look at the picture in - Look and say the
Procedure: Activity 1 on page 42. Then, say the word word aloud.
aloud for each picture.
- Read the text and write the answers in
pairs. - Read the text and
- Check the answer with the whole class on write the answers
the next slide. - Check answers with
their friends.
Read and number. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice their reading skills.
b. - Have students read the text. - Read the text
Procedure: - Then, underline the words related to food, - Underline the

150 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

drink, and fruits. words

- Have students read the text again and - Read the text again
number. and number.
- Check answers.
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Listen and circle. (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims To review the qualities of food and drink
b. PRE LISTENING - Activity: Guess the
Procedure answer - Ask and guess the
- Put students in pairs to ask and guess the answer
answer.
- Switch roles to
- Then, switch roles to do the task. practice.
- Listen and circle
Activity: Listen and circle. - Compare answers
- Play the audio R2.01, students listen and with their friends
circle.
- Put students in pairs to compare answers. - Check the answer
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Ask and answer about hobbies. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To ask and answer the vocabulary of hobbies.
- Look at the picture and call out the name of the - Call out the name.
activities.
- Ask and answer
- Put students in pairs to ask and answer about
- Switch roles to practice
hobbies, and switch roles to practice.
- Take turns to ask and
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the class. answer
- Look at the example. Take turns to ask and - Watch and listen to the
answer. performers

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 31).
minute)

WEEK 12 - PERIOD 44
Preparation day: 24/11/2024
151 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 28 – 29 /11 /2024

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM
Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to outdoor places.
- To use the structures: “Where do you want to go during summer
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking questions and answering them in
the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The hungry shark, Practice Activity: Fill in
the blank
+ Communication: Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Outdoor places
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 4 – Places in Việt Nam
- Audio files: Tracks 4.01.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

152 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Greet the class. - Greet the students.

Warm-up Activity: The hungry shark
- Divide the class into two teams. Each
team has a character. - Listen to the
- Quickly review the hobbies by showing teacher’s
flashcards from the previous unit. instructions.
- Each team got five lines between the - Review the words.
shark’s mouth and their character.
- The teacher shows the flashcard and asks
a random student in the team how to spell
it.
- If the student is correct, continue with a - Spell the words
different students. If that student is wrong,
erase a line.
- The team that loses all lines first will be
out of the game.

Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 16 minutes)

a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify school subjects’
vocabulary.

b. Lead-in: Activity
Procedure: Answer the questions
- Look at the
- Have students look at the picture. picture.
- Think about the answers to the 2
questions on the screen. - Answer the
 Where is the school ship? questions.
 When is the great clean-up
happening
- Show the answers, and students check
with the whole class.
- Then, ask students to look and read the
words on the slide - Check the
- In pairs, discuss how to make work answers.
friends (collocations) out of the word. (Ex:
big city)
- Read the words
Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.
153 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(Pupils’Book p.45) - Make word

- Play recording 4.01 for the first time. friends.
Have students listen and repeat the words - Listen and repeat.
as the recording goes. - Listen and repeat
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, the one-by-one
and students listen and repeat the one-by- word.
one word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Divide the class into two groups, each practice.
group take turns to read aloud the word.
- Give feedback -Say the correct word
- The teacher says an item and deliberately
says its name incorrectly. The students Teamwork/ Whole
correct them class

Practice Activity: Fill in the blank. - Listen and follow the

teacher's instructions.
- Divide the class into two teams and
introduce the activity. - Discuss and fill in the
 Look at the picture and read the blank.
sentence.
 Discuss with your friends to fill in - Say the complete
the blank. sentence.
 Raise your hand to answer.
 The whole team say the correct - Check answers and
answer together. receive points.
 The team with the highest points win
the game. - Repeat the answer.
- Use the slide to lead the activity.
- Have the whole class say aloud the
answer.

Activity 2. Read and guess the names of - Listen to the

the places. Write the names. teacher’s instructions
(Pupils’ book p.45) and open the book
- Put students into groups of four. Have p.45.
students look at the slide. - Read and guess, then
- Read and guess the name of the place. write.
They can use the clues to choose the
answer. Then write the name of the place - Check the answers.
- Go over the answer as a class.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to ask and answer about outdoor places with
structures: “Where do you want to go during summer?
154 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Look and say.

Procedure: - Have students look at the picture and ask - Look at the
“Where is it?” picture and listen to
- Tell students that the girl and the boy are the teacher’s
talking about their place they want to go instructions.
during summer.
- Show the question and answer in the
bubbles, say aloud the text and have the - Look, listen and
whole class repeat. Check pronunciation if repeat.
necessary.
- Work in pairs and
Activity 3. Choose the picture. Ask and
practice saying the
answer
dialogue.
(Pupils’ book p.45)
- In groups of 4, students look at the
picture. Each student chooses one and - Listen to the
answers the question in 30s. teacher’s
- Change the partner to keep going asking instructions.
and answering.
Invite a few pairs to come to the front of - Ask and answer
the class. - Chage the partner.
- Count how many lines they say to - Present in front of
describe the place. the class.
- Award points to the pair with the most
lines. - Count how many
lines.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)

a. Aims To use the vocabulary of school subjects to make new sentences.

b. Procedure - Show 6 pictures on the slide. - Look at the
- Invite a student to the slide and point to pictures.
the random pictures.
- Look and say.
- The class say the word.
Note: The students can point to 2-3 pictures
simultaneously.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home-link: - Ask Ss to exercise 1 in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
(1 minute) (page 30).

155 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 13 - PERIOD 45
Preparation day: 30/11/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 02 – 03 /12 /2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM
Lesson 2 – Review

[Link]
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review and spell words related to outdoor places.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Activity: Whispering, Activity:
Unscramble Words; communication: Pre-listening – Activity, Activity 2, 3.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: Outdoor places
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 4 – Places in Việt Nam
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Whispering
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Listen to the
team prepares a pen or pencil and puts it in teacher.
- Prepare a pen or
156 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the middle. pencil

- Quickly review the places by showing
flashcards.
- The teacher invites a student to stand in - Review the words.
the middle of the class, then the student - Guess the words.
chooses a word and describes the word
using body language.
- Students guess and catch the pen to get a
chance to answer. - Join in the activity.
- The three teams with the highest points
will win the game.
- Note: The teacher can invite a student to
say the word.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of outdoor places.
b. Activity: Unscramble Words
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4. Each
team prepares a mini-board. - Listen to the
- Students take turns to write the answer. teacher.
- Look at the picture and the mix-up letters,
- Take out a mini-
work together to write the correct outdoor
board.
places words.
- The fastest team with the correct answer - Look at the mix-up
= +3 points letters and write
- The team with the highest points wins the them into the correct
game. word.
Activity 1
Look at the pictures. Listen and circle
the correct picture.
(Pupils’ book p.46)
Pre-listening – Activity: Matching.
- Match the picture with the correct - Open the book.
sentence on the left.
- Call out the countries' names. - Look at the pictures
- Have students open their books and work and write words.
in pairs.
- In pairs, listen, discuss and circle the
correct picture.

- Show the answers to check.

Review - Structure (Time: 13 minutes)
157 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

a. Aims: Help students to review ask and answer about their favourite
places with structures: “What’s your favourite place in your
country?”- “My favourite place is California. It’s very beautiful.”
b. Have students look at the slide
Procedure: - Look at the
- Tell students that the girl and the boy are
picture and listen to
talking about their favourite place in their
the teacher’s
country.
instructions.
- Show the question and answer in the
bubbles, say aloud the text and have the - Look, listen and
whole class repeat. Check pronunciation if repeat.
necessary.
Look and say. - Work in pairs and
- Look at the picture and the clue. Then, practice saying the
look at the speech below. dialogue.
- Divide the class into 2 teams and read the
speech.
- Look and say.
Activity 2. Look at places in Activity 1.
Ask and answer.
(Pupils’ book p.46)
- Put students into pairs.
- Have students open their books on page
46, use the place in Activity 1 to ask and
- Listen to the
answer.
teacher.
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of
the class.

Activity: Look at the picture. Read the - Ask and answer

questions and guess the answer. using the picture in
- Divide the class into 2 teams. Activity 1.
- Ask the whole class to say the questions - Listen to the
aloud. Tell them to try guessing the answer. teacher.
- Then, ask them to read the text. - Guess the answer
- Read and
- Underline the information about the underline
place’s name, location, size and information.
description. - Listen to the
Brainstorming Activity – Look and teacher’s
search for information. instructions.
- Divide the class into groups of 4, and - Search the
each team will prepare a paper. information.
- Look at the pictures and search for
158 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

information about the name’s place,

location, size and description in 2 minutes.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to practice asking and answering questions about
their favourite place.
b. Activity 3
Procedure Write about your favourite place in Việt
Nam.
(Pupils’ book p.46)
- Students take out a sheet of paper or write
on their book,
- In pairs, work together to write about - Write about your
their favourite place in Việt Nam. favourite place.
- Using the clues in these previous slides.
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the
class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 30).
minute)

WEEK 13 - PERIOD 46
Preparation day: 30/12/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 3 – 4 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM
Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words: “forest, hill, island, valley,
countryside, village”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
159 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Pizza,
Practice Activity:
Pictionary; communication: Production
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Places
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.03, 4.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 3 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: Pizza
- Divide the class into two teams.
- Draw a pizza cut into six pieces. Each - Listen to the
team got a pizza teacher’s
instructions.
- The teacher calls a random student from 2
teams.
- Then, the teacher says a word and - Listen and spell
students must spell it. - Join in the activity.
- If they make a mistake, remove a piece of
the pizza from the board. If they spell it
correctly, draw another pizza (piece by
piece).
- The team that has the most pizza pieces
will win the game.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 16 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary:
“forest, hill, island, valley, countryside, village”

160 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.

Procedure: (Pupils’Book p.47)
- Play recording 4.03 for the first time.
- Listen and repeat.
Have students listen and repeat the words
as the recording goes.
- Look at the picture and the definition.
Read together. - Look and read.
- Show one by one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the one by - Listen and repeat
one word. the one-by-one
- Divide the class into two groups, each word.
group take turns to read aloud the word.
- Give feedback - Work in 2 groups and
- Show the slide with 6 pictures. All practice.
students look at and say the words again.
Practice Activity: - Listen to the
Pictionary. teacher.
- Divide the class into two teams. - Look at the slide
- The teacher chooses a random student and say the words
from two teams to come to the front of the again.
class. Teamwork/ Whole
- Show a picture and students have to class
sketch it.
- Listen and follow the
- Draw a word without using letters or teacher's instructions.
sounds in the 30s. - Look and draw.
- The team that has the first correct answer - Check answers and
can get 2 points. receive points.
- Move to the next turn.
Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to remember the new vocabulary with definitions.
b. Practice Grammar: Finding Nemo
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4. - Listen to the
- Each team prepares a pencil case and puts teacher.
it in the middle. - Take a pen or a
- Read the definition and raise the pencil marker and put it in
case to answer after 10 seconds. the middle.
- The team that has the first correct answer - Read the definition
can get 2 points. and answer.
- Join in the activity.
- The team with the highest points will win
the game.
161 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)

a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
b. - Show the pictures. - Look at the
Procedure - Divide the class into pairs, each pair will pictures.
prepare a mini-board.
- Look at the slide and fill in the missing - Listen to the
letters. teacher.
- Students take turns to write.
- Fill in the blanks.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 31).
minute)

WEEK 13- PERIOD 47

Preparation day: 01/12/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 4 - 5/12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM
Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly spell words: “forest, hill, island, valley, countryside, village”
- To use comparative adjectives + than.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The missing picture, Practice Grammar:
Activity – The Comparative
+ Communication: Activity 4
162 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair

st

work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Places
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.12.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 4 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The missing picture - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 6. Each teacher’s
team prepares a mini-board. instructions.
- Students take turns to write the answer.
- Look and spell.
- Look at these pictures and spell. - Write the missing
- After 5s, look carefully at the missing words
picture and write it on the board. - Join in the activity.
- The faster team with the correct word gets
3 points.
- The team with the highest points will win
the game.
Note: The missing word needs to be spelt
correctly.
Present – Grammar. (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to introduce how to use comparative adjectives + than

b. Activity 2. Read, listen and say.

Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.47)
- Have students look at the dialogue. - Look at the slide.
- Play the audio, students listen and read
- Look and say the
along with the audio.
word.
163 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Play the audio again and pause after each

line, students repeat what they hear. - Listen to the
- Show the sentences with the structure. teacher’s
- Divide the class into two teams. One team instructions.
asks and one team answers.
- Using the grammar chart, go over the - Ask and answer
meaning of the comparative adjectives. - Listen to the
Activity: Finish the Comparative teacher’s
- In pairs, prepare a mini-board. instructions.
- Look at the adjective and finish the - Finish the
comparative form of that adjective. comparatives form of
- Look at the example on the the adjective
slide. - Listen to the
Activity 3. Look and complete the table. teacher’s
(Pupils’ book p.47) instructions.
- Put students into pairs.
- Ask them to work together to complete the - Complete the table
table.
- Have them compare the table with
another pair’s.

Practice – Grammar. (Time: 6 minutes)

Aim : Help students to identify and remember the comparative adjectives

+ than
Practice Practice Grammar:
Activity – The Comparative
- Divide the class into two teams.
- The teacher chooses a random student - Listen to the
from two teams to come to the front of the teacher’s
class. instructions.
- Ask them to look at slide, complete the
sentence.
- Raise your hand to get a chance to - Complete the
answer. Say the full sentence. sentence.
- The first team that has the correct answer - Say the full
can get 2 points. sentence.
- Note: If the student answers incorrectly,
the other team will have the right to answer - Join in the activity.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)
Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
164 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity 4. Compare two places in the

photos. - Compare two
(Pupils’ book p.47) pictures
- Look at the adjectives and pictures. - Think about your
- In pairs, compare pictures A and B. Make village / town / city
comparative sentences. and give a sentence
- Check the answer with the whole class. about comparing the
Activity 4. Compare the places in your places.
village / town / city. - Raise a hand to get
a chance to say the
- In groups of 4, work together to compare
sentence and receive
places in their village, town, or city.
points.
- Look at the example. Invite some groups - Work with the other
to present. member to say the
sentence.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 32).
minute)

WEEK 13 - PERIOD 48
Preparation day: 01/12/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 5 – 6 /12 /2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
Unit 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM
Lesson 4 - Phonics

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly link words together.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
165 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ Teamwork: Warm-up song: Word Search, Activity: Can you hear it?,
Practice Activity: Who is the best?
+ Communication: Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work. [Link] focus

- Vocabulary: Close it!, Speak out!, Look at that!. Spell it!
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.05, 4.06, 4.07
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up song: Word Search
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Look at the word search table and 6 given
words on the left. - Locate the given
- Locate the given words in one of 6 words.
possible directions horizontally, vertically,
or diagonally.
- Raise hands to say the word aloud; the - Join the activity.
teacher can ask students to come to the
slide and point at the word.
- Each correct word = 2 points
Present - Phonics. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce how to link words together.

b. Lead in – What’s the difference?

Procedure: -Slowly and clearly pronounce the words
“Close it!, Speak out!, Look at that!” as - Listen.
two distinct words. Then pronounce it
again, but this time link the two words. Ask
students if they can hear the difference.
- Ask students to listen and repeat.
166 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Introduce that we will learn how to link

words in real speech in this lesson. - Listen and repeat
Presentation:
Activity 1. Listen and repeat. - Listen to the
(Pupils’ Book p.48) teacher.
- Ask students to pay attention to the
pictures and the phrases.
- Ask them how they should pronounce
each phrase. - Listen to the
teacher.
- Play the audio, ask students to listen and
repeat. - Listen carefully.
Activity: Can you hear it? - Listen and repeat.
- Divide the class into groups of four.
- Each team takes out a mini-board.
- Play audio. Students in the team listen
and mark the links in the phrases.
- Then, they raise their boards to check. - Take out a mini-
- If all members can say the correct link board.
words together, they can get 2 points.
- Listen and mark
- The team with the highest points wins thethe links in the
game. phrase.
- Join in the activity.
Activity 2. Listen and mark the link in - Listen to the
the sentences. teacher’s
instructions.
(Pupil’s book – p.48)
- Ask the students to open to book on page
48. - Listen and mark
- Ask the whole class to say all the links in the
sentences. sentences.
- Play the audio and have students try to
make the links in the sentences. They can - Check the answer.
hear the audio 2-3 times.
- Check the answer together
- Ask them to say the sentence with the
correct link word.
Practice – Phonics (Time: 9 minutes)

167 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

a. Aims: Help students to practice linking words together.

b. Activity 3. Listen and say. Then practice

Procedure: these sentences in pairs.
- Play the audio as students read along.
- Play the audio and ask students to repeat  Listen and follow
it. the teacher's
- Ask them to mark the link words on the instructions.
sentence by themselves.
- Work in pairs to practice saying these - Mark the link words.
sentences.
- Say the sentences.
Practice Activity:
Who is the best?
- Divide the class into groups of 4. Put a
marker in the middle of each group.
- Show a sentence; students discuss it in - Take out a marker.
teams and try to say the sentences with
proper links.
- Say the sentences
- They raise the marker to get a chance to
with proper links
say the answer.
- Join in the activity.
- The fastest group with the correct answer
receives 2 points.
Note: All members need to say the answer at
the same time.
Produce - Phonics (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to promote students’ acquisition of the sentences with
proper links.
b. Activity 4. Look and compare pictures A
Procedure and B. Use any words below. - Open the book and
(Pupil’s book – p.48) look at the task 4.
- Ask students to open the book on page 48.
- Ask students to say the words in the box - Say the words in the
and go through the meaning of them. box.
- In pairs, compare the picture using the - Compare two
given words. pictures.
- After that, tell them to say the sentences
with proper links. - Say the sentence
- Look at the example on the next slide. with proper links.
Consolidation: 1 minute

168 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher

quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 32).
minute)

WEEK 14- PERIOD 49

Preparation day: 7/12/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 09 – 10/12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM

Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
169 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the words to describe places: “travelling
by plane,, going on foot, taking a taxi, going by ferry, driving a car, taking
a coach.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening
and reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Practice Activity: Guess
what I do, Practice Grammar: Activity – The Traveller; communication:
Activity: Fill in the blank
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
pair work.
[Link] focus:
- Vocabulary: Words to describe places.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.08.
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 2 minutes)

- Greet the class. - Greet the students.

Warm-up Activity:
Make a sentence
- Divide the class into groups of three. - Listen to the
teacher’s
- Say a random word and wait for 30
instructions.
seconds.
- All groups think of a sentence to describe
the word they hear in their 30s.
- After 30s, each team must give one - Join in the activity.

170 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

sentence. If their sentence makes sense and

has correct grammar, award them 2 points.
- Continue with the other words.
- Words list: forest, hill, island, valley,
countryside, village
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the words to describe
places: “travelling by plane, going on foot, taking a taxi, going by
ferry, driving a car, taking a coach.”
b. Lead-in.
Procedure: - Say these words and ask students to guess - Say and guess.
the phrases of these words.
- The teacher can help them by saying
example words. - Listen to the
(Ex: teacher says “taking” and students say teacher’s
“a taxi”) instructions.
- Tell them that in this lesson, they will
learn more words to describe places.

Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat.

(Pupils’ Book p.48)
- Play recording 4.08 for the first time.
Have students listen and repeat the words
as the recording goes.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, - Listen and repeat.
and students listen and repeat the one-by-
one word.
- Divide the class into two groups, each
- Listen and repeat
group takes turns to read aloud the word.
the word one-by-
- Give feedback
one.
- Show the slide with 6 pictures. All
students look at and say the words again.
- Work in 2 groups and
Practice Activity: practice.
Guess what I do
- Divide the class into two teams. - Listen to the
- The teacher chooses a random student. teacher.
- That student can only see the picture the - Look at the slide
teacher shows. and say the words
- After seeing the picture, that student again.
needs to use his/her body language to
describe the word without saying it.
171 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Other students guess the word. Teamwork/ Whole

- The faster team with the correct answer class
can get 2 points. - Listen and follow the
teacher's instructions.
Activity – Fill in the blank. - Use body language to
- Divide the class into pairs. describe the word.
- Each pair prepares a mini-board. Each - Guess the word.
student takes turns to write the answer. - Listen and follow the
- Look, discuss to find out the missing teacher's instructions.
letters and write the whole word on the
- Discuss and write the
board.
missing letters.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.
- The whole class spells the word together.
Revision - Grammar (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to use the new vocabulary to make the sentences.
b. Grammar Review.
Procedure: - Show the dialogue between two students - Look, listen and
on the slide. repeat the sentences.
- Ask students to look, listen and repeat.
- Listen to the
Practice Grammar: teacher’s
Activity – The Traveller instructions.
- Divide the class into groups of 4. - Prepare a pencil
- Each team prepares a pencil case and puts case.
it in the middle.
- Read and answer.
- Read the question and answer it.
- The whole team say the answer together
- The team that has the first correct answer - Join in the activity.
can get 2 points.
- The team with the highest points will win
the game.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
b. - The teacher says “travelling” and the - Say the words
Procedure students say “by plane”. - Keep going with
other words. - Make sentences
- Then, ask students to make sentences
using these phrases.
Consolidation: 1 minute
172 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher

quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 33).
minute)

WEEK 14 – PERIOD 50
Preparation day: 7/12/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 10 - 11/12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM

Lesson 5B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words to describe places: “travelling by plane, going on foot,
taking a taxi, going by ferry, driving a car, taking a coach.”
- To use the structures “How about V-ing? – That’s a great idea. / That
sounds good!”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening
and reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Practice Grammar
Activity: Fix the mistake; communication: Activity 3.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
pair work.
[Link] focus
B. Instructional resources
- Vocabulary: Words to describe places
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.09
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
173 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……

III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The headband - Listen to the
- The teacher puts a chair in front of the teacher’s
class. Choose a random student. instructions.
- The teacher shows the word to the class,
- The class uses
sticks it on the headband
body language to
- Then, wear it for the student sitting on the describe the word.
chair.
- Be sure that the student can’t see the - Guess that word.
picture.
- The rest of the class must use their body
language to describe that word without
saying it.
- Until that student realises and calls out the
correct word.
Present - Grammar. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the structures “How about V-ing? – That’s a great
idea. / That sounds good!
b. Before reading the speech, listen to the
Procedure: audio and answer the question.
1. How many places do you hear? Where
- Listen and answer.
are they?
2. How do they go?
- Look at the
Activity 2. Read, listen and say. conversation and
(Pupils’ Book p.49) listen.
- Play recording 4.09 for the first time.
Have students listen to the conversation as - Listen and repeat.
the recording goes on.
- Play the recording again, students listen - Work with friends
and repeat. to practice asking
- Show the bubbles and divide the class and answering the
into two teams. One team asks and one questions.
team answers.
174 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, they switch roles. - Look at the

- Show and introduce the structures of “A structures.
suggestion”
- Invite some volunteer pairs to make the - Listen to your friend.
question and answer with the structures.
Practice - Grammar (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice structure.
b. Practice Grammar
Procedure: Activity: Fix the mistake - Take out a mini-
- Divide the class into groups of 6. board.
- Each member of the team prepares a
mini-board. - Read and find the
- Read the sentence and discuss finding the mistake.
mistake. - Write the answer.
- Write the correct word on the board.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.
Note: All members need to write and raise - Look at the given
the board at the same time. clues

Work in pairs. Ask and answer

- Ask and answer
(Pupils’ Book p.49) the question using
- Ask students to look at the pictures and the given clue.
the given clues.
- Look at the example to see how to use the
given clues.

Activity 3. Work in pairs. Which place

do you want to go for your school trip?
Make suggestions.
- In pairs, ask and answer the question
“Which place do you want to go for your
school trip?”
- Using the given clues. Look at the
example.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.
175 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Make a suggestion
Procedure - In pairs, create the dialogue with a
suggestion (How about ….?) by answering - Create the dialogue.
the questions and a response to the
suggestion.
- Look at the example.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 34).
minute)

WEEK 14 - PERIOD 51
Preparation day: 8//12/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 11 – 12 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM

Lesson 6 – Review

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words to describe places.
176 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To review the structures

“How about V-ing? – That’s a great idea. / That sounds good!”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Where is it?,
Activity – Guess the word; communication: Activity 3
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work.
[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: Words to describe places.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 4.11
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 3 minutes)

Greet the class. - Greet the students.

Warm-up Activity:
Where is it?
- Divide the class into groups of 4. - Listen to the
teacher.
- Ask them to remember the name of the
place in the previous lesson.
- Read the given clue, discuss to find the - Remember the
answer. places in the
- The faster team raising hands can answer previous lesson.
the question.
- Read the clues and
- The team with the correct answer can get answer.
177 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 points.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the words to describe places.
b. Activity – Guess the word.
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Each team chooses a student to come to
- Listen to the
the whiteboard.
teacher’s
- Students take turns to play the game.
instructions.
- There is a small picture next to the bird.
Look and guess the word then run to the
board and write the answer. - Run to the board
- The faster team with the correct answer and write the
can get 2 points. answer.

Activity 1. Look and write

(Pupils’ Book p.50) - Write the correct
- Students work individually to label the answer.
picture.
- Then, students write the correct word
under the picture.
- Click on “Answer” to show the answers.
Review Grammar. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice listening skills.

b. Grammar Review.
Procedure: - Show the dialogue between two students - Look, listen and
on the slide. repeat.
- Ask students to look, listen and repeat.

Pre-Listening:
Activity: Guess the Answer
- Ask students to look at 3 questions and
the answers. - Open the book and
- In pairs, one student asks and the other look at the task.
answer. - Ask and answer.
- Then switch the role. Look at the example

Activity 2. Listen and circle

(Pupils’ Book p.50)
178 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Have students open their books and look

at task 2.
- Play the audio, students listen and circle
individually
- Play the audio again, students listen and
check the answers.
- Click on “Answers” to show the answers.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.
b. Activity 3. Read Lan and Jack’s
Procedure message. Then write a message to your
friend, Minh.
- Divide the class into two teams to read - Listen to the
Jack and Lan's message. teacher.
- After reading, answer three questions in
pairs. - Answer the
1. Is Jack free on the weekend? question
2. What is Jack’s suggestion?
3. How do they go?
- Then, read two messages in the book p.50 - Underline the
and underline the suggestion questions. suggestion
- Read these sentences together. questions.
- Individually respond to Minh’s message. - Respond to the
message.
- Invite a few students to show their
message on the board.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 34).
minute)

WEEK 14- PERIOD 52

Preparation day: 8/12/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 12 -13 /12/ 2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM

179 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Lesson 7A – Story

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Review Vocabulary Activity: The memory
game, Practice Activity: Choose the correct picture.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
[Link] focus
Vocabulary: Outdoor places.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 4.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up (Time: 2 minutes)

180 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

Review Vocabulary
Activity: The memory game
- Divide the class into two teams. - Listen to the
teacher’s
- Each team takes turns to play.
instructions.
- The first player turns over 2 cards. If the
pictures match, the player keeps the cards.
- If they do not match, the cards are turned - Join in the
over again, and the player from the other activity.
team takes a turn.
- Find the perfect
- Each player must try to remember where cards.
they have seen cards, so they can use them
to make a match.
- When all of the cards have been matched, - Receive points if
players count their pairs. the team has the
- The one with the most pairs wins. correct answers.

Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)

a. Aims: To introduce the story.
b. Introduction:
Procedure: - Look at the
- Show the story and have students identify
questions.
the story title, story frames and characters
by answering these questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames (pictures)?
3. How many characters (people, friends)
are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books and - Open the books
explore the page of the Unit 4 story with and answer the
their partners to answer the questions. questions.
- Provide the answer using the slide. - Check answers.
Activity: Watch a video
- Play the video, students listen to and - Watch the story.
watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point - Listen to the story.
- Play the recording 4.12, students look at
the story and listen.

181 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Practice - Story (Time: 12 minutes)

a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story.
b. Listen and read:
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book, p.17)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read
- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
again.
- Listen and read.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
acting out the story.
Practice Activity: - Practice the story.
Choose the correct picture.
- Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 6. Prepare teacher and take out
a pencil case and put it in the middle. a pencil case.
- Read the sentence, discuss with your - Look at the
teammates to choose the correct picture. sentence with 3
- The faster team can answer first, if that pictures and choose
team can’t show the correct answer, other the correct answer.
teams have a chance to answer. - Join in the activity.
- The faster team with the correct answer - Receive points.
can get 2 points.
- Note: Click on the picture to check.
Produce – Story (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To enhance student’s understanding of the story.
b. Activity 2. Read the story and answer
Procedure the questions. - Open the books
(Pupils’ Book p.52) and look at the task.
- Have students open their books and look
at this task. - Write the answer.
- In groups of 3, read and answer the
question by using their memory. - Check the answers
- Check the answer with the whole class. with other
members.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
182 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher

link: (1 (page 35).
minute)

WEEK 15 – PERIOD 53
Preparation day: 13/12/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 16 – 17 /12 /2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 10 – AROUND THE TOWN
183 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 3

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up activity: Find the correct character;
communication: Activity 4, 5
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Outdoor Place.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery.
- Audio files: Track 4.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 6 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Find the correct
character. - Listen to the
- Put students into pairs. Each pair takes teacher. Take out a
out a mini-board. mini-board.
- Students look at the characters and these
sentences, discuss matching the characters - Matching
to the correct sentence in the story.

184 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Write the answer on the board (Ex: a-3, b- - Write the answer
4,…) on the board.
- The three first groups that finished
received 2 points.
Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the story.
b. Activity. Listen and read
Procedure: (Pupils’ Book p.51) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 51. story.
- Play recording 4.12, students listen and
read aloud. - Listen and read the
story aloud.
Practice - Story (Time: 16 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
b. Activity: Fix the mistake.
Procedure: - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 6.
teacher’s
- Read the sentence, discuss with your
instructions.
teammates and agree on the mistakes
and how to correct it.
- The faster team can answer first, if - Identify and
that team can’t provide the correct correct the mistakes
answer, other teams have a chance to
answer. - Join in the activity.
- The faster team with the correct
answer can get 2 points.
Note: Click on the picture to check.
Activity 3. Look at the story and write
the correct word. - Cross the wrong
(Pupil’s Book p.52) word and replace the
- Have students open their books. correct one.
- In pairs, cross out the wrong word and
replace the correct word.
- Call out some students to share the - Listen to your friends
answers. and check the answers.
- Read and look
- Check the answers with the whole class.
- Ask and answer.
Activity 4. Work in pairs. Ask and
answer about you.
(Pupil’s Book p.52)
185 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to read the questions. Then

look at the examples on the slide.
- In pairs, ask and answer the questions.
- Invite a few pairs to come to present
Produce – Story (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember and retell the story.
b. Activity 5. Write the message (30-40
Procedure words) to a friend in your class. Suggest
him / her about. - Listen to the
(Pupil’s Book p.52) teacher.
- Explain to the class that they are going to - Write a message
write a message to a friend and make
suggestions.
- Look at the
- Look at the example on the next slide examples and read.
- Put students into pairs to compare - Watch and listen
answers. to the friends
- Give feedback. perform.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 36).
minute)

WEEK 15 - PERIOD 54
Preparation day: 13 /12/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 17 – 18 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 4 – PLACES IN VIỆT NAM

186 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Lesson 8 – Skills

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read about national parks in Việt Nam.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of places in Việt Nam and
travelling.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Who has
more?, Activity: School bus; communication: Activity 3, Production.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication.
st

5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Outdoor Places, words to describe places.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery 5
- A4 Papers
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Who has more?
- Divide the class into groups of 6. Each - Take out a sheet of
team prepares a piece of paper. paper.
- In 2 minutes, list as many national parks - List out National
in Việt Nam as possible. Park names.
- Then, each team chooses one member to
come to the board to write all the names
they got. - Write the names on
187 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Check the answers together. the board.

Present – Skills (Time: 16 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students discuss and learn more about a National Park in Việt
Nam.

b. Lead-in. Answer the question.

Procedure: - Ask the class to guess how many national
parks are in Việt Nam. - Work with
- Check the answer together. members of the
- Explain that we will describe national group to answer the
parks in this lesson. question.

Activity 1. Look at the pictures. What do

you know about these national parks?
(Pupil’s Book p.53)
- Look at the picture and ask students, - Look and answer
“What do you see in these pictures?
- Ask them to guess where they are and
answer the question on the title.

Activity 2. Listen and read.

(Pupil’s book p.53)
- Ask students to close their books, ask - Open the book and
them to tell you what they know about look at the text.
these parks. - Listen and read.
- Open the audio, ask students to listen and
read. Stop at each line. - Underline
- Then, look at the text and underline the keywords.
information (name of the national parks,
size, transportation, and activity.)
Activity: School bus.
- Divide the class into four teams.
- Listen to the
- Ask them to look at the sentence and two teacher.
given answers. Tell them the red box = clap
their hands; the green box = pound on the
table.
- Read the sentence and choose the correct
national park
- The faster team with the correct answer - Choose the correct
188 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

can get more points. answer.

- Note: All members need to show the - Answer the question.
answer together.

Then answer the question.

(Pupil’s book p.53)
- Students open their books.
- Read the questions aloud, then answer
them.
Practice – Skills (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to do their tasks in their books with listening,
reading and speaking skills.
b. List out.
Procedure: - Ask them to list some information that
they remember about 2 national parks. - List out the
- Click on the “answer: to check” information

Activity 3. Which park do you want to

visit? Why? Tell your partner.
(Pupils’ Book p.53)
- Ask the whole class to say the title of - Listen to the teacher.
Exercise 3.
- Look at the example. Then, work in pairs - Answer the question.
to answer. Invite a few students to present.
Produce – Skills (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember the information from the text and finish
their task.
b. Write a short text (30-40 words) about a Teamwork
Procedure national park in Việt Nam.
- Ask students to show the information - Show the
about a national park in Việt Nam that they information.
prepared at home.
- In case some students forget to prepare.
Tell them to use some given clues on the - Use the clues on
next slide. the slide.
- Ask students to write a short text (30-40
words) about a National Park in Việt Nam - Write about a
in 3 minutes. National Park in
- Share the text with the class. Việt Nam.

189 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

WEEK 15 - PERIOD 55
Preparation day: 14 /12/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 18 - 19 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN
Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

190 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce places in town.
- To use directions in town
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ Book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The chorus,
Practice Activity:
Where can I?; Communication: Activity 4
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Places in town
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 5 – Our town
- Audio files: Tracks 5.01, 5.02, 5.03
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - (Time: 4 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The chorus
- Divide the class into groups of 6. - Listen to the
teacher’s
- Quickly review the outdoor places by
instructions.
showing pictures from the previous unit.
- In this game, students need to correctly - Review the words.
spell the words together (6 members in the
191 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

team)
- The teacher shows a mix-up word, a - Spell the words
member raises hands, and then all members
stand up and spell the correct word.
- The fastest team with the correct answer
- Join in the activity
can get 2 points.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify places in town
vocabulary.

b. Lead-in: Activity
Procedure: Answer the questions
- Look at the
- Have students look at the picture. picture.
- Think about the answers to the 2
questions on the screen. - Answer the
 What happens in this town, 1-5? questions.
 How is this town different from
yours?
- Show the answers, and students check
with the whole class.

Activity 1. Listen, point and repeat. - Check the

(Pupils’ Book p.55) answers.
- Play recording 5.01 for the first time.
Have students listen and repeat the words
as the recording goes.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio,
and students listen and repeat the word
one-by-one. - Listen and repeat.
- Divide the class into two groups, each
group takes turns to read aloud the word.
- Give feedback
- Listen and repeat
- Try to memorize all the pictures and the
the word one-by-
numbers within 30 seconds.
one.
- The teacher moves to a different slide,
calls a number randomly. (Ex: Number 2)
Students raise their hands and answer. - Work in 2 groups and
practice.
Practice Activity:
Where can I?
- Divide the class into 4 teams.
- Say the correct words
192 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Each team prepares a mini-board.

- Read the question and discuss it with your
team to find the answer.
- Write no more than TWO words.
- Students take turns to write Teamwork/ Whole
class
Activity 2. Look for the words from
Activity 1 in the picture on page 54. - Listen and follow the
Write the missing word. teacher's instructions.
(Pupils’ Book p.55)
- Ask students to close their books and look - Find the answer
at the pictures on page 54. - Write
- Remember the words they learn in lesson - Check answers and
1, then write the missing word. receive points.
- Listen to the
teacher’s instructions
- Write the answer.
Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 11 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to ask and answer about directions in town.

b. Activity - List out.

Procedure: - In pairs, list out how many places are in - List out.
the picture on the slide.
- Raise your hand to answer.
Activity 3. Listen and follow on the map.
Where does Betty want to go?
(Pupils’ book p.55)
- Listen to the audio and decide where - Look, listen and
Betty wants to go. Check the answer. repeat.
- Divide the class into 2 teams (boys and
girls), and ask them to practice the speech.
- Ask students to listen and look at the - Work in pairs and
“Say it” box. practice saying the
- In pairs, take turns reading the sentences. dialogue.
- Show the sentences with the structure. - Listen to the
- Divide the class into two teams. One team teacher’s
asks and one team answers. instructions.
Activity. Look at the picture in Activity 3. - Ask and answer
Read the speech. Choose Yes or No.
- Look and read.
- Look at the picture in Activity 3 and read
- Choose Yes or No.
the speech.
193 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then choose “yes” if the answer is the

correct way to go.
- “No” for the incorrect answer.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To use the vocabulary of places in town to make directions in town.
b. Activity 4. In pairs, ask and answer
Procedure about the places in Activity 3.
- Explain to the students that you will give
- Read the text in
them two minutes to read the text in
Activity 3.
Activity 3 as quickly as they can.
- In pairs, ask and answer about the
shopping centre, Library, Car park, Book
store and Clothes shop. - Ask and answer..
- Put students in pairs to check their
answers.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

WEEK 15 - PERIOD 56
Preparation day: 14 /12/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 19 - 20 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN

Lesson 2 – Review

194 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review and spell words related to places in town.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Places in
town, Activity: The missing letters, Activity. Thumb up or thumb down;
communication: Activity 3.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Places in town
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 5 – Our town
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - (Time: 4 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Places in town
- Divide the class into two groups. - Listen to the
teacher.
- Quickly review the places in town by
showing pictures from the previous unit.
- The teacher says a few words that
describe a place in town. - Listen and say.
- The students listen and say the correct - Join in the activity.
word.
195 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The fastest team with the correct answer

can get 2 points.
Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review the vocabulary of places in town.

b. Activity: The missing letters

Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Tell students to number themselves in - Listen to the
their group (Ex: Student A – 1, student B – teacher.
2,…)
- The teacher says the number (Ex: number
2)
- All students who are number 2 in each - Stand up and say.
team stand up and say the complete phrase
(Ex:)
- Join in the activity.
- The faster students with the correct
answer can get 2 points for their team.

Activity 1. Look and write

(Pupils’ book p.56) - Open the book.
- Ask students to open the book on page 56.
- In pairs, label the pictures. - Look at the
= Check the answer with the whole class. pictures and write
words.
Pre-listening. Guess the answer.
- In groups of 3, read the question and
guess the answer.
- Look at the examples. - Guess the answer.
Activity 2. Listen and circle.
(Puplis’ book – p.56)
- Ask students to open the book on page 56.
- Listen to the audio and circle the correct
answer. - Listen and circle
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Check the answer.
Review - Structure (Time: 7 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to review ask and answer about directions in town

b. Activity. Thumb up or thumb down.

Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4.
- The teacher asks the whole class to say - Listen to the
the sentence and the answer first. teacher’s
- In 15s, discuss in teams, raise thump up instructions.
196 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

or thump down fingers to choose the - Thump up or thumo

answer down.
- The faster students with the correct
- Join in the activity.
answer can get 2 points for their team.
Note: All members show their fingers at
the same time.

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims To help students to practice asking and answering questions about
directions in town
b. Activity 3. Work in pairs. Ask the way
Procedure (Pupils’ book p.56)
- In groups of 4, prepare a piece of paper.
- Write down the names of the places you - Write the name of
see in the picture. places.
- Raise hands to show the answer.
- Then, in groups of 4, use the given
prompt to ask questions about how to go - Ask the questions.
from one place to another.
- Write down the answer for three
questions given clues.
- The teacher chooses random students to - Write the answer.
write the answer on the board.
Ask and answer
- In pairs, use the map for Activity 3 to ask - Join in the activity.
and answer the way from one place to
another on the map.
- Invite some pairs to present in front of the
class.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

197 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

WEEK 16 - PERIOD 57
Preparation day: 22 /12/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 23 - 24 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
END OF TEARM REVISION DISCOVERY 5
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places in
town.
- Ask and answer questions about jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places
in town.
198 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
 DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Time, daily activities and free time activities.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides.
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

TIẾNG ANH 5 ENGLISH DISCOVERY

NỘI DUNG ÔN TẬP CUỐI HỌC KÌ 1
NĂM HỌC 2024-2025
UNIT VOCABULARY GRAMMAR
Unit + The UK, the USA, Australia, +“Where is he / she from?
starter Turkey, Singapore, Việt Nam, He’s / She’s from the USA”
Turkey…. +What is his / her nationality?
My new + Turkish, Australian ,British, He/She is American
neighbour Argentinian, American ,
America,
199 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
 DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Unit 1 + Maths, Art, Music, Natural + What subjects do you like?

New school science, English, Social - I like Maths and English
science, PE, ICT, Science lab,
+ What is your favourite subject?
head teacher, dinner lady,
school office, computer room, - My favourite subject is Maths
canteen. + How often do you do homework ?
+ Always, often, sometimes, I do my homework everyday.
never, everyday, at the + Where are the students?
weekend, once a week, twice a They are studying ICT in the
week, three times a week. computer room
Unit 2 + Sandwiches, cereal, noodles,
Picnic time crisps, cupcakes, salad, boil, + How do I make salad ?
add, taste, mix, serve, First … second … Next …Then …
+ a can of lemonade, a bottle Finally.
of water, a bowl of soup, a cup + Can I have two bottles of water
of coffee, a glass of milk, a please?
plate of sandwiches, a box of Sure . Anything else?
cereal, a bag of fruit. I’d like a box of cereal, please.

Unit 3 + Go fishing, go sailing, go + I am / I am not good at knitting.

Hobbies windsurfing, play chess, play + Are you good at knitting?
board game, play computer Yes , I am / No I am not
game, buil a robot, dress up, + Do you enjoy kniting? Yes , I do
knit, sew, skip ropes, kick a + Liên is a slow runner. She runs
ball. slowly.
+ Well , badly, loudly, quietly,
carefully, quickly, slowly,
easily.
Unit 4 + Wide river, high moutain, + Mount Everest is higher than
Places in deep lake, beautiful, waterfall, Mount Fansipan.
Việt Nam + big city, small town, forest, + How about visiting Bản Giốc
hill, Island, valley, Waterfall?.
countryside, village, travelling + That’s a great ideal.
by plane , going on foot,
talking a taxi, going by ferry,
driving a car , taking a coach.
Unit 5 + square, shopping center, car + There were a lot of small, cheap
Our town park , train station, bus stop, shop, but there weren’t any busy
clothes shop. roads.
+ noisy, busy, cheap, + What were there in your town 50
expensive, delicious, peaceful, years ago ?
boring There were small shops.

200 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

 DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

PART 2: READING
Exercise 1 : Look, read and circle the correct picture A, B or C.
1. I would like to buy a can of lemonade.

A. B. C.
2. She usually has a bowl of noodles for her breakfast.

A. B. C.
3. Jennie’s hobby is sewing.

A B C
4. They are doing experiments in the science lab.

A B C
5. I usually go swimming on Sundays.

A. B. C.

Exercise 2: Read and match.

201 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

A B Answers

1. What do you do in your free a. No, he doesn’t. He likes 1.........

time? Maths.
2. What is her nationality? b. My favourite subject is 2......
English.
3. How often do you do your c. I play badminton in my free 3......
homework? time.

4. Does he like natural science? d. I do my homework everyday 4.....

5. What is your favourite subject? e. She is Vietnamese. 5......

WEEK 16 - PERIOD 58
Preparation day: 22 /12/2024
Teaching day: Tuesday and Wednesday 24 – 25 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

END OF TEARM REVISION DISCOVERY 5

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places in
town.
- Ask and answer questions about jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places
in town.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
202 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Time, daily activities and free time activities.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides.
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Exercise 3:
My name is Nam, and I am a student in class 5A at Nguyễn Trãi Primary School.
My class starts at 7 a.m and finishes at 5 p.m. I attend school every day, except for
Saturday and Sunday. On a typical school day, I have four lessons. Today is
Monday, and my lessons are Maths, Vietnamese, Natural Science, and English. I
study Maths and Vietnamese every day, while Natural Science is once a week, and
English is four times a week.
True False
1. Nam is in class 5A at Nguyễn Trãi Primary School.

2. His class starts at 5 p.m.

3. Nam attends school on Saturday and Sunday.

203 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

4. Nam has Maths and Vietnamese everyday at school.

5. Nam has English twice a week.
Exercise 4: Look at the picture. Order the letters to make complete words.

1. e a l c e r
 ……………………………….

2. l a y v e l
 ……………….………………

3. c u t r s d e y o n i
 ……………………………….

4. c s c i e n e l ba
 ………………………………

5. p o s u
 ………………………………
Exercise 5: Read the passage and write the correct answers by using the words
in the box.
glass computer games library bus science

My friend Tom is a student, and his daily life is quite busy. He wakes up at 6:30
AM and gets ready for school. He has a sandwich and a (1) ……………….. of milk
for breakfast. After that, he leaves home and takes a (2) ………………… to school.
204 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

His class starts at 7:30 am and finishes at 5 pm. At school, Tom attends different
classes, such as math, English, and (3) …………………. He enjoys learning new
things, especially in history class. After school, Tom goes to the (4) ………………..
to study and do his homework. He sometimes plays football with his friends. In the
evening, he likes to play (5) …………………. for a while before going to bed
around 10 PM. Tom’s days are full of learning and fun activities
Exercise 6 : Reorder the words to make a correct sentence.
1. go shopping / mom? / How often/ with / you / do / your

2. is / your / What / nationality?

=> ____________________________________________________
3. in her / free time. / She / enjoys / building robots /
=> _____________________________________________________
4. was there / in / years ago? / What / Hà Nội / 80
=> _____________________________________________________
5. subjects / How / do / many / school? / do / at / you / study
=> ____________________________________________________
6. bad at / She / is / dressing up, / sewing. / at / but / she / good / is
=> ____________________________________________________
7. We / Nha Trang / by / usually travel / plane. / to

8. shopping centres / There / years ago. / weren’t / any / 100 / my town / in

=> ____________________________________________________

WEEK 16 - PERIOD 59
Preparation day: 22 /12/2024
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 25 – 26 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

END OF TEARM REVISION DISCOVERY 5

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
205 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places in
town.
- Ask and answer questions about jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places
in town.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Time, daily activities and free time activities.
B. INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides.
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up - Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
In this lesson, we will review jobs, hobbies,
activities, subjects, and places in town.
Read the story. Choose and write a word from the box. (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students review the vocabulary about hobbies and practice
reading skills.
b. Look and say.
Procedure: - Read the word from the box.
- The teacher says the words randomly and - Look and say.
students point to the correct pictures.

Activity 1. Read the story. Choose and

206 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

write a word from the box.

- Ask students to open the book on page 66.
- Read the text and fill in the blanks on - Open the book and
their own using the words from above. read the task.
- After that, answer the question on the - Read and fill in the
next slide. blank.
Answer the question. - Check answers
- Take a look at the text again. Then, with the classmates.
answer these questions.
1. When does Rachel go fishing
2. Who does Rachel go fishing with? - Answer the
3. Where does Rachel go fishing?
questions.
4. What does Rachel do to help the little boy?
Now tick the best name for the story.
- Then have students tick the best name for
the story - Finish the activity.
- Put students in pairs to compare answers.
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Read and match. There are two extra phrases. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students review the vocabulary of jobs and practice reading
skills.
b. Look the information and answer the - Look at the task.
Procedure: questions.
- Listen to the
- Ask students to take a look at this
teacher.
information or ask them to open the book
on page 67.
- Then answer the questions on each slide.
- In groups of 4, take out a mini-board. - Join in the
Look at the question, catch the pencil case activity.
and answer the question.
Activity 2. Read and match. There are
two extra phrases. - Listen to the
- Ask students there are 6 sentences in the teacher.
right column.
- But we just need only 4 correct answers,
so there are two redundant answers. - Match
- In pairs, read and match. Then, check the
answer together.
Read and complete the sentence. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims To review the structures of jobs.

207 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Activity. Who is this?

Procedure - Divide the class into groups of four. - Listen to the
- Ask each pair to prepare 4 small pieces teacher’s
of paper and write the names of people in instructions.
Activity 2. (Layla, Brian, Bertrand and
Maria)
- Each student holds a name.
- Look and read the sentence, then choose - Join in the activity.
the correct people.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.

Activity 3. Read the text in Activity 2

again and complete the sentences.
- Listen to the
- Using item 1 as an example, read off the
teacher
sentence and ask students which word from
the vocabulary box will best fill in the
blank.
- Have students do the remaining items
then form pairs to compare answers. - Finish the activity.
- Randomly choose a few pairs to volunteer
their answers.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

WEEK 16 - PERIOD 60
Preparation day: 22 /12/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 26 – 27 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE OF THAI NGUYEN CITY THE FIRST SEMESTER TEST

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL
SUBJECT: ENGLISH 5

SCHOOL YEAR: 2024 – 2025

208 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(TIME: 40 MINUTES)

Full name: __________________________

Class: 5______________________

WEEK 17- PERIOD 61 + 62

Preparation day: 29/12/2024
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 30 – 31 /12/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN
Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce comparative adjectives: “noisy, busy,
cheap, expensive, quiet, safe, modern, ancient”
- Introduce the structure: “There were a lot of small, cheap shops, but there
weren’t any busy roads.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:

209 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: 2 truths and
1 lies, Practice Activity: Perfect pairs; communication: Activity. Complete the
sentence with were or was.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Places
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 5.05, 5.06, 5.07
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: 2 truths and 1 lies
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Ask students to look at the map in the - Listen to the
previous lesson. teacher’s
instructions.
- There are three statements about the map.
Two statements will be factual, and the
other will be false.
- The students need to read them and
choose the lie statement.
- Raise hands to get a chance to answer and
say “The lie sentence is number …” - Choose the lie
- The fastest team with the correct answer statement.
can get 2 points.
Note: With advanced class, put students in
teams; one student said two confirmed
statements, one false statement about the
210 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

map, and the other found out the wrong - Join in the activity.
statement.
Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Introduce and help students correctly identify the comparative
adjectives: “noisy, busy, cheap, expensive, quiet, safe, modern,
ancient”
b. Lead-in.
Procedure: - “Click” to show these words and ask
students to say aloud.
- Say then word and
- Ask them what kind of words they are.
listen to the teacher.
- Introduce that we learn more adjectives
today.

Activity 1. Look, listen and repeat.

(Pupils’Book p.57) - Look and read.
- Play recording 5.05 for the first time.
Have students listen and repeat the words - Listen and repeat
as the recording goes. the one-by-one
- Look at the picture and the definition. word.
Read together.
- Show one-by-one pictures with the audio, - Work in 2 groups and
and students listen and repeat the one-by- practice.
one word.
- Divide the class into two groups, each
group take turns to read aloud the word. - Listen to the
- Give feedback teacher.
- Show the slide with 8 pictures. All - Look at the slide
students look at and say the words again. and say the words
again.
Practice Activity: Teamwork/ Whole
Perfect pairs class
- Divide the class into groups of four. Each - Listen and follow the
team prepares a mini-board. teacher's instructions.
- Students take turns to play the game. - Listen and spell.
- Write the correct
- Tell students to listen to the spelling number.
- Write the correct number on the board. - Check answers and
- The faster team with the correct answer receive points.
needs to spell and say the word ( b-u-s-y
busy)
- The faster students with the correct
answer can get 2 points for their team.

211 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Present - Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)

a. Aims: Introduce the structure: “There were a lot of small, cheap shops, but
there weren’t any busy roads.”

b. Structure Revision:
Procedure: - Have students look at the speed between - Look and say.
two students on the slide.
Activity. Complete the sentence with were
or was.
- In pairs, complete the sentence with were
or was. - Complete the
- Raise your hands to say the answer. sentence.

Activity 2. Read, listen and say.

(Pupils’ book – p.57)
- Ask students to open their books on page - Look at the slide.
57 and underline the adjective in the speech.
- In pairs, check each other. - Look and say the
- Then, have students look at the dialogue. word.
- Play the audio, students listen and read
along with the audio. - Listen to the
- Play the audio again and pause after each teacher’s
line, students repeat what they hear. instructions.
- Divide the class into two teams. One team
asks and one team answers. - Ask and answer

Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)

Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.
Procedure: Read and choose.
- After they read the structured dialogue. - Listen to the
- Ask them to answer some peer-checking teacher.
questions on the slide.
- Read the sentence and choose the happy - Read and choose true
face (true) and sad face (false). or false.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by
themselves.

Activity. Look at the words on the box,

212 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Let’s make 10 noun phrases (Adjective +

Noun)
- Ask students to say aloud the words on - Look and say.
the box.
- Work in pairs. find 10 noun phrases in 3 - Find 10 noun
minutes. phrases
- The teacher summarizes the answers on
the board.
- Look at the example on the slide.
Activity 4. Use the words to make
sentences about your town 30 years ago. - Look and say.
(Pupils’ book p.57) - Listen to the
- Ask students to look at the prompt box teacher
and say it aloud. - Work with the other
- Give students a few minutes to think member to say the
about their own sentences using the noun sentence.
phrases in the previous slide.
- Work in pairs, create two sentences.
- The teacher calls a few students to write
their sentences on the board.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

WEEK 17- PERIOD 63 + 64

Preparation day: 29/12/2024
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 2 – 3 /1/2025
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN

Lesson 4 – Phonics and lesson 5A

A. OBJECTIVES
. By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and stress in compound words.
2. Skills
213 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills

3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up song: Guess the word,
Activity: Choose the correct pronunciation, Activity: Choose the correct
pronunciation, Activity: How many noun phrases?; communication: Activity
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: office, music, neighbour, lesson.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 5.10, 5.11
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up song: Guess the word
- Divide the class into four teams. Each - Listen to the song.
pair in the teams prepare a mini-board. - Join in the activity.
- Each team already got 3 points to begin.
- The teacher chooses a random word that
students have already learned.
- Draws underscores on the board. (the
number of underscores depending on the
word) ( Ex: quiet 🡪 _ _ _ _ _ )
- Show one-by-one letters, students write
the answer on the board.
- Note: All team members write the answer
to win the game.
Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
214 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Aims: Introduce the words that pronounce stress in two syllables word 1.

Presentation:
Activity 1. Listen and repeat. Where is
the word stress? - Listen and repeat
(Pupils’ Book p.58) words.
- Have students look at these pictures. Play
the audio, students listen carefully.
- Listen and repeat the words. - Listen and clap
- Then, ask students to listen again and clap hands
their hands when they see the BOLD
WORDS.
- Introduce to the class that they learn about
- Listen to the
word stress in compound nouns.
teacher.
Activity: Choose the correct
pronunciation. - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of four. Each teacher.
team prepares a pencil case and puts it in
the middle.
- Look and listen to the audio
- Catch the pencil case to get a chance to - Listen and choose.
answer.
- Choose the correct number. Then, the
whole team need to say the word and clap
their hands on the stress of that word.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.
Practice – Phonics (Time: 11 minutes)
Aims: Help students to practice pronouncing read and stress in
compound words.
Practice Activity:
Choose the correct answer Teamwork:
 Listen and follow
- Divide the class into groups of four. Each
the teacher's
team prepares a pencil case and puts it in
instructions.
the middle.
- Look and listen to the audio - Look and listen.
- Catch the pencil case to get a chance to
answer. - Join in the activity.
- Choose the correct number. Then, the
215 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

whole team need to say the word and clap

their hands on the stress of that word.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.

Activity 2. Listen and say.

(Pupils’ book, p.58)
- Ask the class to listen and say all the
words in the box. - Listen and say.
- Explain that the words can be classified
into three groups depending on where the - Listen to the teacher.
stress lies.
- We got the example of the word
“football” Ask them to listen and clap on
the stress work. - Look at the example.
Then add two more words in each row
- Have students open their books and look
at task 2.
- Ask students which line of the chart to - Open the book and
add the word “football”. look at task 2.
- Work in pairs, try the remaining items - Work with the
- The teacher can play the audio again to partner, listen and
check their answers. write words.

Produce - Phonics (Time: 12 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to promote student’s acquisition of words that start
stress in compound words.
b. Activity: How many noun phrases?
Procedure - Divide the class into groups of 4. Each
team prepares a piece of paper.
- Look at the words, use one work from the  Listen to the
top row and one from the bottom row to teacher.
make a noun phrase.
- In 2 minutes, write as many noun phrases
on the paper as possible.
- After that, the teacher asks students how
many noun phrases each team has.
- Write phrases
- Ask them to call out all their noun
phrases.
- A right noun phrase = 1 point. - Count how many
216 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

phrases
Activity 3. Read and Match
(Pupils’ book, p.58) - Join in the activity
- Have students open their books and look
at the task 3.
- Open the book and
- In pairs, draw lines to match the word look at the task 3.
from the top row to the bottom row to - Draw lines to match.
make a noun phrase. Say all the noun - Fill in the blank.
phrases together.

Then write.
- After matching, use the noun phrases to
fill in the blank.
- Ask a few students to show their
sentences.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 38).
minute)

WEEK 18- PERIOD 65 + 66

Preparation day: 04/01/2025
Teaching day: Monday 06/01/2025 - Teaching class: 5A , 5B , 5C
Tuesday 07/01/2025 - Teaching class: 5D , 5E
Wednesday 08/01/2025 - Teaching class: 5G

UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN

Lesson 5B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review long adjectives: “exciting, interesting, delicious, peaceful, boring,
dangerous.”
- To use the structures “What were there in your town 50 years ago?”
“There were many houses, a park and a forest”
2. Skills:

217 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.

3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The Spelling
Machine, Practice Grammar Activity: Finish the sentence; communication:
Activity 3, Production activity.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Long Adjectives
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 5.13
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up and review: (Time: 6 minutes)
Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
The Spelling Machine
- The teacher divides the class into two
teams - Listen to the
teacher’s
- The teacher shows the word to the class to instructions.
review.
- Then, choose a random student, ask
him/her to pick a word randomly and show
it to the class. (ex: boring) - Spell the word.
- The others look and raise hands to spell
that word (ex: b-o-r-i-n-g boring) - Join in the activity.
- The faster team can get a chance to

218 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer first and get more points.

Present - Grammar. (Time: 8 minutes)

a. Aims: To introduce the structures “What were there in your town 50 years
ago?”
“There were many houses, a park and a forest”

b. Before reading the speech, spot the

Procedure: differences between two pictures.

Activity 2. Read, listen and say. - Listen and answer.

(Pupils’Book p.59)
- Play recording 5.12 for the first time.
Have students listen to the conversation as - Look at the
the recording goes on. conversation and
- Play the recording again, students listen listen.
and repeat.
- Show the bubbles and divide the class - Listen and repeat.
into two teams. One team asks and one
team answers. - Work with friends
- Then, they switch roles. to practice asking
- Invite some volunteer pairs to make the and answering the
question and answer with the structures. questions.

Practice - Grammar (Time: 14 minutes)

a. Aims:
b.
Procedure:
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the
questions.

b. Based on activity 3. Use the clues to

Procedure compare past and present differences.
- In pairs, ask and answer the question by - Create the dialogue.
using the given clues.
Review Vocabulary. (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the words to describe places.
b. Activity. Fill in the blank.
219 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of 4. Each - Take out a mini-
team prepare a mini-board board.
- Look and read the sentence on the slide,
then fill in the blank.
- Write the answer on the board. - Fill in the blank.
- The faster team with the correct answer
- Join in the blank.
can get 2 points
- Check the answers together.

Activity 1. Write the adjectives to

describe a place. - Write the
(Pupils’Book p.60) adjectives to
- Ask students to open to book on page 60. describe the place.
- Ask the whole class to say the given
words aloud.
- In pairs, write the adjective used to
describe those given words.
- Click on “Example Answer” to check.
Review Grammar. (Time: 14 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice reading and speaking skills.

220 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

b. Pre-reading. Answer the questions.

Procedure: - Ask students to look at the picture and the - Look, listen and
information (Name & Year), then answer repeat.
the questions.
1. What are they?
2. Where are they?
3. Which place is older?
- In pairs, scan and answer the questions.
Activity 2. Listen and read. - Prepare a mini-
(Pupil’s book – p.60) board.
- Play the audio and ask students to listen
and read. - Write the answer.
- Ask them to underline the unknown
words while reading along.
Activity. Sorting - Listen to the audio.
- Divide the class into groups of 4, ask - Underline the
them to read through the given phrases and unknown words.
discuss sorting them to the correct place.
Then ask and answer the questions.
- Ask students to open to book on page 60
and look at Activity 2. - Sorting
- In groups of 3, read and answer the
questions from 1 to 4.
- Read and answer
- Then, ask them to think about the place
the questions
they want to visit most. Then, take turns
asking and answering.
- Invite a few students to share their
answers.
Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims To help students to use the structures to write about the places
they live.
b. Activity 3. Draw a place in your village /
Procedure town / city and introduce it to your
partner.
- Ask each student to prepare an A4 paper, - Listen to the
pencil and colour. (optional) teacher.
- Tell them to draw a picture of their
village, town and city by themselves.
- Then, give them a few minutes to - Draw a picture.
221 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

rehearse mentally how they present their

picture to their partner.
- In pairs, present the picture.
- Invite a few pairs to demonstrate in front
of the class. - Present the picture.
- Look at the example on the next slide. - Present in front of
the class.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 39).
minute)

WEEK 18- PERIOD 67

Preparation day: 05
/01/2025
222 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 8 – 9/01/2025

Teaching class : 5A , 5B,5C,5Đ, 5E ,5G

UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN

Lesson 7A – Story
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review words and structures of a suggestion.
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Grammar Activity: Making sentence,
Practice Activity:
Choose the correct character; communication:
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Long adjectives.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 5.16
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Review Vocabulary + Grammar
Activity: Making sentence
- Divide the class into groups of 6. Each - Take out a mini-
223 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

team prepares a mini-board. board

- Each student taking turns to write the
answer.
- Look at the picture and the given time,
then use two adjectives to describe that - Write the answer.
picture.
- Raise the board when finishing. The - Join in the activity.
teacher checks their answer (Note: The
teacher can ask all members to say the
sentence to check)
- The faster team with the right sentence
can get 2 points.
Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
a. Aims: To introduce the story.
b. Introduction:
Procedure: - Look at the
- Show the story and have students identify
questions.
the story title, story frames and characters
by answering these questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames (pictures)? - Open the books
and answer the
3. How many characters (people, friends) questions.
are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books and
explore the page of the Unit 5 story with - Check answers.
their partners to answer the questions.
- Provide the answer using the slide. - Watch the story
Activity: Watch a video - Listen to the story.
- Play the video, students listen to and
watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 5.16, students look at
the story and listen.
Practice - Story (Time: 12 minutes)
a. Aims: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
b. Listen and read:
Procedure: (Pupils’ book, pp.61,62)
- Look at the
- Have students look at the story’s card on picture
the slide.
- Click on each number of the character.
224 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Students listen and read aloud. - Listen and read

- Play the audio, students listen and read aloud.
again.
- Listen and read.
- Put students in groups. Students practice
acting out the story.
Practice Activity: - Practice the story.
Choose the correct character. - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 4. teacher and take out
- Read the sentence and discuss it with your a pencil case.
teammate to choose the correct character - Choose the correct
who says that line. character.
- Show the finger to choose the correct - Raise the fingers
answer (all members of the team). - Receive points.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.
Note: Click on the picture to check.
Produce – Story (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To enhance students’ understanding of the story

b. Activity 2. Complete the sentence.

Procedure (Pupils’ book p.62)
- Have students open their books and look - Open the books
at this task. and look at the task.
- In groups of 3, read and answer the
question by using their memory. - Write the answer.
Check the answer with the whole class. - Check the answers
with other
members.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 41).
minute)

WEEK 18- PERIOD 68

Preparation day: 05/01/2025
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 9 – 10 /01/2025
225 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Teaching class : 5A , 5B,5C,5Đ, 5E ,5G

UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN

Lesson 7A – Story
A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Understand a simple cartoon story.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by
by using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up activity: Find the correct picture,
Activity: The Dice; communication: Activity 4, 5.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Outdoor Place.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 4.12
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Find the correct
picture
- Put students into groups of 4.
- Ask them to close their book and
remember about the story.

226 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students look at the sentences and discuss - Choose the correct

choosing the correct picture scene in the picture scene.
story.
- There are six scene pictures - Raise the finger.
corresponding to 6 fingers
(Note: Scene 1 = 1 finger, Scene 2 = 2
fingers, …)
- Raise the fingers to show the correct
picture scene.
- The team with more correct fingers can
get 3 points.
Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the story.
b. Activity. Listen and read
Procedure: (Pupil’s book p.61) - Open the books
- Have students open their books and look and look at the
at the story on page 61. story.
- Play recording 5.16, students listen and
read aloud. - Listen and read the
story aloud.
Practice - Story (Time: 16 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
b. Activity: The Dice
Procedure: - Listen to the
- Divide the class into groups of 6. The
teacher’s
teacher prepares a dice.
instructions.
- Read the questions and discuss them with
the teammate, then raise your hands to
answer.
- The faster team can answer first. If that
team can’t show the correct answer, other
teams have a chance to answer.
- The faster team with the correct answer - Join in the activity.
can throw the dice and get the
corresponding number of points on the
dice.

Activity 3. Read again and answer the

following questions.
- Have students open their books.
227 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students then answer the questions.

- Students form groups of three to compare
and discuss answers.
- Check the answers with the whole class.
Activity. Read the sentence - Open the books.
- Ask the whole class to read these - Answer the
sentences. questions.
- Divide the class into four groups. Each
team prepares an A4 paper and a clue. - Listen to your friends
- The teacher prints and cuts the given and check the answers.
sentences into pieces. Then, give them to
each team.
- In teams, students work and stick the
clues in the order they appear in the story.
- After they finish, ask them to stick their
paper on the whiteboard. - Listen to the teacher.
- Move to the next slide to check.

Activity 4. Number the sentence in the

- Order the correct stor
correct order.
- Join in the activity
- Students work individually to number the
- Read and number.
sentences in the order that they appear in
the story. Allow them to refer back to the
story if they don't remember.
- Call on a few students to share their
answers.
Produce – Story (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to remember and retell the story

b. Activity 5. Look at page 54 and 61. With

Procedure your partner, find five differences
between Barhaven then and now.
- Listen to the
- In pairs, one student opens the book to
teacher.
page 54 and the other begins to page 61.
- Find the
- Ask them to find five differences between
differences.
the two pictures and record the differences
in sentences.
- Have a few pairs read off one of their - Watch and listen
sentences. to the friends
perform.

228 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask Ss to exercises in the Activity book - Listen to teacher
link: (1 (page 41).
minute)

WEEK 18B PERIOD 69A

Preparation day: 11/01/2025
Teaching day: Monday and Tuesday 13 – 14 /01/2025
Teaching class : 5A , 5B,5C,5Đ, 5E ,5G
UNIT 5 – OUR TOWN
Lesson 8 – Skills
A. OBJECTIVES
229 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

1. Knowledge:
- To write postcards.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of the town and the directions in
town by
by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book, teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Answer the
question, Activity 2; communication: Activity 4.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair
st

work.
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Our Town
B. Instructional resources
Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery 5
- A4 Papers
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Answer the question
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group - Take out a pen or
takes out a pen or pencil and puts it in the pencil.
middle of each group.
- Show the text and give 2 minutes for - Read the
students to read the information. information.
- Ask the questions and students listen, find
the information in the picture, then raise
- Join in the activity.
their pens or ruler to get a chance to say the
answer.
230 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The fastest group with the correct

information receives 2 points.
Present – Skills (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students discuss and learn more about the country Argentina.
b. Activity 1. Read Miguel’s text. What’s
Procedure: the name of the river in his city?
(Pupil’s book p.63) - Work with
- Have students open their books and read members of the
the text again. Students read and answer the group to answer the
question. question.
- Circle the name. Show the answer to
check.
Practice – Skills (Time: 13 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to do their tasks in their books with listening,
reading and writing skills.
b. Activity 2. Write about your place (city /
Procedure: town / village)
in the past and now.
(Pupil’s book p.63)
1. Plan
- Put students into groups of 4. Each group
takes out a sheet of paper. Students in the - Listen to the
group discuss and write the answer for each teacher.
question.
- Each member takes turns writing the
answer. - Write the answer.
- Show the example on the next slide.
2. Write
- Next, students in the group discuss - Write about their
writing about their town. town.
- Using the clues and the helpful language
on top. - Using the given
Show the example on the next slide. clue.
Activity 3. Find some pictures of your
place then and now. Stick them here.
- Ask students to stick pictures of their
place in the past and now that they
prepared at home and show them to the - List out the
class. information

231 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- In case they forget to bring the picture.

Students can draw or stick their pictures
later.

Produce – Skills (Time: 7 minutes)

a. Aims Help students to remember the information from the picture and
finish their task.
b. Activity 4. Share with the class.
Procedure (Pupil’s book p.63)
- Students take turns sharing their pictures - Share about their
with the class and they can introduce their town.
town in the past and now. Say and point to
the pictures along.
- Look at the example on the slide.
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask students to review vocabulary at - Listen to teacher
link: (1 home.
minute)

WEEK 18B - PERIOD 69B

Preparation day: 11/01/2025
Teaching day: Tues and Wednesday 13 – 14 /11/2024
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
UNIT 4 + UNIT 5
Review

A. OBJECTIVES

232 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to places in Việt Nam and town.
- Ask and answer about places in Việt Nam and town.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, reading, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward places in Việt Nam and town.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity,
communication
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
st

[Link] focus
- Vocabulary: picnic time and hobbies.
B. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5, English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 4 and Unit 5
- Audio files: Tracks R3.01
- Computer and slides
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up and Review: (Time: 4 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity: XO game
- Divide the class into 2 teams. One team is
Team X, one team is Team O. - Join the activity
- Each team will choose any numbers with
pictures describing vocabulary in Unit 4 or
Unit 5. - Choose any
- The team answers correctly will be numbers.
marked X or O in the XO box.
- The fastest team that achieves a straight
- Answer the
line, diagonal line, or horizontal line with 3
questions
boxes will win and receive 2 points.
- Receive 2 points
Look, say and read. (Time: 4 minutes:
233 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

a. Aims: Help students to review the directions

b. - Have students work individually to - Read the lines
Procedure: quickly read the lines from the text.
- Elicit the type of text it is and what it - Listen to the
might be about (telling directions). teacher
- Ask the class which sentence is the first - Order the
one. Elicit e. sentences with
- Put students in pairs and have them order friends
the sentences to make a dialogue. - Check the answers
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Read and circle the best answer. (Time: 4 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students to practice their reading skills.
b. - Before reading, have students look at the - Look at the picture
Procedure: picture.
- Listen and answer
- The teacher will ask and students
brainstorm to answer about it. - Read the dialogue
- Draw students’ attention to the picture - Choose the best
then have them read the dialogue. response
- Students work individually to choose the - Check the answers
best response to each question.
- Check the answer with the whole class.
Read and write True or False. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims To review the vocabulary of places and transportation.
b. PRE READING - Activity: Underline
Procedure keywords
- Have students work individually to
underline keywords (places and - Underline
transportation) in the text. keywords
- Compare the answer with their partners.
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Compare answers
with partners
Activity 3. Read and write True or False - Check the answer
- Play the audio R3.01, students listen and
circle. - Listen and circle
- Put students in pairs to compare answers. - Compare answers
with their friends
- Read the text and write the answers in - Read and write
pairs. - Check the answer
- Check the answer with the whole class.

234 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask students to review vocabulary at - Listen to teacher
link: (1 home.
minute)

WEEK 18B - PERIOD 70A

Preparation day: 12/01/2025
Teaching day: Wednesday and Thursday 14 – 15 /01/2025
- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G
END-OF-TERM REVISION 1A
Unit 1 + Unit 2 + Unit 3 + Unit 4 + Unit 5

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places in
town.
- Ask and answer questions about jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places
in town.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Time, daily activities and free time activities.
B. Instructional resources
Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides.
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
235 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

III. New lesson:

Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: (Time: 2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
In this lesson, we will review jobs, hobbies,
activities, subjects, and places in town.
Read the story. Choose and write a word from the box. (Time: 9 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students review the vocabulary of jobs and practice reading
skills.
b. Look and say.
Procedure: - Read the word from the box.
- The teacher says the words randomly and - Look and say.
students point to the correct pictures.

Activity 1. Read the story. Choose and

write a word from the box.
- Ask students to open the book on page 66.
- Read the text and fill in the blanks on - Open the book and
their own using the words from above. read the task.
- After that, answer the question on the - Read and fill in the
next slide. blank.
Answer the question. - Check answers
- Take a look at the text again. Then, with the classmates.
answer these questions.
1. When does Rachel go fishing
2. Who does Rachel go fishing with?
3. Where does Rachel go fishing?
4. What does Rachel do to help the little boy?
- Answer the
Now tick the best name for the story.
questions.
- Then have students tick the best name for
the story
- Put students in pairs to compare answers.
- Check the answer with the whole class. - Finish the activity.
Read and complete the sentence. (Time: 8 minutes)
a. Aims: To review the structures of jobs.
b. Activity. Who is this?
Procedure: - Divide the class into groups of four. - Listen to the
- Ask each pair to prepare 4 small pieces teacher’s
of paper and write the names of people in instructions.
Activity 2. (Layla, Brian, Bertrand and
236 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Maria)
- Each student holds a name.
- Look and read the sentence, then choose - Join in the activity.
the correct people.
- The faster team with the correct answer
can get 2 points.

Activity 3. Read the text in Activity 2

again and complete the sentences. - Listen to the
teacher
- Using item 1 as an example, read off the
- Finish the activity.
sentence and ask students which word from
the vocabulary box will best fill in the
blank.
- Have students do the remaining items
then form pairs to compare answers.
- Randomly choose a few pairs to volunteer
their answers.
Read and correct the false sentence. (Time: 5 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to practice reading skills.
b. Activity 4. Read the texts in Activity 2
Procedure again and choose T (True) or F (False).
Correct the false sentence.
- Have students read off each sentence and - Listen to the
decide if they are true or false based on the teacher’s
texts. instructions.
- Students circle T or F accordingly.
- Finish the activity.
- Put students in groups of three to compare
answers.
- Go over the answers as a class
Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 42).
minute)

WEEK 18B - PERIOD 70B

Preparation day: 12/01/2025
Teaching day: Thursday and Friday 15 – 16 /01/2025
237 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Teaching class: 5A,5B,5C,5Đ,5E,5G

END-OF-TERM REVISION 1A
Unit 1 + Unit 2 + Unit 3 + Unit 4 + Unit 5

A. OBJECTIVES
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places in
town.
- Ask and answer questions about jobs, hobbies, activities, subjects and places
in town.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable
at school by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and
reading tasks in the Pupils’ book.
+ 21 Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and
st

pair work
5. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Time, daily activities and free time activities.
B. Instructional resources
Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Computer and slides.
C . PROCEDURES:
I. Organization(1’): - Greeting.
- Checking for the students' attendance.
II. Oral test (1’): Check pupils’ books, note books ……
III. New lesson:
Stages Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
Warm-up: (Time: 2 minutes)
- Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Read and tick. (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims: Help students review the vocabulary of activities and practice
reading skills.
b. Read and underline.
Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.68)
- Read the text and circle the new word.
238 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, underline the sports and activities. - Read and

underline.
Activity 5. Read and tick the activities
you can do at High Green Activity
Holidays.
- Draw students' attention to the different
pictures and ask them which activities
they represent. - Listen to the
- Then students read about High Green teacher.
Activity Holidays again and tick the - Read and tick.
activities that they can do at High Green
Activity Holidays.

Listen and choose. (Time: 4 minutes)

a. Aims: Help students to listen and circle the correct answer.
b. Activity 6. Listen and choose
Procedure: (Pupils’ book p.67) - Open the book and
- Have students open their books look at the task.
- Play the audio for the students to listen to.
- Listen and circle.
- Have students look at the sentences and
- Listen and check
choose the best word / phrase to complete
answers.
them.
- Play the audio to check their answers.
Listen and circle. (Time: 6 minutes)
a. Aims Help students to listen and circle the correct answer.
b. Before Listening:
Procedure Activity – Guess the answer.
- Have students look at these sentences
from 1 to 6. -Look at the
- In pairs, ask and guess the answer. sentences.
- Students take turns asking and answering. - Ask and guess the
answer.
Activity 7. Listen and circle. - Listen and circle.
- Play recording T1.02, students listen and - Listen and check
circle. answers.
- Then have students tick the best name for
the story
- Put students in pairs to compare answers.

239 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Check the answer with the whole class.

Consolidation: 1 minute
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson - Listen to teacher
quickly.
Home- - Ask students to do exercises in the - Listen to teacher
link: (1 Activity book (page 42).
minute)

240 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to Electrical devices.
- To describe electrical devices.
- To introduce the question: “How was life 30 years ago?”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past is different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in Pupils’ book.
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Secret pictures.
+ Communication: Activity 2, Production activity.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6 – Then and Now
- Audio files: Tracks 6.01, 6.02
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Song: The
Hokey Pokey Song With
Actions - Stand up
- Ask the students to stand up
- Listen to the song and dance
along with the students. - Listen and dance
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:

241 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)

- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify technology’s vocabulary.
- Input: The flashcards of technology, CD Track 6.01, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
Lead-in Activity
2 minutes Answer the questions
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the picture and
posters and guess the topic of this answer the topic.
unit.
- Ask the class: How have - Answer the questions.
things/people changed in the
pictures?
- Show the answers, and students - Check the answers.
check with the whole class.

Activity 1. Listen, point and

repeat.
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.71)
- Play the recording 6.01 for the
first time. Ask the students to listen - Listen and repeat.
and repeat the words as the
recording goes.
- Show the pictures one by one with
the audio, ask the students to listen - Listen and repeat the
and repeat the words accordingly. words one-by-one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the words. practice.
- Give feedback.
- Show the slides with 6 pictures
from number 1 to 6. - Listen to the teacher.
- Show pictures one by one, the
students look at them and say the - Look at the slide and say
words. the words again.
Practice Activity: Secret pictures
- Ask the students to work in groups
of 3 or 4.
- Show the slides with zoomed in
5 minutes - Look at the pictures and
pictures, students look at them and
guess the corresponding words. guess the words.
- Teacher asks students to raise their
hands to say the answers out loud.
- The fastest group that answers
clearly and properly will receive 2
points. - Raise their hands to answer.

242 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students can pronounce the vocabulary of technology correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to describe electrical devices, get familiar with asking and answering:
“How was life 30 years ago?”
- Input: The slides, CD track 6.02
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 2. Describe a word to your
partner
(Pupils’ Book p.71)
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the picture
picture on page 71.
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Work in pairs to describe
to describe words from Activity 1 words.
and then switch roles to describe
and guess.
- Invite some pairs to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class. Give points if performers.
they perform the conversation
successfully.

5 minutes Activity 3. Read, listen and

(Pupils’ Book p.71)
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at and read the
conversation and read it. conversation
- Play the recording 6.02 - Listen to the dialogue

- Then, put students in pairs for

roleplaying, and practice the - Ask and answer
dialogue.

- Output: Students can ask and answer about electrical devices, and be familiar with the
question: “How was life 30 years ago?”.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To use the vocabulary of technology to make new sentences.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Ask students to work in pairs and - Ask/answer the question.
ask/answer the question: “How
was life 30 years ago?”.
- Then ask the students to switch - Switch roles to practice.
roles.
- Invite some pairs to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class. Give points if performers.
students perform well.

243 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and be familiar with the
sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson briefly.
VI. Homework (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 54).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 2 - Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review Vocabulary in Lesson 1
- To review Sentence patterns: When Lois was little…, When mum was 10 years
old, There was/ There were….
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past was different
from now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
244 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading
tasks in the Pupils’ book,
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Angry Birds, Activity 3, Practice Activity: Words
writing.
+ Communication: Activity 1, Pre-Listening: Activity 2, 4.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6 – Then and Now
- Audio files: Tracks 6.03
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Angry Birds
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4. Each group takes out a mini- - Take out a mini-board
board.
- Show the pictures about learned
vocabulary, have the students - Look at the pictures and
look at them and write the correct write words.
answers on the board.
- After finishing, students raise
the board to check. - Raise the mini-boards to
- Give the fastest group with all check and receive 2 points
the correct answers 2 points. for the correct answers.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review the vocabulary of technology.
- Input: The slides, CD Track 6.03.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

245 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes Activity 1. Look and write

(Pupils’ Book p.72)
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Look at the pictures and
- Ask the students to look at the write words.
pictures and write the correct - Write the answers.
answers.

PRE-LISTENING: Activity 2
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.72)
- Ask the students to work in pairs. - Work in pairs and practice.
- Ask the students to look at activity
2 on page 72.
- Then, ask the students to underline
the key words in each sentence and - Underline the key words
together read the sentences.

Activity 2. Listen to Lan and her

father talking about life in the
4 minutes past
(Pupils’ Book p.72)
- Play the audio, students listen and
circle the answer.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and check. - Listen and circle.

- Listen and check.

- Output: Students can have correct spelling of the vocabulary of technology correctly.
3.2. Review - Structure (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review, ask and answer: “How was life 30 years ago?”, “When
mum and dad were teenagers,...”
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Activity 3. Look at the pictures on
page 70. Describe the pictures
- Ask the students to work in groups - Each student takes out a
of 3 or 4. Take out a sheet of paper sheet of paper or a mini-
or a mini-board. board.
- Ask the students to look at the
picture on page 70.
- Then, ask the students to make the - Look at the picture.
sentences from the picture and write
the answers on paper or board. - Make the sentences and
- After the students finish, ask them write the answer.
to raise their boards to check.
- Give the fastest group with all the - Raise the boards to check and
correct answers 2 points. receive points.

246 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Practice Activity:
Write words
- Ask the students to work in groups
4 minutes of 3 or 4 and take out a sheet of
paper or a mini-board for each.
- Show the slide with 2 columns - Each student takes out a
telling about things that changed sheet of paper or a mini-
about mum’s life 10 years ago and board.
now.
- Then, ask the students to
brainstorm and write words in the - Look at the slide
corresponding columns on the board
or paper.
- After the students finish, ask them - Brainstorm and write
to raise the boards or paper to check. words
- Give the fastest group with all the - Raise the boards or paper
correct answers 2 points. to check and receive 2
points for the correct
Activity 4. Choose a time answers.
(Pupils’ book p.72)
- Ask the students to work in pairs,
and look at Activity 4.
- Then, ask the students to switch
5 minutes
roles to tell about life then and now
with sentences: “There were…”, - Look at Activity 4.
“There were no….”, “There
are…” - Switch roles to practice

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and structure to ask and answer
the questions by looking at the picture and conversation.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to practice asking and answering questions about how their life
changed.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes - Ask students to work in pairs - Work in pairs.
to make 2 sentences about mum - Make the sentences.
and 2 sentences about themselves.
- Invite some students to present in
front of the class. - Watch and listen to the
performers.
- Give points if they have a good
performance.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity book (page 55).
Adjustment
247 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to Electrical devices and some regular
verbs.
- To introduce the form of Simple past tense of regular verbs.
Sentence patterns: “People listened to music with a CD player. They called each other
by telephone. They didn’t use a tablet.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past is different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Quiz Game, Practice Activity: Dart Board
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: CD player, mouse, keyboard, study, use, call.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.04, 6.05, 6.06.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.

248 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: The slides

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Quiz Game - Take out a mini-board.
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4. Take out a mini-board.
- Show the slides with pictures - Look at and write words.
about learned vocabulary, then
ask the students to look and write
the correct answers on the boards.
- After the students finish, ask
them to raise the boards to check. - Raise the boards to check
and receive 2 points for the
- Give the fastest group with all
correct answers.
correct answers 2 points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “CD player,
mouse, keyboard, study, use, call”
- Input: CD Track 6.04, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.73)
- Play the recording 6.04 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Ask the students to listen
and repeat the words as the
recording goes.
- Show the pictures one by one with - Listen and repeat the
the audio, ask the students to listen word one by one.
and repeat the words accordingly.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the word. practice.
- Give feedbacks
- Show the pictures one by one, ask - Listen to the teacher.
the students to look at it and say the - Look at the slide and say
words out loud. the words again.

Review vocabulary
6 minutes - Show the pictures one by one, ask
the students to look at it and say the - Look and say the word.
words out loud.

249 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the words, students spell it

again.
- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.
3.2. Review - Vocabulary (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: To help students correctly write the vocabulary: “CD player, mouse, keyboard,
study, use, call”
- Input: The slides, CD Track 6.05
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Practice Activity: Team work
Dart Board
- Divide the class into groups of 3 or - Take out mini-boards.
4 and ask each group to take out their
mini-boards.
- Show the slides with sentences, - Write the answers
students look at them and write the
correct answers on the boards.
- After finishing, they raise the - Raise the boards to check.
boards to check. - Receive 2 points.
- Give the fastest group with all the
correct answers 2 points.
- Output: Students can use the simple past tense of regular verbs to make the sentences.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Show the pictures one by one, - Look and say
students look and say the words.
- Show the words, students spell it - Spell it again
again.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 56).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

250 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review vocabulary about Electrical devices and some regular verbs.
- To use the form of Simple past tense of regular verbs.
Sentence patterns: “People listened to music with a CD player. They called each other
by telephone. They didn’t use a tablet.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past is different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Mime The Action, Practice Activity: Make a sentence
+ Communication: Pre-Listening: Activity 3: Write your answer, Production.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: CD player, mouse, keyboard, study, use, call.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.04, 6.05, 6.06.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization

251 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the students.
Warm-up Activity:
Mime The Action
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4.
- Mime the actions of learned - Look and guess the words.
vocabulary
- Students look at the teacher and
- Check and receive 2
guess, then the whole group has
points for the correct
to say the words aloud.
answers.
- The fastest group with all the
correct answers receives 2 points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Structure. (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences with structure:“S +
V-ed + O”, “S + didn’t + V_inf ”.
- Input: CD Track 6.06, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Review Words:
- Show pictures one by one, ask the
students to look and say the words. - Look and say the words.
- Show the words, students spell it
again.

Activity 2. Read, listen and say

2 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.73)
- Ask students to read the - Look at the conversation
and read
conversation.
- Play the audio, ask the students to - Listen to the dialogue
listen to the dialogue.

Grammar:
- Show the structure and the
sentences in the form of past tense - Look and listen to the
5 minutes with regular verbs. teacher's explanation.

252 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to look at the

box. - Listen to the teacher.
- Explain to them that regular verbs
in past tense end with “-ed”.
- Show the past tense of regular
verbs and time markers in the past.
- Show the example, students look
at and make the sentences.

Practice Activity:
Make a sentence
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to
6 students and each group takes out a
mini-board.
- Show the slides with pictures about
2 minutes things in the past, students look at - Take out a mini-board.
them and make the sentences with
structure:
“S + V-ed + O”, - Make the sentences
“S + didn’t + V_inf ”.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise their boards to check the
answer.
- The fastest students with the
correct answers receive 2 points for - Raise the boards to check
the team. and receive points.

Pre-Listening: Activity 3: Write

your answer
- Ask students to work in pairs.
- Ask the students to take out a
mini-board and look at 4 pictures in - Work in pairs
2 minutes Activity 3, name the activities in the - Look and name the
pictures. activities.
- Then, ask the question: “What did - Answer the questions
they do yesterday?”.
- Ask the students to raise their
boards to check the answers.
- Write the answers
- The fastest group with the correct
answers receives 2 points.

Activity 3. Listening. - Raise the boards to check

Listen and point. What did they and receive 2 points.
do yesterday?
- Play the audio, students listen and
point.
- Play the audio again, ask the
students to work in pairs, switch
2 minutes roles to ask and answer.
253 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Listen and point.

- Switch roles to ask and

answer.
- Output: Students can make the sentences correctly and well.
3.2. Review - Structure (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to identify and remember the use of the structure with sentences:“S
+ V-ed + O”, “S + didn’t + V_inf ”.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity 4. Look at the picture.
Circle and say
- Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Ask the students to look at the
pictures in Activity 4.
- Then, have the students practice
asking and answering each picture - Ask and answer
with prompt words from the table
and switch roles.
- Invite some pairs to present in front
of the class and give them 2 points if - Watch and listen to the
they have a good conversation. performers.

- Output: Students can remember how to make the sentences with the simple past tense
of regular verbs.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: Talk about your
yesterday
- Ask students to fill in the blanks - Look at the slide.
- Fill in the missing words
on the slide and talk about what
and talk about what they
they did yesterday.
did yesterday.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 56).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

254 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 4 - Phonics

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and stress sentences.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past is different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Mime the action
+ Practice Activity: Stressed Word; communication: Activity 4
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.07, 6.08, 6.09, 6.10.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
255 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides, Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up activity:
Mime the action
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Ask each group to choose one
member to stand in front of the
class to answer the action.
- Show the slide with a picture,
and the students from 2 teams will
mime the corresponding actions. - Mime the corresponding
The other member standing in action and guess the
front of the class will guess the answer.
answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with all the correct
answers.
- Receive 2 points.

- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson.

3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Read and stress sentences.
- Input: CD Track 6.07 and slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

256 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 minutes Activity 1. Listen and repeat

- Look at the pictures and
(Pupils’ Book p.74)
sentences.
- Ask the students to look at the
pictures and sentences.
- Listen to the sentences.
- Play the audio for the first time,
ask the students to listen only.
- Play the audio again, pause after - Listen and repeat words.
each sentence for students to repeat
and read along.
- Explain to the students how to - Listen to the teacher.
read the stress sentences.

Presentation:
3 minutes - Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Ask students to look at Activity 1,
then switch roles to read each
sentence. - Switch roles to read
- After finishing, invite some
students to call out the sentences.
- Call out the sentences.
Activity 2. Listen and underline
3 minutes the stressed words in the
sentences.
(Pupils’ Book p.74)
- Play the audio for each sentence,
students listen. - Listen and underline the
- Ask the students to work in pairs, words.
underline the stressed words in
each sentence.
- Replay the audio to check their
answers. - Check their answers.

- Output: Students can read and stress sentences correctly.

3.2. Practice – Phonics (Time: 17 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and stress sentences.
- Input: The slides and track 6.09, 6.10.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Practice Activity: Teamwork:
Stressed Word - Listen and follow the
- Ask the students to work in teacher's instructions.
groups of 3 or 4.
- Ask the students to open their
books and look at Activity 2 on

257 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

page 72.
- Then, ask the students to discuss,
determine the stressed words in
- Discuss, determine stressed
each sentence and practice reading
words for each sentence and
the sentences.
practice.
- After the students finish, invite
some students to choose any
sentences to read. - Watch and listen the
- Give them 2 points if they read performers
the sentences with clear and proper
stressed words.

2 minutes Activity 3. Listen and chant

(Pupils’ book, p.74)
- Ask the students to look at the
song and read it.
- Look at the song and read.
- Play the recording 6.09, ask the
students to listen and chant.
- Listen and chant.

Activity 3. Underline the

2 minutes stressed words
(Pupils’ book, p.74)
- Play the audio for each sentence,
students listen.
- Ask the students to put students - Listen again.
in pairs, then underline the
stressed words in each sentence. - Underline the stressed
words.
Practice Activity. Read the song
3 minutes - Ask the students to work in pairs
and look at the song in Activity 3,
read it with the proper stressed
words.
- Ask the students to switch roles - Read the song with the
to practice. proper stressed words.
- Invite some students to present in
front of the class and give them 2
points if they have a good - Switch roles.
performance.

Activity 4. Write four sentences

to describe the pictures. Then - Receive 2 points for the
say good presentations.
(Pupils’ book, p.74)
4 minutes
- Ask the students to work in pairs.
258 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to look at the

pictures in Activity 4 and explain
what is happening in each one.
- Then, ask the students to - Work in pairs.
complete the sentences together.
- After the students finish, invite - Look at Activity 4
some pairs to check the answer
and give them 2 points if they have
correct answers.
- Make the sentences

- Check the answer and

receive 2 points for the correct
answers.

- Output: Students can recognise the stressed words in the sentence.

3.3. Produce - Phonics (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to promote student’s acquisition of the stressed words in the
sentence.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Ask the students to say 4 - Say 4 sentences.
sentences with stress in Activity 4,
then switch roles to practice.
- Invite some students to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class and give them 2 performers
points for the good presentations.
- Output: Students can identify the stressed words in the sentence.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 57).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

259 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce vocabulary: live, visit, arrive, start, stop, need.
- To introduce the Yes - No Question form of Simple past tense with regular verbs
Sentence patterns: “Did the Romans live in houses?”
“Yes, they did./ No, they didn’t.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past is different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Racing Car, Practice Activity: Rabbit and Turtle
+ Communication: Production.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: regular verbs.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.11
- Computer and slides.
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

260 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.

- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Racing Car
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
Ask each of the students to take - Each student takes out a
out a mini-board. mini-board.
- Each team chooses 1 car and
“Rock Paper Scissors” to take the
first turn. - Join the activity.
- Let the students choose a
number, show the corresponding
- Write the answers.
question and ask the students to
write the answers on the board.
- After the students finish, ask - Raise the boards to check.
them to raise the board to check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with all correct answers
and the car that reaches the finish
line first. - Receive points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the regular verbs: “live, visit,
arrive, start, stop, need”.
- Input: CD Track 6.11, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
10 minutes Activity 1. Listen, point and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.75)
- Play the recording 6.11 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Ask the students to listen
and repeat the words as the
recording goes.
- Show the pictures along with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, ask the students to listen and word one-by-one.
repeat the word one-by-one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the word. practice.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 5 pictures. - Listen to the teacher.
Ask all students to look at and say - Look at the slide and say
the words again. the words again.
261 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Vocabulary Review
- Show each picture, ask the
students to look at and say the - Look and say the words.
3 minutes word.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.

3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Students can remember the vocabulary.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Practice Activity: Rabbit and
Turtle
- Divide the class into groups of 4 - Take out a mini-board.
to 6 students and each group takes
out a mini-board. - Look at the pictures and
- Show the pictures, students look at choose correct words.
them and choose the correct words. - Raise the boards to check
- After finishing, they raise the the answer.
boards to check the answers.
- The fastest student with the - Receive 2 points
correct answer receives 2 points for
the team.

- Output: Students can remember with new vocabulary.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make the sentences.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Ask students to give a sentence - Look at the pictures and
about them with one of these give a sentence with a
regular verbs. regular verb.
Ex: “Yesterday, I visited Ho Chi
Minh Museum.”
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up: (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity book (page 58).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

262 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 5B - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review the vocabulary: live, visit, arrive, start, stop, need.
- To use the Yes - No Question form of Simple past tense with regular verbs
Sentence patterns: “Did the Romans live in houses?”
“Yes, they did. / No, they didn't.”
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life is different in the past and now
by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Lucky Number, Practice Activity: Choose the word,
Production
+ Communication: Activity 4.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: regular verbs.
- Structures: Yes - No Question form of Simple past tense with regular verbs.
263 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

III. Instructional resources

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14.
- Computer and slides.
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Lucky Number
- Divide the class into 2 teams. - Join the activity.
- Let each team choose any
number from 1 to 10 to open the - Choose any number.
question.
- Then, ask the students to raise
- Raise hands to answer.
their hands to answer.
- Give points for the correct
answers. - Receive points for the
correct answers.
- Give 2 points to the team with
better performance.
Review Vocabulary:
- Say a number and the students
2 minutes say a word.
- Show the words for the students - Look at the slide, listen
to look at then say them again. and say the word.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Grammar. (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce the structures with the regular verbs: “Did + S + V_inf + O?”, “Yes, S
+ did”, “No, S + didn't”.
- Input: CD Track 6.14, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

264 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes Activity 2. Listen and sing

- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the song and
song and read it. read.
- Refer students to the song and the
new words from the lesson.
- Ask students what words they hear
from the song. - Answer the questions
- Play the song for the students to - Listen to the song and
sing along. sing.
- Explain that when they hear a - Listen to the teacher's
word from the unit, they clap their explanations.
hands once. - Listen to the song and
Activity 3. Listen and repeat clap their hands.
3 minutes (Pupils' Book p.75)
- Ask the students to look at
Activity 3 on page 75.
- Play the audio, ask the students to - Look at and complete the
listen and repeat. sentences.

Introduce Grammar
4 minutes - Show the structures of the Yes/No
question about simple past tense: - Listen to the teacher’s
“Did + S + V_inf + O?”, “Yes, S + explanations.
did”, “No, S + didn't”
- Explain to students the use of the
structures along with showing
examples and pictures.
- Ask the students to look at the
structures and give more examples.
- Students give more
Practice Activity: examples according to the
Choose the word structures.
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 6 students.
5 minutes - Prepare 8 phrase cards from
Activity 4 and let each member
from the groups take out one card.
- Then, ask the students to practice - Take out the cards.
asking and answering in their group
about the cards with the structure:
“Did + S + V_inf + O?”.
- After the students finish, invite - Work in groups and practice.
some groups to present in front of
the class
- Give the students 2 points if they - Watch and listen to the
speak clearly and correctly. performers.

- Output: Students know how to use the structures correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice structures of simple past tense and regular verbs.
265 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: The slides.

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity 4. Ask and answer about
things you did in the past
(Pupils’ Book p.75)
- Ask the students to look at
- Look at Activity 4.
Activity 4.
- Ask the students to work in groups - Practice asking and
of 3 or 4 to practice asking and answering.
answering with the structure: “Did
+ S + V_inf + O?”
- Invite some groups to present in
front of the class
- Give the students 2 points if they - Present in front of the
speak clearly and correctly. class.
- Receive points.

- Output: Students can make sentences with learned vocabulary and remember
structures.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Ask the students to work in - Write about 3-4 learned
groups of 3 or 4 and write about 3- vocabulary on paper
4 learned vocabulary on paper.
- Then, let each pair invite any
pairs in class to take one word and - Make sentences
make sentences with it.
- Let the students switch roles to
practice. - Switch roles and keep
practicing.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 128).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

266 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 6 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review the Simple past tense with regular verbs.
- To talk about visiting places.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past was different from
now and practice using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Secret Bag, Practice Activity: Make the sentences
+ Communication: Pre-Listening: Activity: Guess Place, Activity My Friend's Schedule.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: regular verbs.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 6.15.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
267 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Secret Bag
- Write a letter of the alphabet on - Join the activity
a small piece of paper and
scrunch it up. Do not use X.
- Then, place all the scrunched-up
pieces of paper in a bag or a box. - Form a circle and pass the
bag/ box.
- Ask the students to form a circle
and pass the bag/box. - Pass the bag or the box
around for each student to
- Let the students open the piece
choose a piece of paper.
of paper and say as many words
- Choose a piece of paper,
that begin with that letter as they
open it and say words that
can.
begin with that letter.
- Say as many words as
possible.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: To review the time expressions, regular verbs in the simple past tense.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Underline the time
expressions
(Pupils’ Book p.76)
- Ask the students to look at - Look at Activity 1 and
Activity 1 and read the sentences read the sentences.
aloud.
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Underline the time
to underline the time expressions in expressions.
each sentence.

4 minutes Activity 1. Complete the sentences

- Ask the students to work in pairs
to complete the sentences. - Complete the sentences.
- Invite some students to check their
268 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answers and give them 2 points if it - Check the answers.

is correct.
- Output: Students know how to do task 1 in Pupils’ book.
3.2. Review Grammar. (Time: 16 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice listening skills.
- Input: The slides, CD tracks 6.15.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Pre-Listening:
Activity: Guess Place
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4.
- Ask the students to look at 6 - Look at the pictures and
pictures and 2 questions. questions.
- Look at the picture and
- Point to each picture of places
say aloud the name of the
and ask students to say aloud the
places.
name of the places.
- Then, ask the students to discuss - Discuss and guess the
and guess the answers to 2 answers.
questions, and make sentences
with the structure: “S +
was/were”.
- Invite some pairs to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class and give them 2 performers.
points for the good performances.

Activity 2. Listen and choose

4 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.76)
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the pictures and
pictures and the 2 questions. questions
- Play the audio, ask the students
to listen and circle the correct
answers.
- Play the audio again for the - Listen and circle
students to listen and check the
answers.
- Listen and check the
answers.
Practice Activity: Make the
sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 3
7 minutes
or 4.
- Write three lists of prompts on
the board consisting of 5 subjects, - Join the activity.
5 verbs, 5 places and 3 tenses: past
tense, simple tense, and simple - Follow the teacher.
continuous tense.
269 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, roll the dice four times to

select a subject, verb, and tense
for the student.
- Ask the students to make funny
sentences from this and share it
with the class.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with all correct answers.
- Make funny sentences.

- Receive points for the

correct answers.

- Output: Students improve their listening and speaking skills through the tasks.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the questions.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity
My Friend's Schedule.
- Ask each of the students to take - Each student takes out a
out a sheet of paper, draw their sheet of paper, draws a
diaries and write down the diary and writes the
information on the paper in 2 information.
minutes.
- Pick up all the papers after - Give the paper to the
students finish their work. teacher.
- Ask the students to work in pairs, - Receive the paper from
then give a random diary to each the teacher.
pair.
- Ask the students to look at the - Work with the partner to
friend’s diary, one student asks the ask and answer about a
questions with “How often”, friend’s diary in the class.
“When” and one student finds the
information and answers the
questions.
- Call out random pairs to present
in front of the class and give points.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the structure to ask and answer the questions
by themselves.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 59).
Adjustment
270 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 7A – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life in the past was different from
now and practice using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks in the Pupils’
book
+ Teamwork: Review Vocabulary: Activity: Underline Verbs
+ Practice Activity: Finding Pikachu.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology.
III. Instructional resources
271 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Audio files: Track 6.16
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Review Vocabulary:
Activity: Underline Verbs
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4. - Listen to the teacher’s
- Ask each group to take out a instructions and take out a
mini-board or a sheet of paper. mini-board.
- Ask students to open their books
and look at the story on page 77. - Look at the story.
- Then, let the students find the
learned vocabulary and write - Find and write words.
them down on their boards or
paper.
- After the students finish, ask
them to raise the board or paper to - Raise the board to check
check the answers. answers.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
- Receive points for the
group with all the correct
correct answers.
answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and structures
of past tense.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the story.
- Input: Track 6.16, Slides, Animation Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Introduction:
- Show the story and have students
identify the story title, story frames - Look at the questions.
and characters by answering these

272 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames
(pictures) are there?
3. How many characters (people,
friends) are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books
and explore the page of the Unit 6
story with their partners to answer
the above questions. - Open the books and
- Provide the answer on the slide. answer the questions.
Activity: Watch a video
- Play the video, students listen to
and watch the story. - Check answers.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 6.16, students
look at the story and listen. - Watch the story.
3 minutes

- Listen to the story.

4 minutes
- Output: Students can read the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
- Input: The slides, Track 6.16
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Listen and read:
(Pupils’ book, p.77)
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the slides.
story’s cards on the slides.
- Click on each number - Listen and read aloud.
corresponding to the character and
let students listen and read aloud.
- Play the audio, ask the students
listen and read again. - Listen and read.
- Ask the students to work in
groups. Students practice acting out - Practice the story.
the story.

Activity 2. Look and match

2 minutes
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4 and ask each student to take - Listen to the teacher and
out a sheet of paper. take out a mini-board for
- Ask the students to read the story, each.
let them look and match, and then
write the answers on the paper. Ex: - Write the answers.

273 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1-a, 2-c,...
- Check the answers.
- Ask the students to open their - Check the answers and
books to check the answers. write them down in their
books.
Practice Activity:
6 minutes Finding Pikachu
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 4 and each pair takes out
a mini-board. - Listen to the teacher and take
- Show the slide, and ask the out a mini-board for each pair.
students to look at the questions
with 3 answers and choose the - Look at the questions and
correct answer by writing it on their write the answers on the board
boards. in turns.
- After the students finish, ask - Raise the boards to check
them to raise their boards to check
the answers.
- Give points to the pairs with the - Receive points for the
correct answers. correct answers.
- Output: Students can read and understand a simple cartoon story.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To enhance students’ understanding of the story.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Activity 3. Read again and
answer the questions
(Pupils’ book p.78)
- Ask students to open their books - Open the books and look
and look at task 3 on page 78. at the task.
- Let the students read the story - Write the answer words.
again and answer the questions.
- Check answers with the whole - Check the answers with
class. other members.

- Output: Students can understand a simple cartoon story and do the tasks.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercise 1 in the Activity Book (page 60).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………
274 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 6 – THEN AND NOW

Lesson 7B – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of school subjects and the timetable at school by
using intonation when students read the story.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks in the Pupils’
book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Which scene is it?, Activity: Make the sentences
+ Communication: Activity: Dub out the story, Activity 5.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 6.16
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students
275 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2. Warm-up (Time: 6 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Which scene
is it?
- Ask the students to work in - Listen to the teacher and
groups of 4. take out a pen or a ruler.
- Ask each group to take out a pen
or a ruler and put it in the middle
of each group. - Discuss and choose the
- Show a sentence in the story, let correct answer
the students discuss and choose
the correct answer A, B, or C for
the correct scene of that sentence.
- Students raise their pens or - Raise their pens or rulers
rulers to get a chance to answer. to say the answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with the correct answer. - Receives 2 points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the story.
- Input: Slides, track 6.16.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: Listen and read
(Pupils’ Book p.77)
- Ask the students to open their - Open the books and look
books and look at the story on page at the story.
77.
- Play the recording 6.16, ask the - Listen and read aloud the
students to listen and read aloud. story.
- Output: Students can remember the characters and lyrics in the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 16 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.77, 78.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: Make the sentences.
276 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to work in pairs

and each pair takes out a sheet of - Each pair takes out a
paper. sheet of paper.
- Show a sentence, let the students
- Look and make the
look at it, and then ask them to
correct sentences.
choose an option to make the
correct sentences. - Write the answers on
- Ask the students to write the paper and raise to check.
answers on paper and raise them to
check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest pair - Receives 2 points for the
with the correct answers. correct answers.

Activity 4: Match the sentence

halves
3 minutes
(Pupils’ Book p.78)
- Ask the students to look at - Look at Activity 4.
Activity 4.
- Ask the students to work in pairs. - Read the story again, and
match the sentences
- Let the students read the story
again, then match the sentence
halves.
- Check the answers with the whole
class.

Activity: Dub out the story.

- Divide students into small groups. - Listen to the teacher’s
8 minutes instructions.
- Ask students to choose the
character and act out the story - Act out the story
- Give students a little time to
practice (from 3 – 5 minutes)
- Invite some groups to perform in
front of the class without the audio. - Perform the story and
- Give feedback and give points for receive points for the good
good performances. performances.

- Output: Students can act out the story and do personal tasks.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and tell about life in the past.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ book p. 78.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 5. Bring your family’s
member photos when he/ she was
young to class. Introduce about
277 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

life at the time

(Pupils’ Book p.78)
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 4.
- Ask the students to bring their - Listen to the teacher.
family member’s photos when he /
she was young to class. - Work with other
- Then, ask them to introduce life at members of the group to
that time using the sentences from remember and tell them
the story. about life.
- Call out some groups to present in
- Look at the examples
front of the class.
and practice.
- Give points to the good
performances. - Watch and listen to the
friends perform.

- Output: Students can tell about life in the past.

V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 60).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

278 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 6: THEN AND NOW

Lesson 8 – Skills
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read about a trip.
- To write about a new place.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of visiting a new place by using
vocabulary and structures in the whole unit 6.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do reading tasks in the Pupils’
Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Word Unscramble, Practice Activity: Multiple Choices;
Writing: Activity 3.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Track 6.17
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides, video
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity:
Word Unscramble
- Divide the class into groups of 3 - Take out a sheet of paper
or 4. Take out a sheet of paper or or a mini-board.
a mini-board.
- Show the slides with - Watch the slides or the
unscrambled words or write them board
on the board.
- Then, ask the students to make a
- Make a sentence
279 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

sentence and refer to the story in

Activity 1 and Activity 2 on pages
77 & 78. - Raise their paper or
- After the students finish, ask boards to check
them to raise their paper or boards
- Receive 2 points for the
to check
correct answers.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with all correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to discuss and know more about writing the diary of Liên.
- Input: The slides, track 6.17
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Listening
(Pupils’ Book p.79)
- Open their books and
- Ask the students to open their look at the text.
books and look at the text.
- Play the audio, then ask students
to listen to it. - Listen to the audio.

PRE-READING: Activity 1.
4 minutes
listen and read
(Pupils’ Book p.79)
- Ask the students to open their
books and read the text. - Open their books and read
the text.
- Ask students to read and
underline the names of devices - Read and underline the
which are in the text. words.
- Check the whole class’s answers.

READING: Activity 2. Read

again. Complete the sentences
with ONE or TWO WORDS
5 minutes
(Pupils’ Book p.79)
- Ask the students to read the text
again and write One or Two words
for each sentence.
- Ask the students to work in pairs
and share the answers with their - Read the text and write
partners. words.
- Then, show the answers to check.
- Share the answers

280 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students know and understand more information about Liên's diary in the
text.
3.2. Practice – Skills (Time: 11 minutes)
- Aim: Help students do their tasks in their books with listening, reading skills.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.79
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Practice Activity: Multiple
Choices
(Pupils’ book p.79)
- Each student takes out a
- Ask the students to work in pairs mini-board.
and each student takes out a mini-
board.
- Show the slides with questions - Look at and write their
about Liên’s diary, ask the students answers on the board.
to look at and write their answers
on the boards.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise their boards to check. - Raise the board to check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with all correct answers. - Receives 2 points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students can use their skills to do the tasks in the Pupils’ Book.
3.3. Produce – Skills (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember the information from the paragraph and finish their
task.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes PRE-WRITING: Activity: Ask
and answer about a visit to a new
place
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Ask and answer
to ask and answer some suggested
questions about a visit to a new
place.
- Then ask the students to switch - Switch roles to practice
roles to practice.

5 minutes Activity 3: Write a paragraph

(Pupils’ Book p.79)
- Ask each of the students to take - Take out a sheet of
out a sheet of paper. paper.
- Write a paragraph
281 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, ask them to use phrases in

the box to write a paragraph about a
visit to a new place on their paper. - Watch and follow the
- After the students finish, the performers.
teacher invites some students to
present in front of the class.
- Show the teacher's own examples.
- Give them points if they present
successfully.
- Output: Students use their skills to do the tasks.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 61).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to Parties.
- To introduce the structures: “What are these people doing?” – “They are...”
282 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Give me your words, Practice activity: Finding picture
+ Communication: Activity 2: Speaking Time, Activity 3.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Tracks 7.01.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 3 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Give me
your words
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students. - Each group takes out a
- Ask each group to take out a mini-board or a sheet of
mini-board or a sheet of paper. paper
- Write the topic “party” on the
board and count 3, 2, 1. - Write words that relate to
the topic.
- Ask the students to start to write
words that relate to the topic.
Ex: birthday cakes, games, party
hats, fireworks,…
- Set a limit of 2 minutes for
students to say out loud their
words.
- Give 2 points to the group with
the most correct words. - Check the answers.
- The group with the most
correct answers receives 2
283 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the party’s vocabulary.
- Input: The flashcards of the party, CD Track 7.01, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Lead-in: Activity
Answer the questions
- Have students look at page 80 or - Look at the picture and
the poster and work individually to answer the topic.
circle as many English words as
possible.
- Answer the questions.
- Ask the students to work in pairs
to share answers. Then, have them
answer these questions:
1. Which activities have you done?
2. Which activities do you normally
see at a party?

Activity 1. Listen, point and

repeat.
5 minutes (Pupil's Book p.81)
- Play the recording 7.01 for the
first time. Have students listen and - Listen and repeat.
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one along - Listen and repeat the
with the audio, and have the word one-by-one.
students listen and spell the words
accordingly. - Listen and spell.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud
the words.
- Give feedbacks. - Work in 2 groups and
- Show the slide with 5 pictures practice.
from number 1 to 5.
- Show the pictures in turn, ask - Listen to the teacher.
students to look at it and say the
corresponding words.
- Look at the slide and say
Practice Activity: Finding picture the words again.
- Divide the class into two teams:
team A and team B.
7 minutes - Ask each student to take out a
mini-board.
- Have the students look at the
slides and write the answers

284 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

corresponding to numbers 1, 2, and - Each student takes out a

3. mini-board.
- Give points following the rules: If - Look and write the answer
all team members write the correct
answers, that team will receive 2
points. But the team won't receive - Receive points for the
any points if 2 or 3 students have correct answers.
the wrong answers. - The team with the highest
points wins the game.

- Output: Students can pronounce the vocabulary of the party properly.

3.2. Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to use the present continuous tense with the question: “What are
these people doing?” and answer: “They are…”
- Input: The slides, CD track 7.02
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 2. Look at the picture on
page 80. Ask and answer. Activity:
Speaking Time
(Pupils’ Book p.81)
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Look at the picture
and look at the picture on page 80.
- Ask students to use the present
continuous tense and practice the - Work in pairs to ask and
question: “What are these people answer.
doing?” and answer with: “They
are…”
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class. Give points if - Watch and listen to the
they perform successfully. performers.

Activity 3. In pairs, ask and

answer. Activity: Do you like the
5 minutes party?
(Pupils’ book p.81)
- Divide the class into groups of 5
to 6 students.
- Give each student a piece of paper - Listen the teacher’s
with 6 columns on it. instruction
- Have the students choose a - Ask and answer the
member in the group, ask 6 information
questions mentioned in Activity 3 - After students finish 3
and write the information on the names on the paper, say
paper. Bingo.

- Go around, check and help the

students if needed.
285 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Give 2 points to the 5 fastest

students who finish all columns on - Check the answers and
the paper. receive points for the good
performance.
- Output: Students can ask and answer about the party, ask and answer: “What are
these people doing?”.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To review the vocabulary of the party.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Review vocabulary
- Show pictures in turn, teacher
- Look at and say the
points at each.
word.
- Have the students look at it and
say the word.
- Output: Students can thoroughly remember and use the vocabulary.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 62).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

286 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 2 - Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words related to Parties.
- To use the structure.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activities: Mix-up Letters, Practice Activity: Word 2 Word
+ Communication: Activity 1, 3, Activity: Ask and answer, Activity: Speaking Time.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Tracks 7.02.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Mix-up
letters
- Divide the class into groups of - Take out a pencil case
6, ask each group to prepare a
pencil case.
- Ask the students to look at the - Look and arrange the
slides with the mix-up letters, correct word.
discuss with their team and make
the correct words.
- Ask the students to catch the
287 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

pencil case to get a chance to - Catch the pencil case to

answer. get a chance to answer.
- Give 2 points to the faster team - Check the answers and
receive points for the
with the correct answers.
correct answers.
*Note: All members need to say
the answer together.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 11 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review the vocabulary of the party.
- Input: CD Track 7.02, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes PRE-READING. Activity 1: Call
out the words
- Have students look at the pictures - Look at the pictures and
and call out corresponding the call out the words.
words
for each picture.
- Show the answers to check with - Check the answers
the whole class.

3 minutes Activity 1. Read, look and write

(Pupils’ Book p.82)
- Have students work individually
to read the text and write the - Read the text and write
answers in their books. the answers
- Then, ask the students to work in - Share the answers.
pairs to share the answers with their
partners.
- Check the answers with the whole
class.
- Have students look and read aloud - Check the answer
the text.
- Look and read
2 minutes PRE-LISTENING. Activity 2:
Ask and answer
- Ask the students to work in pairs,
then look at the questions and
answers. - Look at the questions and
- Have one student ask the answers.
questions and the other student - One student asks the
guess and say the answers. questions and one student
- Then, ask them to switch roles to guesses and says the answers.
practice. - Switch roles to practice.

Activity 2. Listen and circle

3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.82)

288 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Have students open their books

and look at the task. - Open books and look at the
- Play the audio, students listen and task
circle the answers. - Listen and circle
- Play the audio again, students
listen and check the answers. - Listen and check
- Output: Students can remember writing the vocabulary of the party correctly and well.
3.2. Review – Structure. (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review, ask and answer about a party you joined in the past.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Practice Activity: Word 2 Word
- Divide the class into two teams:
team A and team B.
- Ask each student to take out a
mini-board. - Take out a mini-board.
- Have the students look at the
slides with unscrambled words, and - Look at the slides and write
then write down the correct down the answers.
sentences.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise the boards to check the - Check the answer and
answers. receive points.
- Give points to the fastest group - The fastest group with all
with all correct answers. correct answers and the
highest points wins the game
Activity 3. Tell your friend about
5 minutes a party you joined in the past
(Pupils’ Book p.82)
- Have students look at 4 words in
Activity 3.
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Look at 4 words
to ask and answer about a party
using the above words. - Ask and answer
- Then, ask them to switch roles to
practice.
- Team work: Divide the class into
2 teams. One team asks and one - Switch the roles.
team answers.
- Ask the students to look at and - Ask and answer.
read aloud the examples.

Activity: Speaking Time

- Show the example, ask students to
look at it
2 minutes - Ask the students to work in pairs - Look at the example and
and tell their partners about a party. tell with partners

289 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, switch roles.

- Invite some students to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class. performers.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and structure to ask and answer
the questions by looking at the words and conversation.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review the vocabulary and write them correctly and well.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Review vocabulary
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students.
- Ask each group to take out a sheet - Take out a sheet of paper
of paper and write down the - Write down the words
English words related to the party - After finishing the lists,
as many as they can. say “Bingo”.
- Check the list and give points to - Check and receive points
the correct answers. for the correct answers.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 63).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

290 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 3A – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to Weddings.
- To introduce Simple past forms of irregular verbs.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Snow White, Activity: Look and Match
+ Communication: Production, Activity 2
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Tracks 7.03, 7.04.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Like or
Dislike
- Draw 2 columns on the board: - Take out 2 pieces of paper
“like, dislike” and a column about
words related to party in Lesson
1. - Look and arrange the
- Ask the students to take out 2 correct words
pieces of paper and write: “like or
291 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

dislike” on each piece.

- The teacher asks the questions - Listen to the teacher’s
instruction
for each word:
Do you like …..?
Ex: Do you like riding the big
wheel?
- Ask the students to listen and - Listen and raise paper to
raise their papers to choose the choose the answer
answers.
- Counts and writes the number of
answers on the board.
- Tally up the responses to find
what students like best about the
party.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “wedding, bride,
groom, invitation, honeymoon”.
- Input: CD Track 7.03, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.83)
- Play the recording 7.03 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one along - Listen and repeat the
with the audio, and have the words one by one.
students listen and spell the words - Listen and spell.
accordingly.
- Divide the class into two groups, - Work in 2 groups and
each group takes turns to read aloud practice.
the words.
- Give feedback. - Listen to the teacher.
- Show pictures one by one, - Look at the slides and
students look and say the words. say the words again.
2 minutes Review vocabulary
- Show the pictures, ask the students - Look and say the words
to look and say the words.
- Show the words, ask the students
to spell them again.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well

3.2. Review - Vocabulary (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to correctly write the vocabulary.

292 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: The slides, CD Tracks 7.04.

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Practice Activity: Snow White
- Divide the class into two teams:
team A and team B.
- Ask each student to take out a
mini-board. - Each student takes out a
- Ask the students to look at the mini-board.
pictures and write down the - Look at the slides and write
answers. down the answers.
- Give points following the rules: If
all team members write the correct
answers, that team will receive 2 - Receive points for the
points. But the team won't receive correct answers.
any points if 2 or 3 students have - The team with the highest
the wrong answers. points wins the game.

PRE-LISTENING: Activity 2:
Look and read
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.83)
- Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Then, ask them to look and read to
underline verbs in the text. - Look and read
- Check the answers with the whole - Underline verbs in the
class. text.

Activity 2. Listen and say

- Play the audio, students listen. - Check the answers
- Play the audio again, students
listen and say aloud.

3 minutes
- Listen and say aloud

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Say a random number.
- Ask the students to listen and
raise their hands to get a chance to - Listen and say the correct
say the correct word. word.
- Then, make a sentence with that
293 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

word behind the number. - Make a sentence

- Give 2 points to the first student
with the correct word.
- Receive 2 points for the
correct answers

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 64).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 3B – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to weddings.
- To correctly use Simple past forms of irregular verbs.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Board race, Activity: True or False, Activity: Who is the
millionaire?
+ Communication: Activity 4.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
294 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Board race
- Stick 13 flashcards on the board:
“wedding, bride, groom, - Listen to the teacher’s
invitation, honeymoon, funfair, instruction
big wheel, rollercoaster, band,
party, party games, costume,
party hat”.
- Divide the class into groups of
4.
- Ask each member to take turns
joining in the activity. - Join in the activity
- Listen to the teacher’s
- Spell a word, then ask the first
instructions.
member of each team to run to the
board, clap, and say the correct
words.
- Give 2 points to the team having
the fastest student with the correct
words. - Check the answers and
receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: To help students properly use the past tense with vocabulary: “wedding, bride,
groom, invitation, honeymoon”.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Review vocabulary
- Click on the random number.
- Ask the students to look and say
295 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the word aloud. - Look and say

Activity: True or False

5 minutes - Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4. Ask each group to take out a
mini-board. - Take out a mini-board.
- Show each slide with 2 sentences,
ask the students to look at the slides
and write down the answer “True or - Look at the slide and write
False” on the board. down the word
- Set the time for each sentence to
15 seconds.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise the board and say “bingo”
to check. - Check the answers
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with all correct answers. - Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students can use the past tense with learned vocabulary.
3.2. Present and Practice – Structure. (Time: 18 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to identify and remember the past forms of irregular verbs.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Introduce Grammar: Irregular
verbs
- Show the table of irregular verbs, - Listen and repeat
ask the students to listen and repeat.
Grammar Practice – Activity:
3 minutes Look and Match
- Divide students into groups of 3 or
4. Ask each group to take out a - Take out a sheet of paper
sheet of paper.
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the words and
words in verb infinitive and match match
them to the correct form of the
irregular verb in the simple past
tense. - Join the activity
- Ask each member to take turns
writing the answers.
Ex: get – got, write – wrote,… - Check the answer.
- Ask the students to raise the paper - Receive the points for
to check the answers. the correct answers.
- Give 2 points to the 3 first groups
who finish with the correct words.

Grammar Practice: Make the

sentences
3 minutes
296 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to work in groups - Listen to the teacher’s

of 4, then put a marker or a pen in instruction
the middle of each group.
- Ask the students to look at the
picture and 2-3 keywords, and make - Look and make correct
a correct sentence. sentences
- Ask the students to raise their
- Check the answers and
marker or a pen to get a chance to
receive points.
say the answers.
- Give 2 points to the fastest team
with the correct sentence.

Activity 3. Circle the correct

word
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.83)
- Ask students to work individually
to look at Activity 3 and circle the - Circle the correct words
correct words.
- Then, ask them to share the - Check the answers
answers with their partners.
- Check the answers with the whole
class.

Activity: Who is the Millionaire? - Listen and say aloud

- Divide the class into two teams:
4 minutes team A and team B.
- Ask each student to take out a - Take out a mini-board
mini-board.
- Ask the students to look at the
questions and write down the - Join the activity
answers.
- Each question has 3 supports:
50:50, Audience, Call. Let each
team choose when they need help.
- Give points following the rules: If
all team members write the correct
answers, that team will receive 2 - Check the answers and
points. But the team won't receive receive points.
any points if 2 or 3 students have - The team with the highest
the wrong answers. points wins the game.

Activity 4. Tell your partner

about a party you had. Choose
five activities
- Ask students to look at Activity 4
in pairs and list out five activities
3 minutes corresponding to 5 sentences in the - List out five activities
bubble speech. with their partners
297 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to look at the

example to tell their partner about a
party. - Tell about a party
- Invite some students to present in
front of the class - Watch and listen to the
- Give them 2 points for the good performers.
performance.
- Output: Students can remember how to make the sentences by the simple past tense
of irregular verbs.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Ask students to look at the table - Look at the table and
and 5 pictures. pictures
- Ask students to make a sentence
with an irregular verb in each - Make sentences.
picture.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 64).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

298 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 4 – Phonics

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce falling intonation in statements.
- To write a story based on a picture.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book;
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Guess the word;
+ Communication: Activity: Speaking Time, Production.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio: CD Tracks 7.05, 7.06
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides, Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up activity: Guess the
words
- Divide the class into groups of 3 - Take out a pen or a
or 4. Ask each group to take out a marker
pen or a marker.
- Show the slides with prompt - Look at and guess words
sentences, ask the students to look
299 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

at them and guess the words.

- Then, ask the students to raise - Check the answer and
the pen or marker to say the receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
answers.
- Give 2 points for the fastest
group that speaks clearly and
correctly.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Phonics. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: To correctly read and pronounce falling intonation in statements.
- Input: CD Track 7.05, 7.06 and slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity 1. Listen and repeat
(Pupils’ Book p.84)
- Look at the pictures and
- Have students look at the pictures sentences.
and sentences.
- Play the audio the first time,
- Listen and repeat
students just listen.
sentences.
- Play the audio again, pause after
each sentence for students to repeat - Listen to the teacher.
and read along.

Presentation:
3 minutes - Ask the students to listen again to
each sentence. - Listen again to each
- Then, lead in: “We will learn sentence
about the intonation in statements - Listen to the teacher’s
at the end of the sentence.” instruction
- Ask the students to listen to the
teacher’s guide and repeat the
sentences with correct intonation.
- Listen and repeat
Practice activity
- Ask the students to work in pairs,
do Activity 1, then switch roles to
read each sentence.
3 minutes
- After the students finish, invite - Read each sentence
some students to call out the
sentences.

PRE-LISTENING: Activity 2. - Watch and listen to the

Underline the keyword performers.
(Pupils’ Book p.84)
- Have students in pairs look at
Activity 2.
300 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, ask the students to

2 minutes underline the keywords in each
sentence. - Underline the keywords

Activity 2. Listen and write. Then

mark the intonation
- Play the audio, ask the students to
listen and write the answers.
- Play audio again, ask the students
to listen and mark the intonation. - Listen and write
3 minutes

- Listen and mark

- Output: Students can read and pronounce falling intonation in statements.

3.2. Practice – Phonics (Time: 11 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and pronouncing falling intonation in statements.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes POST LISTENING: Activity: Teamwork:
Speaking Time - Listen and follow the
- After listening, ask the students teacher's instructions.
to work in pairs to read and
pronounce the falling intonation of
- Discuss, determine stressed
each sentence in Activity 2.
words for each sentence and
- Ask them to switch roles to practice.
practice together.
- Ask some students to present in
front of the class and receive 2 - Watch and listen the
points. performers

PRE – WRITING: Activity 3.

5 minutes Brainstorming
(Pupils’ Book, p.84)
- Have students look at the picture
in Activity 3, then brainstorm to
answer about the picture with - Brainstorm to answer
these questions:
“What was the party about?”,
“What were they doing?”, “What
were there at the event?”,
“How did they feel?”.
- Ask students in pairs to ask and

301 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer these questions.

- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class and give them 2
- Ask and answer
points.
- Watch and listen to the
Activity 3. Write a story based performers
on the picture. Then share with
3 minutes the class. Use falling intonation
(Pupils’ Book, p.84)
- Ask the students to open their
notebooks and write a story with
the example.

- Write a story
- Output: Students can recognise the falling intonation in statements.
3.3. Produce - Phonics (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to promote students’ acquisition of the falling intonation in
statements.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Invite some students to read the - Read and pronounce falling
story and pronounce falling intonation
intonation.
- Give them 2 points if they have a - Watch and listen the
performers
good presentation.

- Output: Students can identify the falling intonation in statements.

V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 65).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

302 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 5A – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use ordinal numbers
- To correctly call out the days of the month
- To get familiar with the sentence patterns:
When is your birthday?
What did you do on ...? We ate a lot of food.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Ordinal numbers
+ Communication: Grammar Practice: When is your birthday?, Activity 3.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: ordinal numbers
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Tracks 7.05, 7.07, 7.08, 7.09.
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
303 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: The slides

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Read The Intonation
- Show the slide for each
sentence.
- Ask the students to work in - Read aloud the sentences
pairs: look and read the sentences
with intonation.
- Invite some students to read in
- Tell the intonation
front of the class.
- Play the audio 7.05 for students - Listen and repeat
to listen and repeat.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the ordinal numbers.
- Input: CD Track 7.07, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

304 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Activity 1. Listen, point and

repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.85)
- Play the recording 7.07 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Ask students to listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one-by-one with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, and students listen and repeat word one-by-one.
the word one-by-one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
ask each group to take turns to read - Work in 2 groups and
aloud the words. practice.
- Give feedback.
- Show the slide with pictures. Ask - Listen to the teacher.
all students to look at and say the - Look at the slide and say
words again. the words again.

Practice Activity:
Ordinal Numbers
5 minutes - Divide the class into groups of 4 Teamwork/ Whole class
or 5.
- Ask each group to take out a mini- - Listen and follow the
board. teacher's instructions.
- Ask the students to look at the - Each student takes out a
pictures and write down the mini-board.
answers.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise the boards to check the - Look at the pictures and
answers. choose the correct words.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group - Raise the boards to check
with all correct answers. the answers.
- Receive points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students can say the ordinal numbers correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences with the structure:
“When is your birthday?” – “It’s on…”
- Input: The slides, CD Track 7.08, 7.09.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

305 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes Activity 2. Listen and write down

the ordinal numbers you hear
(Pupils’ Book p.85)
- Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Play the audio, ask the students to
listen and write down the ordinal
numbers. - Listen and write down
- Play the audio again, ask the
students to listen and check. - Listen and check

Activity 3. Read, listen and say

- Ask students to look at the
conversation. Give students a few
3 minutes minutes to read a dialogue. - Read a dialogue
- Play the audio for them to listen to
and repeat.
- Divide students into pairs to - Listen and repeat
practice.
- Then, ask them to switch roles and - Practice with their
practice again. partners

Introduce Grammar
- Introduce the grammar for students.
- Use these sentences to ask about
4 minutes the date of birth with structure: - Listen to the teacher’s
“When is your birthday?” – “It’s explanation.
on…”
- Divide students into pairs to ask
and answer about the date of birth.
- Then, ask them to switch roles and
- Ask and answer
practice again.

Grammar practice: Activity:

- Practice with partners
When is your birthday?
- Divide the class into groups of 5 to
6 students.
- Ask each student to take out a piece
5 minutes of paper with 2 columns that have
“Name”, and “Date of birth” on it.
- Takes out a piece of
- Then, ask them to work with their
paper
partners and ask and answer about
their date of birth with the question:
“When is your birthday?”, and write
the information on the paper.
- Ask and write the
- Go around and check.
information
- Give 2 points to the 5 fastest
students who finish all the
- After finishing 4 names on
information.
the paper, say Bingo.
306 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- 5 fastest students who

finish all the information
receive 2 points.
- Output: Students can make sentences with new vocabulary.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Say a random number.
- Ask the students to listen and say - Listen and say
the corresponding ordinal numbers.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 66).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

307 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use ordinal numbers
- To correctly call out the days of the month
- To use the sentence patterns:
When is your birthday?
What did you do on...? We ate a lot of food.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: What numbers are missing?, Grammar Practice Activity:
Your birthday party
+ Communication: Activity 4.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: ordinal numbers
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
What numbers are missing?
- Divide the class into groups of
4. Invite each member of each - Listen to the teacher’s
team to stand up and join in the instruction
activity.
- Show pictures of the ordinal
numbers regarding the month's
308 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

dates on the slides.

- Ask the students to look, then
call out the names of missing
numbers.
- Look and call out the
- Give 2 points to the fastest name
student with the correct answers.
- Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Grammar. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce the structures with the irregular verbs: “What did you do on…?”,
“We + V_ed/ Irregular verbs…”
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

309 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Review vocabulary:

- Divide the class into groups of 5
or 6.
- Ask each member to write down - Write down the numbers
30 ordinal numbers alternately.
E.g: Student 1 writes about 1 to 6,
student 2 writes 7 to 12,…
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with the correct answers. - Check the answer and
receive 2 points for the
Introduce Grammar: correct answers.
- Introduce the grammar for students
- Use these sentences to ask about
3 minutes birthdays: “What did you do
on…?”, “We + V_ed/ Irregular
verbs…”
- Ask students to work in pairs, look
at the bubble speech then, practice to
ask and answer these sentences in - Look at the bubble speech
Activity 3.
- Ask the students to switch roles to
practice again. - Ask and answer
- Practice with their partners
Grammar Practice
- Ask the students to work in groups
of 4, then put a marker or a pen in
the middle of each group. - Take out a marker or a pen
5 minutes - Ask the students to look at the
pictures with 2-3 keywords, then - Look and make a correct
make the correct sentences. sentence
- Ask the students to raise their
markers or pens to get a chance to
say the answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest team - Check the answer and
with the correct sentences. receive 2 points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students know how to use the structures correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice structures of simple past tense and irregular verbs.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

310 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Practice Activity: Your Birthday

Party
- Divide the class into groups of 4 - Join the activity
or 5.
- Show flashcards of learned
vocabulary about the party on the
board.
- Ask the students to look, then - Look and make
make the sentences to ask and sentences
answer with flashcards.
- Check the answer
- Go around to check.
- Invite some students to make the - Watch and listen to the
sentence and give them points performers

Activity 4. In pairs, ask and

5 minutes answer about birthdays
- Draw students’ attention to 2
questions and elicit how they might - Listen to the teacher’s
answer. explanation.
- Divide the class into 2 teams with
different roles: One team asks and - Ask and answer
the other team answers.
- Then, ask them to switch roles.

- Practice with their

partners

- Output: Students can make sentences with new vocabulary.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes - Divide students into pairs. Ask the - Ask and answer
students to practice asking and - After finishing 2 questions,
answering the questions. they say Bingo.
- After all the groups finish, invite - Watch and listen to the
some pairs to present in front of the performers
class.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 66).
Adjustment

311 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 6 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review
- To read about a party
- To summarize a dialogue
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Raise numbers, Activity: Brainstorm, Picking Mushrooms
+ Communication: Activity: Speaking Time, Activity 4.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
312 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: CD Tracks 7.10
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Raise Numbers
- Divide the class into groups of 3 - Join the activity
or 4.
- Ask each group to take out 12
pieces of paper and write down 12
ordinal numbers: “1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th,
5th, 9th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 30th,
31st.”
- Say any numbers for the
- Raise the corresponding
students to listen to and raise the
numbers
corresponding numbers.
- Give 2 points to the fastest - Check the answer
group with all correct answers. - Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To review the irregular verbs in the simple past tense, practice listening skills.
- Input: The slides, CD Tracks 7.10
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Activity 1: Brainstorm. Look at
the title and the picture. What do
you think happened at the party?
(Pupils’ Book p.86)
- Divide the class into groups of 4
or 5. - Each group takes out a
- Ask each group to take out a mini- mini-board.
board.
313 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Have students look at the title and - Brainstorm and write the
the picture in Activity 2, then answers
brainstorm “What happened at the
party?” and write the answers on
the boards in 2 minutes.
- Go around to check, then give
them points if they have good
answers. - Check answers
PRE-LISTENING Activity 2:
Underline the keywords
3 minutes - Have students look at the text in
Activity 2.
- Then, underline the keywords in - Look at the text
the story.
- Check the answers with the whole - Underline the keywords
class. - Check the answers

Activity 2. Listen and read. Were

you right?
3 minutes - Play the audio, students listen and
read. - Listen and read
- Then, ask the students to check
their prediction. - Check the prediction
- Go around to check and give
points to the group with the most - Receive points
correct predictions.
- Output: Students know how to do task 1 in Pupils’ Book and improve their listening
skills through the tasks.
3.2. Review Grammar. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice speaking skills.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity: Speaking Time
- Ask the students to work in
pairs.
- Have students look at Activity 2, - Look at the pictures and
then one student takes on the role questions.
of an interviewer and the other
student takes on the role of - Look at and say it aloud.
Yolanda to talk together.
- Then, ask them to switch roles to - Watch and listen to the
practice. performers.
- Call out some pairs to present in
front of the class and give points.

Practice Activity: Picking

Mushrooms
314 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes - Divide the class into groups of 4

to 5 students.
- Each group takes out a
- Ask each group to take out a
mini-board
mini-board.
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the questions
questions about Yolanda’s and write down the
birthday party and discuss writing answers
down the answers on the boards.
- After finishing, raise the boards
to check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group - Receive 2 points for the
with all correct answers. correct answers.

Activity 4. Ask and answer

about Yolanda’s birthday party
- Have students in pairs look at
Activity 4.
5 minutes - Then, ask them to ask and
answer about Yolanda’s birthday
party and switch roles to practice. - Ask and answer

- Practice with partners

- Output: Students improve their speaking skills through the tasks.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the questions.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Divide the class into groups of 4 - Retell the dialogue
or 5
- Ask the students to retell the
dialogue about Yolanda’s birthday
party in a short passage. - Look at and retell
- Show the example for the students
to look at and retell it.
- Invite 3 students to present in
front of the class.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the structure to ask and answer the questions
by themselves.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.

315 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)

- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 67).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 7A – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Picking Apple, Activity: True or False.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
316 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Animation Video, CD Tracks 7.11
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Picking
Apple
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students. - Each group takes out a
- Ask each group to take out a mini-board.
mini-board.
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the questions.
questions with pictures and
discuss writing down the answers -After finishing, raise the
on the boards. boards to check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest - Receive points if the team
group with all correct answers. has the correct answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and structures
of past tense.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Story (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the story.
- Input: Track 7.11, Slides, Animation Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
2 minutes Activity 1. What do you see in
pictures 1 and 2?
(Pupils’ Book p.87)
- Have students open their books - Look at the pictures
and look at the pictures 1 and 2 on
page 87.
- Then, have the students answer - Answer the question
with the question: “What do you
see in it?”.

317 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes Introduction:
- Show the story and have students
- Look at the questions.
identify the story title, story frames
and characters by answering these
questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames
(pictures)?
3. How many characters (people,
friends) are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books
and explore the page of the Unit 7
story with their partners to answer - Open the books and
the questions. answer the questions.
- Provide the answers using the
slides.
Activity: Watch the video - Check answers.
- Play the video for the students to
listen to and watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 7.11, students
look at the story and listen. - Watch the story.
4 minutes
- Listen to the story.

3 minutes
- Output: Students can read the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
- Input: The slides, Track 7.11
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Listen and read:
(Pupils’ Book, p.87)
- Have students look at the story’s - Look at the pictures
cards on the slide.
- Click on each number of the
character. Ask the students to listen - Listen and read aloud.
and read aloud.
- Play the audio, students listen and - Listen and read.
read again.
- Have students work in groups and - Practice the story.
practice acting out the story.

Activity 3. Circle the correct

3 minutes word

318 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to read the story

and write the correct words on the - Read and write the correct
paper. words
- Ask the students to open their
books to look at and circle the - Look and circle
correct answers.

Activity 3. Then order the

sentences to retell the story - Order the sentences and
- Then, ask the students to order the retell the story
sentences to retell the story. - Write on the book
- Ask the students write the correct
answers on the book

Practice Activity:
True or False
4 minutes - Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students.
- Ask each group to take out a pen
or pencil put in the middle of the - Take out a pen or pencil
table.
- Ask the students to look at the
- Raise the pen to check
questions with pictures about the
story and raise the pen or pencil to
answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group - Receive a point
with all correct answers.
- Output: Students can read and understand a simple cartoon story.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To enhance students' understanding of the story.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
4 minutes Activity 4. Read again and write
True or False
(Pupils’ Book p.88)
- Ask students to open their books - Open the books and look
and look at task 3 on page 88. at the task.
- Ask the students to read the story - Write True or False
again and write True or False.
- Check answers with the whole - Check the answers with
class. other members.

- Output: Students can understand a simple cartoon story and do the task.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
319 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)

- Ask students to do exercise 1 in the Activity Book (page 68).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 7B – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book; teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Play tennis with Mario, Activity:
Which scene is it?, communication: Dub out the story.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
320 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery

- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Audio files: Animation Video, CD Tracks 7.11
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Play tennis
with Mario
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students. - Take out a mini-board.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board.
- Look at the questions.
- They look at the questions with
pictures and discuss writing down - Raise the boards to check
the answers on the boards. answers.
- After finishing, raise the boards
to check.
- The fastest group with all - Receive points if the team
correct answers receives 2 points. has the correct answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and structures
of past tense.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the story.
- Input: Slides, track 7.11.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity. Listen and read
(Pupils’ Book p.87)
- Have students open their books - Open the books and look
and look at the story on page 87. at the story.
- Play recording 7.11, students
listen and read aloud. - Listen and read aloud the
story.
- Output: Students can remember the characters and lyrics in the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 15 minutes)
321 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.87, 88.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity: Which scene is it?
- Put students into groups of 4.
Each group takes out a pen or a - Takes out a pen or a ruler
ruler and puts it in the middle of
each group.
- Choose correct answers
- Show a sentence in the story,
students discuss and choose the
correct answer A, B, or C for the
correct scene of that sentence. - Raise to check.
- Students raise their pens or rulers
to get a chance to say the answers.
- The fastest group with the correct
answer receives 2 points. - Receives 2 points.

Activity: Dub out the story.

- Divide students into small groups.
- Ask students to choose the
character and act out the story - Listen to the teacher’s
10 minutes instructions.
- Give students a little time to
practice ( from 3 – 5 minutes) - Act out the story
- Have groups perform in front of
the class without the audio.
- Give feedback.
- Perform the story.
- Output: Students can act out the story and do personal tasks.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and tell about what happened in the past.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ book p. 88.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
8 minutes Activity 5. Ask and answer about
the story
(Pupils’ Book p.88)
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Work in pairs: ask and
look at Activity 5 on page 88. answer
- Then, ask and answer the story.
- After finishing, the teacher invites - Look at the examples
some pairs to present in front of the and practice.
class and gives them points.
- Watch and listen to the
friends’ performance.

322 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students can tell about what happened in the past.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 68).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 7 – MY PARTY
Lesson 8 – Project
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To describe a wedding.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the party.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do speaking and writing tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Keep or give the box, Activity: Imagination
+ Communication: Activity 1, 4, Production.
323 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 7 – My party
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: The slides, video
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity:
Keep or Give the box
- Divide the class into 2 teams:
team A and team B.
- Show the slides with sentences - Look at and fill in the
having been given words in gaps with given words in
brackets brackets
- Ask each team to look at and fill
in the gaps.
- Then, explain that they must - Choose KEEP or GIVE
choose KEEP or GIVE THE THE GIFT
GIFT to the other team.
Note: Be careful! The points in
the gift can be GOOD or BAD.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Skills (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to discuss and interview about the wedding.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

324 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Activity 1. Interview

(Pupils’ Book p.89)
- Ask students to work in pairs.
- Ask students to look at Activity 1, - Join the activity
then one student takes on the role
of an interviewer and the other
student takes on the role of their
parents to talk together.
- Then, ask them to switch roles to - Practice with their partners
practice.
- Call out some pairs to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class and give points. performers

Activity 2. Write their answers

into a notebook
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.89)
- Ask students to open their
notebooks and write their answers
after interviewing into it. - Write the answers

Activity: Imagination
(Pupils’ Book p.89)
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 3 or 4.
5 minutes - Ask students to imagine they were
at their parents’ wedding and make
sentences to describe it.
- Make sentences
- Give each group 5 cards: “year,
wedding gifts, food, what did,
feelings”. Then, call out any names
of cards. - Call out the name cards
- Give 2 points to the fastest group - Listen and raise to say
who speaks correctly and clearly. the answer

- Receive 2 points for the

correct answers.

- Output: Students know and understand more information about the wedding.
3.2. Practice – Skills (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to do their tasks in their books with speaking and writing skills.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.89
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity 3. Stick their wedding
photos on a poster and write one

325 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

or two sentences to describe each

photo
- Ask students to work in groups of
3 or 4 then look at Activity 3 and - Join the activity
read aloud the sentence for each
photo. - Look at and read aloud
- Have the students take turns
practicing.

Practice Activity: Make the

5 minutes sentences
- Ask students to work in groups of
4. - Take out a pen or a marker
- Ask each group to put a marker or - Look at and make a correct
a pen in the middle of each group. sentence
- Have the students look at the
picture and 3 keywords, and then - Check the answer
they make a correct sentence. - Raise their marker or a pen
to get a chance to say the
- Give 2 points to the fastest team answer.
with the correct sentence.
- Output: Students can use their skills to do the tasks in the Pupils’ Book.
3.3. Produce – Skills (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and present the information from the photos.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Activity 4: Bring the poster to the
class. Tell the class about the
wedding
(Pupils’ Book p.89)
- Ask the students to work in pairs.
- Have the students look at the
picture on the slide and talk about - Talk about the wedding
the wedding.
- After the students have finished,
invite some students to speak in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class. performers.

- Output: Students use their skills to do the presenting task.

V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 69).
Adjustment

326 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

327 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

328 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

REVIEW AND EXTENSION

Unit 6 + Unit 7

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review Unit 6 and Unit 7.
- Ask and answer about Then and now and My party.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward school and their responsibility for their education.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity, communication
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, problem-solving, communication, and pairwork.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: then and now, my party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6, Unit 7
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and lead in the new lesson.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Give me five
- Divide the class into groups of 4
or 5. - Listen to the teacher’s
- Quickly review the words by instructions.
showing flashcards from Unit 6
and Unit 7.
- Ask groups of students to give
five words related to one of the - Join in the activity.
topics: technology devices, party,
wedding.
- Ask each group to take out a
sheet of paper, then discuss and
write 5 corresponding words. - Write the words.
- Give 2 points to the fastest team - After finishing, say

329 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

with all correct answers. “Bingo” to check.

- Receive points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Vocabulary Unit 6:
- Show pictures one by one, ask the - Look and say.
students to look and say the words.
- Show the words, students spell
them again. - Spell it again.
2. Vocabulary Unit 7:
- Show each picture, students look
at and say the word. - Look and say.

- Output: Students can identify the vocabulary of then and now, my party.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students practice the vocabulary of then and now, my party
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Activity: Find the letters
- Divide the class into pairs. Ask - Listen to the teacher’s
each pair to take out a mini-board. instructions.
- Show the words with blanks. Ask - Each student takes out a
the students to look and write the mini-board.
missing letters. - Write down the answers.
- After finishing, raise the
- Give a point to the 3 first pairs boards to check the
with the correct answers. answers.
- Receive a point for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students remember and use the vocabulary of then and now, my party
3.3. Review - Grammar. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of 2 Units.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Grammar Unit 6:
- Have students look at the - Look and review.
structures and review the
grammar.
- Have students look at the box
330 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

including the regular verbs in the - Look and repeat.

past tense end with “-ed”.
2. Grammar Unit 7:
- Show the table of irregular
verbs, ask the students to listen - Listen and repeat.
and repeat.
- Have students look at the
structures and review the - Look and say aloud.
grammar.
- Output: Students remember the structures of 2 Units.
3.4. Practice - Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice grammar.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity: Arrange the words
- Ask students to take out a mini-
board. Put students into groups of - Take out a mini-board.
4.
- Students look at a question with
the unscrambled words and write - Look and write correctly
them into the correct sentence. All sentences.
students in the group have to write - After finishing, students raise
the sentence on the board. their boards to check.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with the correct answer.

- Receive 2 points for the

correct answers.
- Output: Students can use the grammar to make correct sentences.
3.4. Production (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about the things they did in the past.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity: Ask and answer
- Ask the students to work in - Look at the bubble chats.
- Ask and answer about
pairs.
things they did in the past.
- Have the students look at the
bubble chats on the slides.
- Then, ask them to switch roles to - Watch and listen to the
ask and answer about things they performers.
did in the past.
- After the students finish
practicing, the teacher invites
some pairs to role play asking and

331 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answering about things they did in

the past.
- Output: Students can use the grammar to ask and answer about things they did in the
past.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to review Vocabulary and Grammar at home.
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

332 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the Planets in the solar system.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Word Search, Practice Activity: I spy
+ Communication: Activity 4. Ask and answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: the planets in the solar system
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.01, 8.02
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Word
Teamwork/whole class
Search
- Ask the students to work in - Listen to the teacher’s
groups of 3 or 4. instructions.
- Give each group a sheet of word
search.
- Then, ask the student to discuss - Join the activity and find
and find the words from the hint the words
line next to the table of words
following the vertical, horizontal,
and diagonal in 5 minutes.

333 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Give 2 points to the fastest

group that finds all the correct - Receive 2 points for the
words. correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the planets in the solar system’s
vocabulary.
- Input: The flashcards of the planets in the solar system, CD Track 8.01, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Lead-in: Activity
Answer the questions
- Ask the students to work in pairs. - Look at the pictures and
- Use the stopwatch and explain that answer the topic.
they have one minute to answer two
questions:
1. Where are the students?
2. What are they doing?
- Answer the questions.
Activity 1. Listen, point and - Check the answers.
repeat.
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.91)
- Play the recording 8.01 for the
first time. Have students listen and - Listen and repeat.
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one along
with the audio, and have the - Listen and repeat the
students listen and spell the words words one by one.
accordingly.
- Divide the class into two groups,
ask each group to take turns to read - Work in 2 groups and
aloud the words. practice.
- Give feedback
- Show the slide with 8 pictures - Listen to the teacher.
from number 1 to 8.
- Show the pictures one by one, ask
the students to look and say the - Look at the slide and say
words. the words again.

Practice Activity: I spy

- Ask the students to work in groups
5 minutes of 3 or 4. - Look at the pictures and
- Show the slide, and ask the guess the words.
students to look at the hidden
picture and guess what it is. - Raise hands to say the
- Then, ask them to raise their hands answers
to check the answers. - Receive points for the
334 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Give a point to the fastest group correct answers.

with all the correct answers.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary of planets correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about the solar system.
- Input: The slides, CD track 8.02
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity 2. LISTENING
(Pupils’ Book p.91)
- Ask students to close their books
and look at the picture on the slide.
- Play the audio 8.02.
- Ask some students to recall any - Listen to the audio.
details that they can remember, - Recall any details: names of
such as the names of planets, years, planets, years, etc.
etc.

Activity 2. PRE-READING: Read

2 minutes and underline
(Pupils’ Book p.91)
- Ask students to open their books.
- Play the audio again, ask the
students to listen and repeat what - Listen and repeat
they hear.
- Then, ask students to work in pairs
to read and underline the names of
planets which are in the text. - Read and underline
- Check the answers
Activity 3. READING: In pairs,
do the quiz
(Pupils’ Book p.91)
3 minutes - Ask students to read the text again
and do the quiz.
- Ask the students to work in pairs. - Read and do the quiz
Students share the answers with
their partners. - Share and check the
answers.
Activity 4. Ask and answer about
your favorite planet in the solar
system
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.91)
- Ask the students to work in pairs
and have them ask/answer the
questions: “Which planet do you - Ask and answer
like best?”,
“ Did spacecrafts explore this
335 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

planet before?”
“Which group is this planet in?”
- Invite some pairs to present in - Switch roles and keep
front of the class. Give points if practicing.
they give a good dialogue.

- Watch and listen to the

performers.
- Output: Students can ask and answer about the solar system.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To say correctly the vocabulary of planets in the solar system.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
4 minutes Review the vocabulary
- Show the pictures, students look - Look and say the words.
and say the words.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 70).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

336 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 2 - Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review vocabulary about the solar system.
- To write about the solar system.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Go Fishing
+ Communication: Activity 3. PRE-WRITING: Brainstorm
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: the planets in the solar system
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.03
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Find the
letters
- Divide the class into pairs.
- Ask each pair to take out a mini- - Each group takes out a mini-

337 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

board. board.
- Show the word with blanks. - Look and write
- Ask the students to look at and - After finishing, students raise
write the missing letters. their boards to check the
answers.
- Give a point to the 3 first pairs
- Check the answers
with the correct answer.
- Receive a point for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review the vocabulary of the planets.
- Input: CD Track 8.03, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
2 minutes Activity 1. Look and write the
names of the planets
(Pupils’ Book p.92)
- Ask students to look at Activity 1
on page 92.
- Ask students to work individually - Write the answers.
to do this task, then work in pairs to - Share and check the
compare answers. answers.
PRE-LISTENING. Activity: Ask
3 minutes and answer
- Ask students to work in pairs, then - Look and answer.
look at the questions and answer. One student asks the
- Check and help the students if questions and one student
needed. guesses and says the answers.
- Then, switch roles.
Activity 2. Listen and answer the
questions
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.92)
- Ask students to open their books
and look at Activity 2.
- Play the audio for the students to
listen and circle the answers. - Listen and circle
- Play the audio again, ask the
students to listen and check the
answers. - Listen and check
- Output: Students can remember writing the vocabulary of planets correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer, write about the solar system.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Practice Activity: Go Fishing

338 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to work in groups of

3 or 4.
- Show the slide, then ask the - Look and choose the
students to look at the pictures and number
choose any number.
- Then, let them discuss and raise - Raise their hands to
their hands to check the answers. answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with all the correct answers.
- Receive 2 points for the
Activity 3. PRE-WRITING: correct answers.
Brainstorm
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.92)
- Ask students to work in pairs to
look at the five sentences in
Activity 3.
- Then, ask them to brainstorm and
answer these questions about the
solar system, such as How many - Brainstorm and answer
planets are there in the solar the questions
system? and What is the order of
planets in the solar system?

Activity 3. Write five sentences

about the solar system
(Pupils’ Book p.92)
5 minutes - Ask students to open their
notebooks and write five sentences
about the solar system.
- Then, ask students to work in pairs - Write the sentences
to talk about the solar system.
- Write about the solar
system.

- Output: Students can write about the solar system.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review the vocabulary and write them correctly and well.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Review the vocabulary
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students.
- Ask each group to take out a sheet - Each student take out a
of paper and write down the names sheet of paper
of planets in English as they can.
339 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Check the list and give points. - Write down the names of
- Give 2 points to the fastest group planets
- After finishing the lists,
with all the correct answers.
they say “Bingo” to
answer.
- Check the answer
- Receive points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 71).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 3A – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words: telescope, comet, rocket, space station, space
suit, satellite.
340 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To correctly use the present future (will).

2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Grammar Practice – Activity: Make the sentences
+ Communication: Practice Activity: Listen and write
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.04, 8.05, 8.06
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: The Racing
Letters
- Ask students to work in groups - Take out a mini-board or a
of 3 or 4. sheet of paper.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board or a sheet of paper.
- Then, the teacher will say the
words about planets, and each - Take turns writing one
student will take turns writing one letter
letter until they finish that word,
say “Bingo”.
- The fastest group with all
correct words will receive 2 - Receive 2 points.
points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)

341 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “telescope,
comet, rocket, space station, spacesuit, satellite.”
- Input: CD Track 8.04, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.93)
- Play the recording 8.04 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one with the - Listen and repeat each
audio, and students listen and repeat word.
the words one by one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the words. practice.
- Give feedback
- Show pictures one by one, - Listen to the teacher.
students look and say the words. - Look at the slides and
say the words again.
Review vocabulary
- The teacher says a number and the
2 minutes students say a word. - Look and say the words

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.

3.2. Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 16 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to correctly use the present future (will).
- Input: The slides, CD Tracks 8.05, 8.06.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Practice Activity: Listen and write
- Ask students to work in groups of
4.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board. - Take out a mini-board.
- Each member takes a turn coming
to play the game. - Look at the slides and write
- The teacher spells a word. Ex: “t- down the answers.
e-l-e-s-c-o-p-e”
- Students listen and write the
correct words on the boards. After
finishing, they raise their boards to - Check the answers and
342 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

check the answers. receive points.

- The fastest student with the
correct word receives 2 points for
the team.

Activity 2: Read, listen and say

3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.93)
- Have students look at the text.
- Play the audio, students listen to
the text.
- Put students in pairs and take turns - Look and listen
to read the text.
- Read the text
Introduce Grammar: Present
Future (will)
5 minutes - Have students look at the box.
- Play the audio, students listen.
- Explain to students that we will
use these sentences with “will” to - Look and listen
- Listen to the teacher’s
tell about the present future.
explanation
Grammar Practice – Activity:
Make the sentences
5 minutes - Ask students to take out a mini-
board. Put students into groups of 4.
- Students look at a question with
- Take out a mini-board
the unscrambled words and write
them into the correct sentence. All
- Look and write the
students in the group have to write
correct sentence
the sentence on the board.
- After finishing, students raise their
boards to check.
- Raise their boards to check.
- The fastest group with the correct
- Receives 2 points.
answer receives 2 points.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and structure to ask and answer
the questions by looking at the words and conversation.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - The teacher shows the pictures,
students look at and say the words
aloud. - Say the correct word.
- The first student with the correct
word receives 2 points. - Receive 2 points

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.

343 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 72).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 3B – Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words: telescope, comet, rocket, space station, space
suit, satellite.
- To correctly use the present future (will).
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:

344 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Cross the river
+ Communication: Activity 3. PRE-LISTENING. Listen and number, Grammar Practice:
Make the sentences, Production
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.06, 8.07
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Cross the
river
- Divide the class into groups of 3 - Take out a pencil or pencil
or 4. Each group takes out a case.
pencil or pencil case.
- Show the slides with sentences, - Look and choose the
they look at them and choose the correct answers.
correct answers.
- After finishing, they raise the - Raise the pencils or pencil
pencils or pencil cases to check cases to check the answers.
the answers.
- The fastest group with all the - Check the answers and
correct answers receives 2 points. receive 2 points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To help students correctly use the present future with vocabulary: “telescope,
comet, rocket, space station, spacesuit, satellite.”
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
2 minutes Review vocabulary
- Show one by pictures, students - Look and say
345 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

look and say the words.

- Show the words, students spell
them again.

Activity3. PRE-LISTENING.
5 minutes Listen and number
(Pupils’ Book p.93)
- Have students look at the picture
in Activity 3.
- Then, put students in pairs to ask - Look at the pictures
“What’s this?”, “What will
she/he/they do?” and answer about - Ask and answer
the bubbles and characters.

Activity 3. LISTENING. Listen

and number
(Pupils’ Book p.93)
3 minutes - Have students look at the pictures
in Activity 3.
- Play the audio, students listen and
number.
- Play the audio again, students - Look at the pictures
listen and check the answers.
- Listen and number

- Listen and check

- Output: Students can use the present future (will) with learned vocabulary.
3.2. Present and Practice – Structure. (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to identify and remember the present future (will).
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
7 minutes Grammar Practice: Make the
sentences
- Put students to work in pairs. - Listen to the teacher’s
- Have students look at the slide and instruction
choose any number to show any
picture.
- Then, they will make a sentence - Look and make correct
with the word from the picture sentences
using ‘ll/ will/ will not.
- Check the answers and
- Invite some pairs to present in receive points.
front of the class and give them a
point if they have a good sentence.

Activity 4. Imagine you will travel

to the Moon next month. In
5 minutes groups, talk about your plan and
346 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

share
(Pupils’ Book p.93)
- Have students look at Activity 4.
- Put students in groups of 4 using
the clues and the speech bubbles to
talk about their plans. - Look at the pictures

- Ask and answer about their

plans.

- Output: Students can remember how to make the sentences by the present future.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity: Talk about your plans
- Have students look at the slides.
- Let students fill in the missing - Look at the slides
words in the blanks and talk about
their plans when traveling to the - Fill in the missing words
Moon next month.
- Invite some students to present in
front of the class and give them - Watch and listen to the
points. performers.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity book (page 72).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

347 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 4 – Phonics

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce falling intonation in wh-questions.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Unscrambled Words, POST LISTENING: Activity: Ask
and answer
+ Communication: PRE-LISTENING: Activity 2. Match the questions with the answers,
Production Activity: Ask and answer about Neptune
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.08, 8.09
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides, Video.

348 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up activity:
Unscrambled Words
- Divide the class into groups of 4
to 5 students.
- Ask each group to take out a - Each student takes out a
mini-board and the students in the mini-board.
group will take turns writing
down the answers.
- Show unscrambled letters on
each slide, ask the students to - Write the answers.
look and write them into the
correct order.
- Look and check the answer. - Raise the boards to check
- Give 2 points to the first group the answers.
with the correct answers. - Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Phonics. (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: To correctly read and pronounce falling intonation in wh-questions.
- Input: CD Track 8.08, 8.09 and slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Listen and repeat.
Mark the intonation
(Pupils’ Book p.94)
- Have students look at Activity 1 - Look at the pictures and
on page 94. sentences.
- The teacher elicits the type of
questions: Wh-questions. - Listen to the teacher.
- Play the audio, students listen and
focus on the intonation at the end of - Listen and repeat
the question. sentences.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and repeat.

Presentation:
3 minutes - The teacher explains that they will
- Listen again to each
learn about the intonation in wh-
sentence
questions.
- Listen to the teacher’s
- Students listen to the teacher’s instruction
guide and repeat the sentences with
correct intonation.

349 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Listen and repeat

Practice activity
- Ask students to work in pairs.
- Ask students to look at Activity 1
and switch roles to read each
sentence.
- After finishing, invite some
3 minutes students to call out the sentences. - Look at Activity 1 and
switch roles to read each
PRE-LISTENING: Activity 2. sentence.
Match the questions with the
answers - Watch and listen to the
(Pupils’ Book p.94) performers.
- Have students work individually,
look at Activity 2 and guess the
answers for question 1 to 4.
2 minutes - Then, put students in pairs to
check the answers together.
- Guess the answers for
Activity 2. Listen and check the questions.
- Play the audio, students listen and
write the answer.
- Check the answers with
- Play audio again, students listen partners.
and mark the intonation.

- Listen and check

3 minutes
- Listen and mark

- Output: Students can read and pronounce falling intonation in wh-questions.

3.2. Practice – Phonics (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and pronouncing falling intonation in wh-
questions.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

350 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes POST LISTENING: Activity: Teamwork:

Ask and answer - Listen and follow the
- After listening, ask students to teacher's instructions.
work in pairs to read and
pronounce the falling intonation of
- Discuss, determine stressed
each sentence in Activity 2.
words for each sentence and
- Ask them to switch roles to practice.
practice together.
- Ask some students to present in
- Switch roles to practice
front of the class and give them 2 together.
points. - Watch and listen to the
performers.

Activity 3. In pairs, ask and

5 minutes answer about Neptune. Use how
far / how big / how high / how
many / how long. Use the right
intonation for questions
(Pupils’ book, p.94)
- Have students look at the picture
in Activity 3.
- Put students in pairs to use how
far/ how big/ how high/ how
many/ how long for each sentence
from Facts about Neptune to make
- Make the questions.
the corresponding questions.
- The teacher elicits the class how
to form questions with How + an
adjective.

- Listen and follow the

teacher's explanation.

- Output: Students can recognise the falling intonation in wh-questions.

3.3. Produce - Phonics (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to promote students’ acquisition of the falling intonation in wh-
questions.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: Ask and answer about
Neptune
- Put students in pairs and switch
roles to ask and answer about - Ask and answer.
Neptune.

351 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- The teacher goes around to check - Read and pronounce falling

the right intonation for questions. intonation.
- Then, invite some pairs present
in front of the whole class and give - Watch and listen the
performers.
them a point.
- Output: Students can identify the falling intonation in wh-questions.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 73).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 5A – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly make Wh-questions with How.
Sentence patterns How far…? How tall …? How deep …? (How + adj/ adv)
- To use the large numbers: one hundred, five hundred, a thousand, five thousand, ten
thousand, fifty thousand, a hundred thousand, a million.
352 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Who can repeat?, Practice Activity: Dora The Explorer
+ Communication: Activity 2. Read, listen and say, Grammar practice: Activity:
Make a question and answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: simple large numbers
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: Tracks 8.10, 8.11, 8.12
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Who can repeat?
- Ask students to work in groups - Join in the activity.
of 3 or 4.
- Write questions on the board - Listen to the teacher’s
and ask: “What will you do in instructions.
space?”, “Who will explore the
Jupiter?”, “When will we be able
to travel to the moon?”
- Choose a question to tell
- Then, ask the students to listen
with intonation at the end.
to and choose any question to
repeat with intonation at the end.
- Listen and answer the
- Give 2 points to the fastest question correctly.
group that can tell the correct - Receive 2 points for the
intonation. correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
353 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the simple large numbers.
- Input: CD Track 8.10, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 1. Listen, point and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.95)
- Play the recording 8.10 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one along - Listen and repeat the
with the audio, and students listen word one by one.
and repeat the word accordingly.
- Divide the class into two groups,
ask each group to take turns to read - Work in 2 groups and
aloud the word. practice.
- Give feedback.
- Show the slide with 8 pictures. All - Listen to the teacher.
students look at and say the words - Look at the slide and say
again. the words again.

Practice Activity:
5 minutes Dora The Explorer
- Ask students to work in groups of Teamwork/ Whole class
4. - Listen and follow the
- Ask each group to take out a sheet teacher's instructions.
of paper. - Each group takes out a
- Ask the students to look at the mini-board.
slide and discuss to choose the - Look at the pictures and
correct word, then write it on the choose the correct words.
paper.
- After the students finish, ask them - Raise the board to check.
to raise their paper to check the
answers.
- Give 2 points to the team that has - Receive 2 points for the
the fastest student with the correct correct answers.
word.

- Output: Students can say the simple large numbers correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences with the patterns: “How
far ...?”, “How tall …?”, “How deep …?”
- Input: The slides, CD Track 8.11, 8.12.
- Procedures:
354 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

3 minutes Activity 2. Listen
(Pupils’ Book p.95)
- Have students look at the dialogue
in Activity 2.
- Listen to the dialogue.
- Play the audio, students listen to
the dialogue.

Activity 2. Read, listen and say

3 minutes - Have students look at the - Read a dialogue.
conversation. Give students a few
minutes to read a dialogue.
- Play the audio 8.11 for them to - Listen and repeat.
listen and repeat.
- Divide students into pairs and have - Practice with their
them practice the dialogue. partners.
- Then, ask them to switch roles and
practice again.

Introduce Grammar
- Introduce the grammar to the - Listen to the teacher’s
5 minutes students explanation.
- Make Wh-questions with How
- Use the patterns:
How far …? How tall …?
How deep …?
- Divide students into pairs to ask
and answer the questions. - Ask and answer.
- Then, ask them to switch roles and - Practice with their
practice again. partners.

Grammar practice: Activity:

Make a question and answer
- Have students look at the pictures
4 minutes and prompt words.
- Then, put students in pairs to make - Make a question with How
a question with How and answer. and answer.
- Invite some pairs to present in front
of the class and give them 2 points if
they have a good dialogue.
- Listen to the teacher’s
instructions and receive 2
points.
- Output: Students can make sentences with new vocabulary.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
355 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

3 minutes - Show the pictures one by one.
- Have the students look and say
- Look and say.
the words aloud.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 74).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly make Wh-questions with How.
Sentence patterns How far…? How tall …? How deep …?(How + adj/ adv)

356 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To use the large numbers: one hundred, five hundred, a thousand, five thousand, ten
thousand, fifty thousand, a hundred thousand, a million.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Pick up the word, Practice Activity: Angry Birds
+ Communication: Activity: Ask and Answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: simple large numbers
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Pick up the word
- Divide the class into groups of - Join in the activity.
6. Ask each group to take out 8
pieces of paper, then write a
number on them: “1000, 5000, - Listen to the teacher’s
10000, 50000, 100000, 1000000” instructions.
and put these word papers in the
middle of the group.
- Set numbers 1 to 6 for the
students in each group.
- Then, say the word “a thousand”
- Raise the corresponding
– number 3. Have the students
paper and say it aloud.
with number 3 in the groups pick
up the number “1000”, raise and
say it aloud.
- Give 2 points to the team that
357 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

has the fastest students with the - Receive 2 points for the
correct answers. correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review – Vocabulary and Grammar. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students use the patterns correctly: “How far ...?”, “How tall …?”, “How
deep …?”
- Input: slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Review Vocabulary
- Have students look at the slide. - Look and say.
- The teacher says a number and the
students say a word.

Practice Activity:
7 minutes Angry Birds Teamwork/ Whole class
- Ask the students to work in groups
of 4. - Listen and follow the
- Ask each group to take out a sheet teacher's instructions.
of paper. - Each group takes out a sheet
- Have the students look at the of paper.
slides and discuss to choose the - Look at the slides and
correct words, then write it on the choose the correct words.
paper.
- After the students finish, ask them
to raise their paper to check the - Raise the board to check.
answers.
- Give 2 points to the team that has - Receive points for the
the fastest student with the correct correct answers.
words.

- Output: Students can say the simple large numbers correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to look at the picture and make the sentences with the patterns: “How
far ...?”, “How tall …?”, “How deep …?”
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

358 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Activity 3. Imagine you create a

new planet. Note down
information about it.
(Pupils’ Book p.95)
- Have students look at Activity 3.
- Ask the students to work - Look and note down
individually to note down information.
information about the new planet.
- Then, ask the students to work in
pairs to check the answer together.
- Check the answers.
Activity: Ask and Answer
- Ask the students to work in pairs to
ask and answer about the information
5 minutes in their notes. - Ask and answer.
- Invite some pairs to present in front
of the whole class.

- Watch and listen to the

performers.
- Output: Students can make sentences with the learned patterns.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Say a random number.
- Have the students listen and raise
their hands to get a chance to say - Listen and raise your
hands.
the correct word.
- Then, make a question with the
word behind the number using the
pattern: How + adjective. - Make questions.
- Give 2 points to the first student
making the correct questions.
- Receives 2 points for the
correct questions.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 74).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………
359 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 6 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly use large numbers.
- To use the structures How far…? How tall…? How deep…? (How + adj/ adv)
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: What’s the number?
+ Communication: Activity 1, Activity 2, Activity: Ask and answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Computer and slides
360 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Secret Bag
- The teacher writes numbers: - Join the activity
1,000, 1,000,000, 50,000, 5,000,
100, and 100,000 on a small piece
of paper and scrunches it up.
- Then, place all the scrunched-up
pieces of paper in a bag or a box.
- Have students form a circle and
pass. - Form a circle and pass.
- Pass the bag or the box around - Choose a piece of paper
for each student to choose a piece
of paper.
- They have to open it and say the
numbers aloud. Give them points
if they say the correct answers.
- Say the numbers aloud
- Receive points
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To review the space words and simple large numbers.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Activity 1: How many space
words can you find?
(Pupils’ Book p.96)
- Have students look at the pictures - Look and find
in Activity 1.
- Put students in pairs to find as
many space words as they can in the
pictures.
- Check the answer with the whole - Check answers
class.

361 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 minutes Activity 2: Work with a partner.

In turns, say the numbers
(Pupils’ Book p.96)
- Have students look at the numbers
in Activity 2.
- Put students into pairs and take - Look at the numbers.
turns to say the numbers.
- Say the numbers.
Practice Activity: What’s the
number?
5 minutes - Put students to work in groups of
4.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board.
- Students look at the slides and - Take out a mini-board.
then write the numbers on the
boards. - Look and write.
- After finishing, they raise their
boards to check the answers.
- The fastest group with the correct - Check the answers.
word receives 2 points for the team.

- Receives 2 points

- Output: Students know how to do tasks 1 and 2 in Pupils’ Book.

3.2. Review Grammar. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice speaking skills.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity 3: Circle the correct
word. Match with the answers
(Pupils’ Book p.96)
- Have students look at the
Activity 3 - Circle the correct blue
- Students work individually to words and match the
circle the correct blue words in questions
each question.
- Put students in pairs to match the
questions with the answers.
- Check the answers with the
whole class.
- Check the answers.

Activity: Ask and answer

3 minutes - Put students in pairs to switch
roles to ask and answer these
questions in Activity 3. - Ask and answer

362 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Invite some pairs to present in

front of the class and give them 2 - Watch and listen to the
points. performers.

Activity 4. Work in pairs.

Student A is an astronaut and
5 minutes will travel to the International
Space Station next week.
Student B asks Student A the
questions
(Pupils’ Book p.96) - Ask and answer
- Put students in pairs to ask and
answer about their notes.
- Invite some pairs to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the whole class. performers.

- Output: Students improve their speaking skills through the tasks.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the questions.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Have students look at the slides to - Look and answer
see the questions and think about
the answers by themselves.
- Invite some pairs to switch roles
to ask and answer in front of the
class and give them 2 points if they - Watch and listen to the
have a good conversation. performers.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the structure to ask and answer the questions
by themselves.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 75).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

363 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 7A – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Make the sentences, Practice Activity: Choose the
correct character
+ Communication: Activity 2
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: CD Track 8.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

364 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Make the
sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4. - Take out a mini-board.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board or a sheet of paper.
- Look and make a sentence
- The teacher writes on the board
each pair of space words.
- Then, students look at and
choose any pair of space words to
make a sentence. E.g. Jupiter /
telescope
🡪 I can see Jupiter with a
telescope. - Raise the boards to check
- After finishing, they raise the answers.
boards or paper to check the
answers. - Receive points if the team
has the correct answers.
- The fastest group with all the
correct answers receives 2 points.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and structures
of present future (will).
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the story.
- Input: Track 8.13, Slides, Animation Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Introduction:
- Show the story and have students
identify the story title, story frames - Look at the questions.
and characters by answering these
questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames
(pictures)?
3. How many characters (people,
friends) are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books
and explore the page of the Unit 8
story with their partners to answer - Open the books and
answer the questions.
365 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the questions.
- Provide the answers using the
slide. - Check answers.
Activity: Watch a video
- Play the video, students listen to
and watch the story.
4 minutes Activity: Listen and point
- Play the recording 8.13, students - Watch the story.
look at the story and listen.

3 minutes - Listen to the story.

- Output: Students can read the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
- Input: The slides, Track 8.13
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
6 minutes Listen and read:
(Pupils’ Book, p.97)
- Have students look at the story’s - Look at the pictures
card on the slides.
- Click on each number of the
character. Students listen and read - Listen and read aloud.
aloud.
- Play the audio, students listen and - Listen and read.
read again.
- Put students in groups. Students - Practice the story.
practice acting out the story.

Activity 2. Correct the false

4 minutes sentence
(Pupils’ Book, p.98)
- The teacher asks students how to
rewrite the sentence to make it - Listen to the teacher’s
correct and points out the blue instruction
answer.
- Have students in pairs to find the
false point in each sentence.
- Students work individually to - Find the false point
read the story, then correct the false
sentences in Activity 2.
- Correct the false sentences
- Put students in groups of 3 to
compare their answers.
- Check the answers with the whole
class. - Check the answers
Practice Activity:
5 minutes Choose the correct character
366 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Divide the class into groups of 4.

- Ask students to read the sentences
and discuss them with their
teammates to choose the correct
characters who say those sentences.
- Choose the correct answer
- Ask students to show their fingers
to choose the correct answer (all
members of the team).
- The faster team with the correct
answer can get 2 points.
Note: Click on the letters to check
the answers. - Receive 2 points
- Output: Students can read and understand a simple cartoon story.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To enhance students’ understanding of the story.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Story – Wrap-up
- The teacher asks the questions,
students point and answer. - Point and answer.

- Output: Students can understand a simple cartoon story and do the task.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercise 1 in the Activity Book (page 76).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

367 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 7B – Story
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Find the picture, Activity: True or False
+ Communication: Activity: Dub out the story, Activity 3: Ask and answer about the story
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Audio files: CD Track 8.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Find the
picture

368 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Put students into groups of 4. - Take out a pen or ruler

Each group takes out a pen or a
ruler and puts it in the middle of
each group.
- Show a sentence in the story, - Choose the correct
students discuss and choose the answers
correct answer A, B, or C for the
correct scene of that sentence.
- Students raise their pens or - Raise their pens or rulers
rulers to get a chance to say the
answers.
- Receive 2 points
- The fastest group with the
correct answer receives 2 points.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the story.
- Input: Slides, track 8.13.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity. Listen and read
(Pupils’ Book p.97)
- Have students open their books - Open the books and look
and look at the story on page 97. at the story.
- Play recording 8.13, students
listen and read aloud. - Listen and read aloud the
story.
- Output: Students can remember the characters and lyrics in the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.97, 98.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note

369 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

6 minutes Activity 3: Ask and answer about

story
- Ask students to open their books - Look at Activity 3
and look at Activity 3 on page 98.
- Students read the story again and - Read the story to answer
answer the questions. the questions

Activity: True or False

6 minutes - Put the class into pairs. Each pair
takes out 2 pieces of paper.
- Students write True and False for
each piece.
- Show a sentence, students look at,
choose and raise their answer: True - Raise to check.
or False.
- The fastest pair with the correct
answer receives 2 points. - Receives 2 points.

- Output: Students can do personal tasks.

3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and tell about the solar system.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p. 97, 98.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
10 minutes Activity: Dub out the story.
- Divide students into small groups. - Listen to the teacher’s
instructions.
- Ask students to choose the
character and act out the story - Act out the story
- Give students a little time to
practice (from 3 – 5 minutes)
- Have groups perform in front of
the class without the audio. - Perform the story.
- Give feedback.
- Output: Students can act out the story.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 76).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………
370 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 8 – LET’S EXPLORE!

Lesson 8 - Project
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read a blog post.
- To write a blog post.
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge of the planets in the solar system by using intonation when
asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Word Unscramble, Activity: Space ship
+ Communication: PRE-WRITING: Activity 2.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: space words
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 8 – Let’s explore!
- Computer and slides
371 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: The slides, video
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity:
Word Unscramble
- Divide the class into groups of 3 - Take out a sheet of paper or
or 4. Take out a sheet of paper or a mini-board.
a mini-board.
- Show the slides with
unscrambled words or write these
on the boards.
- Then, students write these words
in the correct form. - Write the words in the
- After finishing, they raise the correct form
paper or boards to check. - Raise the paper or board
to check.
- The fastest group with all - Receive 2 points.
correct answers receives 2 points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to read and tell about a blog post.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Activity 1. Read and Underline
(Pupils’ Book p.99)
- Have students look at the text in
Activity 1. - Look at the text
- Then, they read and underline the
keywords in the blog. - Read and underline the
- Show the answers to check. keywords.

Activity 1. Read. What is the blog

- Check the answers.
post about?
2 minutes
(Pupils’ Book p.99)
- Have students read the text again.

372 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Put students in pairs to answer the - Read the text again.

question:
“What is the blog post about?”
- Answer the question.
Activity: Spaceship
- Divide the class into two teams:
team A and team B.
7 minutes
- Each student takes out a mini-
board.
- Click on one by one number for
each turn.
- Students look at the pictures and - Take out a mini-board.
write down the correct words on
the boards.
- If all students in the team write
- Look at the pictures and
the correct word, that team will
write down the correct
receive 2 points. But if the team has
words.
2 or 3 students write the wrong
- Check the answers.
word, they won’t receive points.
- The team with the highest points
wins the game.

- Receive 2 points.

- Output: Students know and understand more information about the blog post.
3.2. Practice – Skills (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to do their tasks in their books with speaking and writing skills.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.99
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes PRE-WRITING: Activity 2.
- Have students look at Activity 2. - Look at Activity 2.
- Students work in pairs and switch
roles to ask and answer about the - Work in pairs
plan to do the task step by step. - Ask and answer to do the
task
WRITING: Activity 2. Imagine
you’re an astronaut on the
5 minutes International Space Station.
Write a blog post (30-40 words)
(Pupils’ Book p.99)
- Students open their books and
work individually to write the
answers on their books.

373 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Then, students share the answers - Write the answers.

with their partners.
- After writing, students can find
any pictures or drawing pictures (if - Check the answers.
they don’t have pictures) to stick
and decorate for their blog post.
- Decorate their blog post
- Output: Students can use their skills to do the tasks in the Pupils’ Book.
3.3. Produce – Skills (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember the information from the paragraph and finish their
task.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Put students in pairs to talk about - Talk about their blog
their blog post in 2 minutes. post.
- Then, the teacher invites some
students to present in front of the - Watch and listen to the
performers.
class and gives them 2 points.

- Output: Students use their skills to do the task.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 77).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

374 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 6 + UNIT 7 + UNIT 8

Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to technology, celebrations, and space.
- Ask and answer about technology, celebrations, and space.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, reading, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward technology, celebrations, and space.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity, communication.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology, celebrations, and space.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5, English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6, Unit 7, Unit 8
- Audio files: Tracks R4.01
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

375 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

7 minutes Warm-up Activity: SAVING
UFO
- Join the activity.
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Each team will look at pictures
- Choose the correct
about vocabulary in Unit 6 or
answer.
Unit 7 or Unit 8 and choose the
correct answer.
- Then, they raise their hands to
- Raise their hands to check.
check
- Receive 2 points.
- The fastest group with all
correct answers will receive 2
points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Read and choose the correct answer (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to review the regular & irregular verbs in simple past tense.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.100.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes - Have students work - Read the text.
individually to quickly read the
text.
- Using the first sentence, read it - Listen to the teacher’s
and ask students which choice instructions.
for number one best completes
the text.
- Students work individually to - Choose the correct
choose the correct answers. answers.
- Check the answers with the - Check the answers.
whole class.
- Output: Students can use regular & irregular verbs in simple past tense.
3.2. Look at the pictures. Listen and match. What celebration did each child go
to? (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice their listening skills.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.100, CD Track R4.01.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes PRE LISTENING - Activity:
Guess the answer
- Ask and guess the
- Ask students to work in pairs to
answer.
ask and guess the answers.
- Switch roles to do the
- Then, switch roles to do the task.
task.

376 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 minutes Activity 2. Listen and match

- Play the audio, students listen - Listen and match.
and match.
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Compare answers.
compare answers.
- Check the answers with the
whole class. - Check the answers.
- Output: Students ask and answer the vocabulary of the party.
3.3. Read and complete the gaps. There are extra words you do not need to use
(Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To review the vocabulary of technology and party.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.100.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
10 minutes - Have students look at the - Look at the pictures.
picture in Activity 3 on page
100.
- Say the word aloud for each
- Say the words aloud.
picture.
- Read the text and write the - Read and write.
answers in pairs.
- Check the answers with the - Check the answers.
whole class.

- Output: Students can use the vocabulary of technology and party.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (p.78, 79).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………

377 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 6 + UNIT 7 + UNIT 8

Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to technology, celebrations, and space.
- Ask and answer about technology, celebrations, and space.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, reading, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward technology, celebrations, and space.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity, communication
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology, celebrations, and space.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5, English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6, Unit 7, Unit 8
- Audio files: Tracks R4.01
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

378 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

7 minutes Warm-up Activity: PLAYING
TENNIS WITH MARIO
- Join the activity.
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Each team will look at pictures
- Choose the correct
about vocabulary in Unit 6 or
answers.
Unit 7 or Unit 8 and choose the
correct answers.
- Then, ask them to raise their
- Raise your hands to check.
hands to check.
- Receive 2 points.
- The fastest group with all
correct answers will receive 2
points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Read and write True or False. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice their reading skills.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p.101.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes PRE – READING: Activity:
Underline keywords
- Have students work
individually to underline - Underline keywords.
keywords (space words) in the
text.
- Ask students to compare the
answers with their partners. - Compare the answers.
- Check the answers with the
whole class. - Check the answers.

Activity 4. Read and write

2 minutes True or False
- Have students read the text
again and write True or False. - Read the text again and
- Check the answers with the write.
whole class.
- Check the answers.

- Output: Students can improve reading skills.

3.2. Ask and answer about a party (Time: 8 minutes)
379 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about a party.

- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.101.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes - Have students look at the - Look at the examples.
examples.
- Ask students to work in pairs to
ask and answer about their party. - Ask and answer.
- Take turns to practice.
- Then, ask them to take turns to
practice. - Watch and listen to the
- Invite some pairs to present in performers.
front of the class.

- Output: Students can ask and answer about a party by themselves.

3.3. Write about a birthday party (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to write about a party.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.101.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
10 minutes - Using some of the words in the - Listen to the teacher’s
box and past simple tense. instructions.
- The teacher explains to the
class that they are going to write
about a birthday party that
happened in the past.
- Then, students write the text
individually and compare it with - Write about a birthday
their partner. party.
- Check the answers with the
whole class.
- Check the answers.

- Output: Students can write about a party by themselves.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (p.78, 79).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

380 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………

381 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

REVIEW AND EXTENSION

Unit 6 + Unit 7 + Unit 8

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the vocabulary and grammar structures related to Then and now, My party, and
Let’s explore.
- Ask and answer about Then and now, My party, and Let’s explore.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward school and their responsibility for their education.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity, communication
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, problem-solving, communication, and pairwork.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: then and now, my party, let’s explore
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6, Unit 7, and Unit 8
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 4 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and lead in the new lesson.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
4 minutes Warm-up Activity: The Hungry
Shark
- Divide the class into two teams - Listen to the teacher’s
and ask each team to choose a instruction
character.
- Quickly review the words by - Each team has five lines
showing flashcards from the between the shark’s mouth
previous units. and their character.
- Show the flashcards and ask a - Spell the words.
random student in the team how to
spell it.
- If the student is correct, continue - The team that loses all
lines first will be out of the
382 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the game with another student. If game.

that student is wrong, erase a line.
- Give points to the winning team.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Vocabulary Unit 6:
- Show pictures one by one, have - Look and say
the students look and say the word.
- Show the word, have the students
spell it again. - Spell it again.

2. Vocabulary Unit 7:
- Show pictures one by one, have
the students look and say the word. - Look and say

3. Vocabulary Unit 8:
- Show all the pictures; then say the
number, and students say the word.
- Click on each number to show the - Listen to the number
word, and students spell it again.
- Review the large numbers: Show
one by one picture, students look - Say the word aloud
and say the word aloud.

- Output: Students can identify the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore,
holiday time activities, and staying healthy.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students practice the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: Saving UFO
- Divide the class into two teams:
- Listen to the teacher’s
team A and team B.
instruction
- Ask each student to take out a
- Take out a mini-board.
mini-board.
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the pictures write
pictures and choose the answer. down the answer
- Announce the win to the team - Check the answers.
with the highest points. - If all students in the team
383 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

choose the correct answer,

that team will receive 2
points. But if the team has 2
or 3 students choose the
wrong answer, they won’t
receive points.
- The team with the highest
points wins the game.
- Output: Students remember and use the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s
explore.
3.3. Review - Grammar. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of 3 Units.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Grammar Unit 6:
- Have students look at the
structures and review the - Look and review
grammar.
- Have students look at the box
and explain that regular verbs in - Look and repeat
the past tense end with “-ed”.

2. Grammar Unit 7:
- Show the table of irregular - Listen and repeat
verbs, students listen and repeat.
- Have students look at the
structures and review the - Look and say aloud
grammar.

3. Grammar Unit 8:
- Have students look at the
structure and review the
- Look and review
grammar.
- Let students look at the
structures and make some - Look and make some
example questions. example

- Output: Students remember the structures of 3 Units.

3.4. Practice - Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice grammar.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

384 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Activity: Order the words

- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Ask each group to prepare a - Take out a mini-board.
mini-board, then students take
turns to write (One student one - Look and write the correct
word). sentences.
- Check the answers and give - Read and arrange the
points to the faster groups. given words to make the
correct sentence.
- Write the sentence on the
board.
- Raise the board to check the
answers.
- The faster groups with the
correct answers can get 2
points.
- Output: Students can use the grammar to make correct sentences.
3.4. Production (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about planets.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity: Ask and answer
- Ask the students to work in
pairs. - Look at the bubble chats
- Have the students look at the
bubble chats on the slides. - Ask and answer about
- Then, ask them to switch roles to planets
ask and answer about planets, - Switch roles to practice.
nature with structure: How +
adjective + S + V_inf?. - Watch and listen to the
- After practicing, the teacher performers
invites some pairs to role play,
ask and answer about planets.
- Output: Students can use the grammar to ask and answer about planets.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to review Vocabulary and Grammar at home.
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

385 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

386 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the words related to beach equipment and clothes.
- To use the sentence patterns:
What will you bring to the beach? I will bring a …
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The Hungry Shark, Practice Activity: Snow White
+ Communication: Activity 2, 3, Activity 4. Ask and Answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of words related to the beach and beach clothing
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.01
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: The Hungry
Teamwork/whole class
Shark
- Divide the class into two teams. - Listen to the teacher’s
Each team has a character. instructions.
- Quickly review the space words
by showing flashcards from the
previous unit.
- Each team got five lines
387 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

between the shark’s mouth and

their character.
- The teacher shows the
flashcards and asks a random - Spell the words.
student in the team how to spell
them.
- If the student is correct, continue
with a different student. If that - Join in the activity.
student is wrong, erase a line.
- The team that loses all lines first
will be out of the game.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify the different types of words related
to the beach and beach clothing
- Input: The flashcards of different types of words related to the beach and beach clothing ,
CD Track 9.01, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Lead-in: Activity
Answer the questions
- Teacher asks students to describe - Look at the picture and
the picture. answer the topic.
- Teacher asks students how many
beach-related things they see.
- Put students in pairs. Students
have one minute to answer the
questions in the box:
1. What sea animals do you see?
2. What beach activities are they
doing? - Answer the questions.
3. What types of beach clothing are - Check the answers.
they wearing?
Activity 1. Listen, point and
repeat.
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.91)
- Play the recording 9.01 for the
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording - Listen and repeat.
goes.
- Show pictures one by one with the
audio, and students listen and repeat - Listen and repeat the
the words one by one. words one by one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud
the word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Give feedback practice.
388 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the slide with 8 pictures

from number 1 to 8. - Listen to the teacher.
- Show pictures one by one, ask
students to look and say the words.
- Look at the slides and
Practice Activity: Snow White say the words again.
- Ask students to work in groups of
3 or 4.
5 minutes - The teacher shows the slides, and
asks students to look and choose the
correct answers. - Look at the pictures and
- Then, they raise their hands to guess the words.
check the answers.
- The fastest group with all the - Raise hands to answer and
correct answers receives a point. receive points.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary of different types of words related to the
beach and beach clothing correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about the beach.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

389 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 minutes Activity 2. Find the words in

Activity 1 in the picture on page
102. Write the missing word.
(Pupils’ Book p.103)
- Have students look at the picture on
page 102. - Look at the picture.
- Then, put students in pairs to find - Find the words.
the words in Activity 1. Then, the - Answer the question.
teacher asks the question: “What’s
the missing word?” and shows the
answer to check with the whole
class.
Activity 3. Read the definitions
and write the words. Then say
4 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.103)
- Put students in groups of 3 or 4 to
read the definitions and write the
words. - Read and listen.
- After writing, the teacher checks
the answers.
- Then, put students in pairs, one - Check the answers.
student says the number “number 1”
and one student says the word - Switch roles to practice.
“sunglasses”. They switch roles to
practice.

Activity 4. Ask and Answer

(Pupils’ Book p.103)
3 minutes - Have students in pairs look at
Activity 4.
- Ask students to use the present
future with the question: “What will - Ask and answer.
you bring to the beach?” and
answer “I will bring a …”
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class. Give points if - Watch and listen to the
they perform well. performers.

- Output: Students can ask and answer about the different types of words related to the
beach and beach clothing.

390 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 4 minutes)

- Aim: To say correctly the vocabulary of different types of words related to the beach and
beach clothing.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Review the vocabulary
- Show the pictures, students look - Look and say the words.
and say the words.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 80).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 2 - Review

I. Objectives
391 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

1. Knowledge:
- To spell words related to beach equipment and clothes
- To use present continuous for describing scenes
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Bowling Game, Warm-up Activity: The Board Race
+ Communication: Activity. Describe a picture, Activity 4
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of words related to the beach and beach clothing
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.02
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: The Board
Race
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Put all the flashcards from
Lesson 1 on the board. - Join the activity.
- Call on one team member from
each group to come to the front of
the class.
- Name one of the pictures, and
the two students compete to be
the first to touch and say it aloud. - Touch to flashcards.
Award a point to the winning
team.

392 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Both players sit down and are

replaced by two new players, who - Say the words aloud.
continue with another word.
- The team with the most points at
- Receive a point.
the end wins.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of different types of words related to the
beach and beach clothing.
- Input: slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Look at the pictures.
Write the words next to the things
you see
(Pupils’ Book p.104)
- Have students in pairs look at the - Look at the picture.
picture in Activity 1.
- Then, they work together to write - Write the names of the
the names of the things they find in things.
the picture.
- Teacher shows the answers to - Share and check the
check with the whole class. answers.
2 minutes
Activity 2. Describe a picture
(Pupils’ Book p.104)
- Have students in pairs look at the - Look at the picture.
picture in Activity 2.
- The teacher asks “How many - Switch roles to ask and
people are there in this picture?” answer.
and students answer. Elicit the
clothes they are wearing and the
5 minutes action.
Activity. Describe a picture
- Ask students to work in groups of
3 or 4.
- Students look at the pictures and - Ask and answer.
take turns to ask and answer about
them.
- The teacher shows the bubble
speech for students to practice.
- Then, invite some students to - Watch and listen to the
present in front of the whole class performers.
and give them 2 points if they - Receive 2 points
perform well.
- Output: Students can remember writing the vocabulary of different types of words
related to the beach and beach clothing correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 13 minutes)

393 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Help students to ask and answer items related to beach holidays and practice
listening skills.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Practice Activity: Bowling Game
- Put students into groups of four.
Each team takes turns playing the - Join the activity.
activity.
- Students look at a picture with the
given answers and choose the - Look and choose the
correct answer by saying it out loud. correct answer.
- 1 correct answer = 1 point.
- All students repeat the answer.
- Receive a point.
Activity 3. PRE-LISTENING - Repeat the answers.
(Pupils’ Book p.104)
- Put students to work in pairs.
2 minutes - Have students look at activity 2 on
page 104. - Look at the activity.
- Then, ask students to switch roles
to ask and answer about the items
Jack and Linh will bring for their
beach holiday. - Ask and answer.

Activity 3. LISTENING. Listen to

Jack and Linh talking about what
they will bring. Tick (√) the items
3 minutes they will bring for their holiday
(Pupils’ Book p.104)
- Play the audio, students listen and
tick the answers.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and check.
- Listen and tick.
Activity 4. Guessing Game. Draw
five things you will bring on a - Listen again and check.
beach holiday. Then ask your
friend to guess
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.104)
- Have students work in pairs and
look at Activity 4.
- Students draw individually five
things they will bring on a beach
holiday without letting anyone see
their items. - Look at the activity.
- After drawing, put students in
pairs to ask and guess about five
things they have drawn. - Draw five things.
394 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask and guess.

- Output: Students can ask and answer items related to beach holidays and improve
listening skills.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review the vocabulary and make the sentence correctly and well.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes - After students complete Activity
4, invite some students to show - Watch and listen to the
their pictures and talk about five performers.
things they will bring for their
holiday.
- Give them a point if they have a - Check the answer and
receive points.
good presentation.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 81).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

395 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the words related to actions on the beach.
- To use the structure: going to + verb for future
Sentence patterns: I’m / ’m not going to build a sandcastle.
We’re/ aren’t going to go surfing.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Mini Activity: Mime the action, Practice Activity: Bees find honey
+ Communication: Warm-up Activity: True or False
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of beach activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.03
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: True or
False - Take out 2 pieces of
- Ask students to work in pairs. paper.
Each pair takes out 2 pieces of
paper. - Write True or False.
396 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Students write True and False

for each piece.
- Have students look at the picture - Raise their answers.
in Activity 1 on page 104, then
look at the sentences describing it
on the slide, choose and raise
their answer: True or False.
- The fastest pair with the correct - Receive 2 points.
answer receives 2 points.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “build a
sandcastle, go snorkelling, go surfing, buy an ice cream”.
- Input: CD Track 9.03, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.105)
- Play the recording 9.03 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, and students listen and repeat words one by one.
the words one by one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the words. practice.
- Give feedback
- Listen to the teacher.
- Look at the slides and
say the words again.
Review vocabulary
2 minutes - Show all the pictures, look and say - Look and say the words.
the words.
- Show the words, students spell
them again.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.

3.2. Review - Vocabulary (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to correctly write the vocabulary.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Mini Activity: Mime the action
- Ask students to work in groups of
397 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3 or 4.
- The teacher mimes the action of 4
words.
- Then, students look at and guess - Mime the action.
what the words are.
- The fastest group with all the - Look and guess the words.
correct answers receive 2 points.
- Check the answer and
Practice Activity: Bees find honey receive 2 points.
- Divide the class into groups of 4
8 minutes to 6 students and each group takes
out a mini-board.
- Each member takes a turn playing
a game. - Take out a mini-board.
- Show the slides with pictures and
sentences that are missing words,
students look at them and choose - Join the activity.
the correct answer. - Look and choose the
- After finishing, they raise the correct answers.
boards to check the answers.
- The fastest group with the correct - Raise the boards to check
answer receives 2 points for the the answers.
team.

- Receive 2 points.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Ask students to work in pairs.
- Ask students to look at the
bubbles; then they take turns to talk - Talk about the plans for the
about their plans for the beach beach holiday.
holiday. - Listen to their partner.
- After finishing, they say Bingo.
- Call out some pairs to present in
front of the class.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)

398 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 82).

Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce the words related to actions on the beach.
- To use the structure: going to + verb for future.
Sentence pattern: I’m / ’m not going to build a sandcastle.
We’re/ aren’t going to go surfing.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Find the mistakes, Grammar Practice: Make the sentences
399 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ Communication: Activity 3. PRE-LISTENING

+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of beach activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.04, 9.05
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity: Find the
mistakes
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 3 or 4.
- Ask each group to take out a - Each group takes out a
sheet of paper or a mini-board. sheet of paper or a mini-
board.
- Write the words with mistakes
on the board. - Look at the words and take
turns to write the correct
words.
- Give 2 points to the fastest - Check the answers and
group with the correct answers. receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review vocabulary: “build a sandcastle, go snorkelling, go
surfing, buy an ice cream”.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Review vocabulary
- Ask the students to look at the - Look at the slides.
slides with pictures and the
numbers.
- Say a number and the students say - Students look and say the
the corresponding words. word aloud.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
400 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

students with the correct answers. - Check the answers and

receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students can use the past tense with learned vocabulary.
3.2. Present and Practice – Structure. (Time: 20 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to identify and remember the past forms of irregular verbs.
- Input: The slides, CD Track 9.04, 9.05.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity 2. Read and say
(Pupils’ Book p.105)
- Have students look at the - Look at the conversation.
conversation. - Read the conversation in
- Ask the students to work in pairs pairs.
and switch roles to read the - Switch roles to say.
conversation.
- Have students look at the bubble - Look at the box.
2 minutes speech. - Listen to the audio.
- Then, ask them to switch roles to - Listen and repeat.
practice more.

Grammar Introduce
2 minutes - Have students look at the box. - Listen to the teacher’s
- Play the audio 9.04, for the explanation.
students to listen. - Listen to the audio.
- Play the audio again, ask the - Listen and repeat.
students to listen and repeat.

Grammar
- Explain the structure: going to +
5 minutes V_infinitive and the negative form, - Listen to the teacher’s
using these patterns: instructions.
1. I’m /’m not going to …
2. We’re/ aren’t going to …
- Suggestion: We will use these
sentences to talk about planned
events in the future.
- Show some examples and ask
students to read aloud. - Read aloud the
examples.
Grammar Practice: Make the
sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 4
3 minutes to 6 students and ask each group to
take out a mini-board. - Each group takes out a
- Have students look at the pictures mini-board
and the given words to make
sentences. - Look at the slides and make
- After the students finish, ask them correct sentences.
401 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

to raise the board to check the

answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest group
with the correct answer.
- Check the answer and
receive 2 points.
Activity 3. PRE-LISTENING.
Listen and number. Who is
talking?
3 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.105)
- Have the students look at the
picture in Activity 3.
- Then, ask the students to work in
- Look at the picture
pairs to discuss “What is she/he
(names of characters) going to do?
- Ask and answer using
and answer using the ideas in the
the sentence pattern and
bubbles with “going to + verb for
the ideas in the bubbles
future”.

Activity 3. LISTENING. Listen

and number. Who is talking?
(Pupils’ Book p.105)
- Have students look at the pictures
3 minutes in Activity 3.
- Play the audio 9.05 for the
students to listen and number.
- Play the audio again, ask the - Look at the pictures.
students to listen and check the
- Listen and number.
answer.
- Listen and check.

- Output: Students can remember how to make the sentences by going to + verb for
future.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 4. Play a game
(Pupils’ Book p.105)
- Have students look at Activity 4, - Look at Activity 4.
then use the speech in bubbles and
the information in the pictures in
Activity 3.
- Ask the students to work in pairs - Say the sentences and
with the roles: one student says the guess.
sentences about the picture and the
other student will guess who it is.
- Ask the students to close their
402 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

books.
- The teacher invite some pairs to - Watch the performers.
- Receive points for the
present in front of the class.
good conversations.
- Give points to the pairs that have
good conversations.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 82).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 4 – Phonics

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce intonation in making lists
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
403 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: Playing Tennis with Mario
+ Communication: Warm-up activity: Words to words, Activity 3, 4
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of beach activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.06, 9.07
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides, Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up activity: Words to
words
- Divide the class into groups of 3
or 4.
- Students remember 12 words
that they learned in Lesson 1 and - Listen and say.
3.
- When the teacher says the first
word “build” and students say “a
sandcastle”.
- Check the answer and
- The group that answers faster receive 2 points.
and more clearly will receive 2
points.
- Output: Students are ready and happy for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Phonics. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: To correctly read and pronounce falling intonation in making lists.
- Input: CD Track 9.06 and slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note

404 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2 minutes Activity 1. Listen and repeat

(Pupils’ Book p.106)
- Look at the pictures and
- Have students look at the sentences.
statements with listed items in
Activity 1.
- Listen and repeat
- Play the audio, students listen and
sentences.
focus on the intonation of each item
in the sentences.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and repeat.

Presentation:
3 minutes - Students listen again to each
sentence. - Listen again to each
- Then, the teacher explains that we sentence.
will learn about the intonation in - Listen to the teacher’s
statements with listed items falling instructions.
at the end of items.
- Ask students to listen to the
teacher’s guide and repeat the
sentences with correct intonation. - Listen to the teacher’s guide
and repeat the sentences with
correct intonation.
Practice activity
- Put students in pairs and look at
Activity 1, then switch roles to read
each sentence.
- After finishing, invite some - Read each sentence.
3 minutes students to call out the sentences.

- Watch and listen to the

performers.

- Output: Students can read and pronounce falling intonation in making lists.
3.2. Practice – Phonics (Time: 16 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and pronouncing falling intonation in making
lists.
- Input: The slides, CD Track 9.07
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
7 minutes Practice Activity: Playing Tennis Teamwork:
with Mario
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
Each team prepares a pencil case - Take out a pencil case.
and puts it in the middle.

405 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask students to look and listen to

the audio, catch the pencil case to - Look and listen.
get a chance to answer.
- Choose the correct intonation for
- Get a chance to answer.
each item. Then, the whole team
needs to say the sentence correctly
- Say the sentence correctly in
in intonation.
intonation.
- Give 2 points to the faster team
with the correct answer.
- The faster team with the
Activity 2. Listen and mark the correct answer will get 2
intonation points.
(Pupils’ Book, p.106)
- Have students look at 4 sentences
3 minutes
in Activity 2 and say it aloud.
- Then, play the audio, students
- Look at 4 sentences.
listen and mark the intonation
individually.
- Play the audio again, students in - Listen and mark the
pairs listen and check the answers intonation.
together.

Activity 3. Make a list of things - Listen and check the

you will bring when you go to answers.
the beach
(Pupils’ Book, p.106)
- Have students in pairs work
3 minutes together to make their list.
- Then, ask each student to take
turns to say their sentences with
the correct intonation for each - Make their list.
item.
- The teacher goes around to check - Say their sentences with the
their pronunciation. correct intonation.

Activity 4. Ask and answer

about your list - Listen to the teacher’s
(Pupils’ Book, p.106) instructions.
- Put students in pairs to switch
roles to ask and answer about their
3 minutes list.
- Then, invite some pairs to
present in front of the whole class
and give them 2 points. - Ask and answer.

406 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Watch and listen to the

performers.

- Output: Students can recognise the falling intonation in making lists.

3.3. Produce - Phonics (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to promote students’ acquisition of the falling intonation in
making lists.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes - Have students look at the pictures - Look at the pictures and
and make a sentence to talk about make a sentence.
at least 3 things they will bring or
3 activities they’re going to do.
- Invite some students to present
and give them a point if they say
the correct intonation for each - Watch and listen to the
performers.
item.
- Output: Students can identify the falling intonation in making lists.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 83).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

407 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use the question structures of going to + verb.
- To use the vocabulary: go sightseeing, take a bus tour, go hiking, go mountain biking …
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Who is the Millionaire?, Practice Activity: Find picture
+ Communication: Warm-up Activity: Who is the Millionaire?
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.08
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 7 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
7 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Who is the
Millionaire?
- Divide the class into two teams:
team A and team B.
and give each student a mini- - Take out a mini-board.
board.
- Students look at the questions - Look and write.
and write down the answers.
408 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Each question has 3 supports:

50:50, Audience, Call. Each team
can choose when they need help.
- If all students in the team write
the correct answers, that team will
receive 2 points. But if the team - Check the answer and
has 2 or 3 students write the receive 2 points.
wrong picture, they won’t receive
points.
- The team with the highest points
wins the game.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “go sightseeing,
take a bus tour, go hiking, go mountain biking, climb a mountain, go camping, visit a
theme park, visit a waterpark”.
- Input: CD Track 9.08, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.107)
- Play recording 9.08 for the first - Listen and repeat.
time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one by one with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, and students listen and repeat word one by one.
the word one by one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
each group takes turns to read aloud - Work in 2 groups and
the words. practice.
- Give feedback.
- Show one by one a picture, - Listen to the teacher.
students look and say the word. - Look at the slides and
say the words again.
Review vocabulary
- Show all the pictures; the teacher
2 minutes says the number, and students say
the word. - Look and say the words.
- Show the word, students spell it
again.

- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.

3.2. Review - Vocabulary (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to correctly remember the vocabulary.
- Input: The slides.
409 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
12 minutes Practice Activity: Find picture
- Divide the class into two teams
- Look at these pictures in 5s to - Join the activity.
remember.
- After 5s, look at the text on top, - Look and choose the
choose the right number correct answers.
- If they’re a perfect pair = +2
points.
- If they’re not correct, another team
can play this turn.
- Check points. - Receive 2 points.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary (Time: 6 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
6 minutes - Show all the pictures; the teacher - Look and say.
says the number, and students say
the word.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 84).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

410 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To use the question structures of going to + verb.
- To use the vocabulary: go sightseeing, take a bus tour, go hiking, go mountain biking …
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Listen and Write, Grammar Practice: Make the sentences
+ Communication: Activity 3
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.09, 9.10, 9.11
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

411 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Warm-up Activity:
Listen and Write
- Put students to work in groups - Take out a mini-board.
of 4. Each group takes out a mini-
board. - Listen to the teacher’s
- Each member takes a turn instructions.
coming to play the game.
- The teacher spells a word. Ex:
“g-o-c-a-m-p-i-n-g”
- Students listen and write the - Look and call out the
correct words on the boards. After names.
finishing, they raise their board to
check the answers.
- The fastest group with the
correct word receives 2 points for
- Receive 2 points.
the team.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Grammar. (Time: 15 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce the question structures of going to + verb.
- Input: The slides, CD Track 9.09, 9.10, 9.11.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Activity 2. Read, Listen and sing
(Pupils’ Book p.107)
- Have students look at the song and
read it. - Look and read.
- Play the audio 9.09, students listen
to the song. - Listen to the song.
- Play the audio 9.10, students listen
and sing aloud.

Introduce Grammar:
5 minutes - Have students look at the box.
- Play the audio 9.11, and students - Listen.
listen.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and repeat. - Listen and repeat.
- Introduce the grammar for students
- Use the question to ask about
planned events in the future: “Are
+ S + going to + V_inf?” –“Are - Listen to the teacher’s
you going to …” and answers we explanation.
will use:
1. Yes, I am.
2. No, I’m not.

412 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Grammar Practice: Make the

sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 4 to
7 minutes 6 students and each group takes out
a mini-board. - Take out a marker or a pen.
- Have students look at the words
and icons to make sentences. - Look and make a correct
- After finishing, they raise the sentence.
board to check the answer.
- The fastest group with the correct
answer receives 2 points for the
team. - Check the answer and
receive 2 points.

- Output: Students know how to use the structures correctly and well.
3.2. Review - Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice structures of the question of going to + verb.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
7 minutes Activity 3. Play a guessing game
(Pupils’ Book p.107)
- Have students look at Activity 3.
- Each student writes three things - Look at the activity.
they’re going to do next weekend.
- Write three things.
- Then, put students in pairs to take
turns by asking Yes/ No questions
to guess what their partner is - Ask and guess with their
planning to do. partners.

- Output: Students can make sentences with the question structures of going to + verb.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Invite some students to ask and - Ask and answer.
answer to play a guessing game.
- Each student will have 5 guesses,
equivalent to 5 questions.
- The first student can guess
correctly that most of their partners
will receive a point. - Watch and listen to the
413 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

performers.
- Receive a point.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and structures and build
sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 84).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 6 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To read texts.
- to review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:

414 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Activity: Playing Golf with Mario
+ Communication: Activity 1, Warm-up Activity: Make a question
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.12
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Make a question
- The teacher shows the pictures - Listen to the teacher’s
on the slide and says a random instructions.
number.
- Students listen and raise their - Listen and raise their
hands to get a chance to say the hands.
correct words.
- Then, students make a question
- Make a question.
with that word behind the
number.
- The fastest student with the - Check the answers.
correct word and question - Receive 2 points.
receives 2 points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review Vocabulary. (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of going to + verb.
415 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: The slides, CD Tracks 9.12

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
4 minutes Activity 1: What do you do in
your summer holidays
(Pupils’ Book p.108)
- Have students close their books. - Listen to the teacher’s
The teacher asks them what they do instructions.
during their summer holidays.
- Then, put students in pairs to ask
and answer the activities. - Ask and answer.
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class and give them a - Watch and listen to the
point. performers.

LISTENING. Activity 2:
2 minutes - Have students look at the text in
Activity 2. - Look at the text.
- Play the audio, students listen.
- Listen.

PRE-READING. Activity: Read

3 minutes and Underline
- Have students open their books
and read the text. - Look at the text
- Ask students to read and underline
the names of activities which are in - Underline the names of
the text. activities.
- Show the answer to check.

Activity 3. Read and answer - Check the answers.

(Pupils’ Book p.108)
3 minutes - Have students read the text again
and answer the questions.
- Put students in pairs. Students - Read and answer.
share the answers with their
partners.
- Then, the teacher shows the - Share the answers.
answers to check.

- Check the answers.

- Output: Students know how to do task 3 in Pupils’ Book and improve their listening
and reading skills through the tasks.
3.2. Review Grammar. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and speaking skills.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note

416 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

5 minutes Practice Activity: Playing Golf

with Mario
- Put students to work in groups of
3 or 4.
- Students look at the picture and - Look at the pictures and
choose the correct answer. choose the answer.
- Then, they raise their hands to
check the answer.
- Check the answer.
- The fastest group with all correct
- Watch and listen to the
answers will receive 2 points.
performers.

Activity 4. Work in pairs. Talk

about your next summer holiday
(Pupils’ Book p.108)
5 minutes
- Put students in pairs to ask and
answer about their next summer
holiday.
- Then, invite some pairs present
in front of the whole class and - Ask and answer.
give them a point if they have a
good conversation.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.
- Receive a point.

- Output: Students improve their speaking skills through the tasks.

3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the questions.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes - Call on five students to come to - Join the activity.
the front of the class.
- Each student talks about what - Talk about their plan.
they are planning to do for their
next summer holiday.
- At the end, the remaining students - Watch and listen to the
vote to find out which holiday they performers.
find the most interesting. - Vote for the most
interesting holiday.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the structure to ask and answer the questions
by themselves.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
417 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)

- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity book (page 85).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 7A – Story

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Mime The Action
+ Communication: Activity 1, Activity 3
418 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Mime The
Action
- Divide the class into 2 teams. - Join the activity.
- Each group chooses each
member to stand in front of class - Look at the pictures and
to answer the action. mime the corresponding
- Show the slide with a picture action.
and the others from 2 teams will
mime the corresponding action
and each member above will
guess the answer.
- The fastest group with all the
correct answers receives 2 points.
- Receive 2 points if the
team has the correct
answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Story (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the story.
- Input: Track 9.13, Slides, Animation Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
3 minutes Activity 1. How many beach
activities can you see?
(Pupils’ Book p.109)
- Have students look at the pictures
419 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

on pages 109 and 110. - Look at the picture.

- Then, the teacher asks them how
many different beach activities they - Answer the question.
found.

Introduction:
- Show the story and have students
3 minutes
identify the story title, story frames - Look at the questions.
and characters by answering these
questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames
(pictures)?
3. How many characters (people,
friends) are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books
and explore the page of the Unit 9
story with their partners to answer - Open the books and
the questions. answer the questions.
- Provide the answers using the
slides.
Activity: Watch a video - Check answers.
- Play the video, students listen to
and watch the story.
Activity: Listen and point
4 minutes - Play the recording 9.13, students
look at the story and listen. - Watch the story.

3 minutes - Listen to the story.

- Output: Students can read the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
- Input: The slides, Track 7.11
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Listen and read:
(Pupils’ Book, p.109)
- Have students look at the story’s - Look at the pictures.
cards on the slides.
- Click on each number of the
character. Students listen and read - Listen and read aloud.
aloud.
- Play the audio, students listen and - Listen and read.
read again.
- Put students in groups. Students - Practice the story.
practice acting out the story.
420 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity 3. Number the sentences

3 minutes in the correct order. Retell the
story.
- Put students in pairs to number
the sentences in the correct order
and retell the story following the - Number the sentences in
order. the correct order.
- The teacher checks the answers - Retell the story.
with the whole class.
- Check the answers.
- Then, invite some students to
present in front of the class and - Watch and listen to the
give them a point. performers.
- Receive a point
Practice Activity:
5 minutes
Which scene is it?
- Put students into groups of 4.
Each group takes out a pen or a
ruler and puts it in the middle of - Take out a pen or ruler.
each group.
- Show a sentence in the story,
students discuss and choose the
correct answer A, B, or C for the
correct scene of that sentence.
- Students raise their pens or rulers
to get a chance to say the answers.
- The fastest group with the correct - Raise the pen to check.
answer receives 2 points.

- Receive 2 points.
- Output: Students can read and understand a simple cartoon story.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 2 minutes)
- Aim: To enhance students’ understanding of the story.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
2 minutes Story – Wrap-up
(Pupils’ Book p.109)
- Open the books and look
- Ask students to open their books at pictures.
and look at pictures on page 109,
110.
- The teacher asks the questions,
students point and answer. - Point and answer.

- Output: Students can understand a simple cartoon story and do the task.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
421 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)

- Ask students to do exercise 1 in the Activity Book (page 86).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

Lesson 7B – Story

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Activity: Dub out the story, Warm-up Activity: True or False, Activity:
Playing Golf with Mario
422 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

+ Communication: Activity 5. Ask and answer

+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday time!
- Audio files: Tracks 9.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: True or
False
- Put the class into pairs. Each - Take out 2 pieces of paper.
pair takes out 2 pieces of paper.
- Students write True and False
for each piece. - Write True and False.
- Show a sentence, students look
at, choose and raise their answer: - Raise their answers.
True or False.
- The fastest pair with the correct - Receive 2 points if the
answer receives 2 points. team has the correct
answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and the
structures.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the story.
- Input: Slides, CD Track 9.13.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity. Listen and read
(Pupils’ book p.109)
- Have students open their books - Open the books and look
and look at the story on page 109. at the story.
- Play recording 9.13, students
listen and read aloud.
423 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Listen and read aloud the

story.
- Output: Students can remember the characters and lyrics in the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 17 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.109, 110.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note
5 minutes Activity: Playing Golf with Mario
- Put the class into groups of 4.
- Each pair takes out a mini-board.
- Take out a mini-board.
- The teacher clicks on each star,
and students look at the questions
with 3 answers and choose the - Choose correct answers.
correct answers by writing it on the
board. Each member takes turns
writing.
- After finishing, ask they to raise
the boards to check the answers.
- The pairs with the correct answer - Raise to check.
receive a point.
- Receive a point.
Activity 4. Match the people with
what they are going to do
(Pupils’ Book p.109)
- Students look at Activity 4 and do
4 minutes the task individually.
- Then, put students in pairs to
compare their answers. - Do the task individually.
- The teacher checks the answer - Compare their answers.
with the whole class. - Check the answers.

Activity: Dub out the story.

- Divide students into small groups.
- Ask students to choose the
characters and act out the story.
8 minutes - Give students a little time to - Listen to the teacher’s
practice (from 3 – 5 minutes). instructions.
- Have groups perform in front of - Act out the story.
the class without the audio.
- Give feedback. - Perform the story.
- Output: Students can act out the story and do personal tasks.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and tell about what happened in the past.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p.110.
- Procedures:
424 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Note

5 minutes Activity 5. Ask and answer about
the story
(Pupils’ Book p.110)
- Have students look at Activity 5.
- Put students in pairs and switch
roles to ask and answer about the
story. - Ask and answer.
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the whole class and give
them a point.
- Watch and listen to the
friends perform.

- Output: Students can tell about what happened in the past.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 86).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 9 – HOLIDAY TIME!

425 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Lesson 8 – Project
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite activities about the holiday.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book; teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Answer the question, Activity:
Imagination; communication: Activity 4: Gallery walk
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: party
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9 – Holiday Time!
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: The slides, video
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity:
Answer the question
- Put students into groups of 4. - Take out a pen or a ruler.
Each group takes out a pen or a
ruler and puts it in the middle of
each group.
- Read the information.
- Show the text and give 2
minutes for students to read the
information.
- Ask the questions, students - Listen and find.
listen, find the information in the - Raise pen or ruler to say the
pictures and raise their pens or answers.
ruler to get a chance to say the
answers.
- The fastest group with the
- Receive 2 points.
correct information receives 2

426 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

points
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to understand and write a postcard.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p.111
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Read the postcard and
tick. What kind of holiday is
Hada on?
(Pupils’ Book p.111)
- Have students look at Activity 1. - Look at Activity 1.
- Then, put students in pairs to read
the postcard quickly and tick the - Read and tick.
answer.
- The teacher shows the answers to
check.
- Check the answers.
Activity: Write a postcard
9 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.111)
Step 1: Plan (4 minutes)
- Put students into groups of 4.
Each group takes out a sheet of - Take out a sheet of
paper. Students in the group discuss paper.
and write the answer for each
question.
- Each member takes turns writing
the answer. - Take turns writing the
answers.
- Show the example on the next
slide.
- Look at the example.
Step 2: Write (3 minutes)
- Next, students in the group
discuss how to write a postcard.
- They write the sentences on a - Discuss.
postcard.
- Show the example on the next
slide.
- Write the sentences.
Step 3: Check your work (3 - Look at the example.
minutes)
- After students finish their work,
they raise their papers to check.
- Call out each group to present - Raise to check the
their postcard in front of the class. answers.
- Give points.
427 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Watch and listen to the

performers.

- Receive points.
- Output: Students know and understand how to write a postcard.
3.2. Practice – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to do their tasks in their books with listening, speaking, writing
skills.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.111
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 2. Imagine you are on a
holiday. Write a postcard (30-40
words) to your friend
(Pupils’ Book p.111)
- Have students open their books,
use the prompts and write their - Listen to the teacher’s
postcards by themselves in their instructions.
books.
- After finishing, they say Bingo. - Write the postcards.
The teacher reads and checks
students’ work. - Check students’ work.

Activity 3. Decorate your

3 minutes postcard
(Pupils’ Book p.111)
- After writing, students draw
activities they mentioned in their
postcards to decorate them. - Decorate postcards.

Practice Activity: Talk about

your postcard
- After decorating, invite some
4 minutes students to hold their postcards and
present in front of the whole class.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.
- Output: Students can use their skills to do the tasks in the Pupils’ Book.
3.3. Produce – Skills (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember the information from the postcard and finish their
task.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Activity 4: Gallery walk
(Pupils’ Book p.111)
428 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Have students stick their

postcards on the wall.
- Stick postcards on the
- Then, students take a gallery walk wall.
and vote for the best postcard by - Vote for the best
drawing a star on it. postcard.
- At the end, the postcard with the
most stars will be the best postcard.
- Check the best postcard.

- Output: Students use their skills to do the task.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 87).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY

Lesson 1 - Vocabulary

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:

429 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To correctly read and pronounce words related to illnesses.

- To give advice using structures: “S + should/ shouldn’t + V”

2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their description of how life is different in the past and now
by using intonation when asking and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Mime The Action, Practice Activity: Make a sentence
+ Communication: Production.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: a cold, a headache, a sore throat, a high temperature, a toothache
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: Tracks 10.01, 10.02
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
The Hungry Shark
- Divide the class into two teams.
Each team has a character.
- Quickly review the holiday - Review the words.
words by showing flashcards
from the previous unit.
- Each team got five lines
between the shark’s mouth and
- Join in the activity.
their character.
- The teacher shows the flashcard
and asks a random student in the
team how to spell it.
- If the student is correct, continue
with a different student. If that

430 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

student is wrong, erase a line.

- The team that loses all lines first
will be out of the game.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify words related to illnesses.
- Input: CD Track 10,01, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Lead-in: Activity – Answer the
questions - Look at the picture.
Have students look at the picture.
- Think about the answers to - Answer the questions.
the 2 questions on the screen.
● Where are they?
● How many people look
ill?
- Show the answers, and - Check the answers.
students check with the whole
class.

Activity 1. Listen, point and

repeat.
5 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.113) - Listen and repeat the
- Play the recording 10.01 for the words.
first time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes. - Work in 2 groups and
- Divide the class into two groups, practice.
each group takes turns to read aloud
the word.
- Give feedback
- Try to memorize all the pictures - Say the correct words.
and the numbers within 30 seconds.
- The teacher moves to a different
slide, calls a number randomly. (Ex:
Number 2)
Ask students to raise their hands
and answer.
Activity: Choose the correct
answers - Listen and follow the
- Divide the class into 4 teams. teacher's instructions.
- Each team prepares a mini-board. - Find and write the answers.
- Ask students to read the questions
5 minutes
431 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

and discuss them with their

teammates to find the answer. - Check answers and receive
- Write no more than THREE points.
words.
- Students take turns to write
- Output: Students can make the sentences correctly and well.
3.2. Present and Practice - Structure (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To give advice using the word “should”
To use the structure: You should go to the doctor’s! You shouldn’t go to school!
- Input: The slides, CD Track 10.02
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity 2. Listen and say
(Pupils’ book – p.113)
- Have students look at the dialogue.
- Play the audio, students listen and - Look at the dialogue.
repeat.
- Ask students to work in pairs and - Listen and repeat.
practice the dialogue..
- Divide the class into two teams. - Practice the dialogue.
One team asks and one team
answers.
Activity 3. Look and say.
(Pupils’ book – p.113)
- Ask students to look at the example
dialogue on the slide. -Look at the example dialogue
- In pairs, ask and answer giving on the slide.
advice using “should” in activity 3. - Ask and answer giving
- Invite a couple of pairs to advice using “should” in
demonstrate in front of the class. activity 3.
5 minutes - Present the dialogue in front
of the class.

- Output: Students can remember how to make the sentences by the simple past tense
of regular verbs.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
432 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

3 minutes - Review all the words for students.
- The teacher moves to a different
slide, calls a number randomly. - Look at the slide.
(Ex: Number 2)
- Remember and say.
- Students raise their hands and
answer. Then ask them to give
advice on each illness.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 88).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 2 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
433 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- To review words related to illness.

- To give advice using structures: S + should/ shouldn’t + V
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and their love of holiday time by using intonation when asking
and answering in the conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and speaking
tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Practice Activity: The missing word, Activity: The best doctor, Warm-up
Activity: Fill in the blank
+ Communication: Activity. In pair, ask and answer – Activity 3
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: different types of words related to illnesses
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying healthy!
- Audio files: Tracks 10.03
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: Fill in the
blank
- Divide the class into 2 teams.
- Quickly review the words
related to illness by showing - Join the activity.
pictures from the previous lesson.
- Say the given sentences (or ask
students to say), and ask them to
guess the illness.
- Declare the win to the team with
the most points at the end. - Say the sentences.
- Guess the illness.

- Receive a point.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
434 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of different types of words related to
illnesses.
- Input: slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 1. Look and match
(Pupils’ Book p.114)
- Have students in pairs look at the
picture in Activity 1. - Match the phrases.
- Ask them to work individually,
match the phrases to the correct - Share and check the
pictures then check the answers in answers.
pairs.
- Shows the answers to check with
the whole class.

7 minutes Activity – The missing letters

- Divide the class into groups of 6. - Remember the number.
- Ask students to number
themselves in their group (Ex:
Student A – 1, student B – 2,…)
- Say the number
(Ex: Teacher says: number 2 - All
students who are number 2 in each - Stand up and say.
team stand up and say the complete
phrase.)
- Give 2 points to the team that has
faster students with the correct
answers. - Check the answers.
- Get the points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students can remember writing the vocabulary of different types of words
related to the illness correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to give advice using “should”
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Pre-Listening Activity – Giving
advice
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Look at the pictures and
look at the pictures and examples. examples.
- Then give advice using the - Give advice using
structure “You should / shouldn’t “should/shouldn’t”.
…”

435 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Activity 3. LISTENING. Listen

4 minutes and point. Then match with the
advice.
(Pupils’ Book p.114)
- Play the audio, ask the students to
listen and tick the answers. - Listen and check.
- Play the audio again for the
students to listen and check.

Activity – The best doctor

- Divide the class into groups of 6.
6 minutes - Ask each team to prepare a mini-
board.
- Ask the students to take turns to - Each team prepares a mini-
finish the sentence (one student one board
word) - Finish the sentence (one
- Give points to the faster team with student one word)
the correct answer. - Say “bingo” and raise the
board when finishing.
- Check and receive point

- Output: Students can give advice using “should”

3.3. Produce (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review the vocabulary and make the sentence correctly and well.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes - Activity 4. SPEAKING. In
pairs, ask and answer.
(Pupils’ Book p.114)
- In pairs, ask and answer the
questions provided.
- Invite some students to share - Ask and answer
information with the class.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 89).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

436 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 3A - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words related to illnesses
- To use the structures: My neck hurts.
Where does it hurt?
I’ll take your temperature.
When did you start feeling sick?
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and use intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up activity: Fill in the blank, Activity: Mix-up Letters
+ Communication: Activity: Make a complete sentence – Give Advice
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Words related to Illnesses
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying healthy
- Audio files: Tracks 10.04, 10.05
- Computer and slides
437 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up activity:
Fill in the blank
- Divide the class into groups of
4.
- Each team prepares a pencil case
and puts it in the middle of the - Take a pencil.
team.
- Ask students to look at the
illness, discuss it with your
teammates and catch the pencil - Discuss in a team.
case to get a chance to answer.
- The faster team with the correct
- Catch the pencil.
answer can get more points.
Note: The teacher can ask - Get the 2 points for each
students to make a complete correct answer.
sentence using the given advice
phrase.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present and Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “a runny nose, an
earache, a cough, a rash, dizzy, sick”.
- Input: CD Track 10.04, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.115)
- Play recording 10.04 for the first - Listen and repeat.
time. Have students listen and
repeat the words as the recording
goes.
- Show pictures one-by-one with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, and students listen and repeat words one-by-one.
the words one-by-one.
- Divide the class into two groups,
438 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

each group takes turns to read aloud

the word. - Work in 2 groups and
- Give feedback practice.
- Show pictures one-by-one,
students look and say the word. - Listen to the teacher.
Activity: Mix-up Letters - Look at the slide and say
- Divide the class into groups of the words again.
7 minutes four. Each team prepares a mini-
board.
- Students take turns to play the
game. - Prepare a mini-board.
- Tell students to listen to the
spelling
- Write the correct number on the - Listen to the spelling.
board.
- The faster team with the correct - Write the answers.
answer needs to spell and say the
word (b-u-s-y busy)
- The faster students with the - Spell the answers.
correct answer can get 2 points for
their team.
- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.
3.2. Present - Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to use the structures:
My neck hurts.
Where does it hurt?
I’ll take your temperature.
When did you start feeling sick?
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Grammar Introduce
- Have students look at the box.
- Play the audio 10.05, and students
- Listen and repeat.
listen.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and repeat.

Grammar
- The teacher will explain about
structure:
S + should + V (bare inf) + …
S + shouldn’t + V (bare inf) + … - Listen to the teacher
- We will use these sentences to
give Advice Using “Should”.

- Output: Students can thoroughly use the grammar.

3.3. Practice - Grammar (Time: 6 minutes)

439 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Mini Activity: Complete the
sentence – Give Advice
- Ask students to look at the picture - Look and say
and the sentence which describes
the illness.
- Give advice by using the given
phrases.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 90).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 3B - Vocabulary and Grammar 1

I. Objectives

440 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

1. Knowledge:
- To review words related to illnesses
- To use the structures: My neck hurts.
Where does it hurt?
I’ll take your temperature.
When did you start feeling sick?
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and use intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and speaking
tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Activity – Vocabulary Review: Popcorn, Grammar review: Lucky wheel
+ Communication: Activity 3. SPEAKING
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Words related to Illnesses
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 2 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: To help students review words related to illness.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Warm-up activity: Popcorn
- Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Review all the words in the - Work in groups.
previous lesson by showing - Look at the teacher.
441 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

pictures.
- Teacher takes turns to show the
words one by one. Keep going to
- Say “Popcorn” to get a
show the letter until the students
chance to answer.
can recognize what the word is.
- If they know the answer, say
“Popcorn” to get a chance to
answer. - Get the points with the
- The teams didn’t say “Popcorn”, correct answers.
that answer will not be scored.
- The faster team with a correct
answer can get 2 points.

- Output: Students can remember the words in the previous lesson.

3.2. Review – Structure. (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to identify and remember the past forms of irregular verbs.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Grammar Review
- Have students look at the example - Look and say.
on the slide.
- Ask students to say the speech
aloud.
8 minutes Activity Lucky Wheel
- Divide the class into groups of 4. - Work in group of 4.
- Give each team a mini-board.
- Ask students to take turns to write. - Have mini-boards.
- Ask students to look at the
pictures and the given clues, then
write the complete sentences on the
boards. - Write the answers.
- The points are on the wheel.
- The team with higher scores will
be the winner.
- Check the answers and
get the points.
- Output: Students can remember how to give advice by using “should”
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make a sentence by themselves.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
10 minutes Activity 3. SPEAKING
You aren’t feeling well. Go to the
doctor’s. The doctor gives you
some advice

442 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

(Pupils’ Book p.115)

Activity – Role play - Look at Activity 3.
- Divide the class into pairs; one
- Work in pairs and role
student takes on the role of the
play.
doctor and the other student takes
on the role of the patient.
- The patient uses a few of the
expressions in the word box, and
the doctor gives some advice.
- Invite some pairs to come up and
do role plays in front of the class. - Some pairs role play in
front of the class.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and build sentences.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 90).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY

Lesson 4 – Phonics

443 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce rising intonation in Yes/ No Questions
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and speaking
tasks in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Reorder the dialogue, Activity: Which team is the best,
Activity: Answer the question.
+ Communication: Activity 3, 4
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Illnesses
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy
- Audio files: Tracks 10.06, 10.07
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides, Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up activity: Reorder the
dialogue
- Divide the class into four teams.
Ask each pair in the team to
prepare a mini-board. - Prepare mini-boards.
- Ask students to read all the
sentences aloud.
- Work in a team to reorder the - Reorder the dialogue.
dialogue.
- When finishing, raise the board
up.
- Output: Students are ready and happy for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
444 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3.1. Present - Phonics. (Time: 14 minutes)

- Aim: To correctly read and pronounce rising intonation in Yes/ No Questions
- Input: CD Track 10.06 and slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity 1. Listen and repeat
(Pupils’ Book p.116)
- Look at the pictures and
- Have students look at the sentences.
statements with listed items in
Activity 1.
- Listen and repeat
- Play the audio, students listen and
sentences.
focus on the intonation of each item
in the sentences.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and repeat.

3 minutes Presentation:
- Students listen again to each - Listen again to each
sentence. sentence.
- Then, the teacher explains that we - Listen to the teacher’s
will learn about Yes / No questions instructions.
in English. The intonation at the
end of the question rises.
- Students listen to the teacher’s
guide and repeat the sentences with
correct intonation. - Listen and repeat.

Activity – Which team is the

best?
- Divide the class into groups of
6 minutes six.
- Teacher shows a Yes/No question
on the slide.
- Students look and practice in
teams in 30s to make sure that they
can say this sentence with the - Read each sentence.
correct intonation
- The teacher listens and chooses
the best team with the correct - Say the sentences in with
intonation. correct intonation.
- Note: All members need to say.

Activity 2. LISTENING – Listen

and mark the intonation.
- Have students read along as they

445 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

listen to the audio and they mark

3 minutes the intonation.
- Play the audio, and ask students to
finish the exercise.
- Go over the answer as a class then
play the audio once again for them - Listen and finish the
to listen and become aware of the task.
rising intonation at the end of
questions.
- Output: Students can read and pronounce rising intonation in Yes/ No Questions.
3.2. Practice – Phonics (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading and pronouncing rising intonation in Yes/ No
Questions.
- Input: The slides, CD Track 10.07
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Practice Activity: Answer the Teamwork:
questions.
(Pupils’ Book, p.116)
- Divide the class into groups of - Work in groups of 4.
four.
- Ask each team to take a pencil
and put it in the middle of the - Take out a pencil.
team.
- The teacher shows a question and - Look and answer.
tells the student to say aloud with
the correct intonation, and asks - Join in the activity.
them to discuss in their 30s to give
advice for this question.
- Catch the pencil to get a chance
to answer.
- The faster team with good advice - Receive 2 points per each
can get 2 points. correct answer.

Activity 3. SPEAKING - Ask

and answer the questions.
5 minutes
(Pupils’ Book, p.116)
- Have students look at 4 sentences
in Activity 3 and say it aloud.
- Then, In pairs, ask and answer - Look at 4 sentences.
the questions provided.
- Invite some students to share
information with the class. - Ask and answer.

- Listen and check the answers

446 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students can recognise the rising intonation in Yes/ No Questions.

3.3. Produce - Phonics (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to promote students’ acquisition of the rising intonation in Yes/ No
Questions.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 4. In pairs, role-play a
visit to the doctor’s. Use Yes/ No
questions in your role-play.
- Ask students to look at the
picture and list the illnesses they
- List the illnesses.
learnt in Unit 10.
- Then ask them to read the title
aloud. And move to the example - Look at the example.
on the next slide.
- Look at the example. Read the
dialogue. Pay attention to the
underlined phrases. - Pay attention to the
- In pairs, work together to come underlined phrases.
up with as many different phrases
as possible to replace underlined
phrases in the dialogue. - Find the phrases.
- Go over the student’s suggestions
and put them on the board.
- In pairs, practice their role-play
using the board's suggestions.
- Role-play.

- Output: Students can identify the rising intonation in Yes/ No Questions.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 91).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

447 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 5A - Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To correctly read and pronounce words / phrases related to health.
- To get familiar with the structure: to + be / verb to show purpose.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: The correct intonation, Practice Activity: Picking Up
+ Communication: Activity: Make a pair
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: word/phrases related to health
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying healthy!
- Audio files: Tracks 10.08, 10.09, 10.10, 10.11
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
448 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity: The correct
intonation
- Ask the students to work in
pairs, then practice saying the - Say the sentences.
sentences on the slides with the
correct intonation.
- Play the audio 10.07 to check
their answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Introduce and help students correctly identify new vocabulary: “healthy,
unhealthy, fit, unfit, do exercise, relax, eat a balanced diet, eat junk food”
- Input: CD Track 10.08, slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity 1. Look, listen and
repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.117)
- Play the recording 10.08 for the - Listen and repeat.
first time. Have the students listen
and repeat the words as the
recording goes.
- Show pictures one by one with the - Listen and repeat the
audio, then ask the students to word one by one.
listen and repeat the word one by
one.
- Divide the class into two groups, - Work in 2 groups and
ask each group to take turns to read practice.
aloud the word.
- Give feedback - Listen to the teacher.
- Show pictures one by one, ask the - Look at the slide and say
students to look and say the word. the words again.
- Output: Students can say the vocabulary correctly and well.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary (Time: 11 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to correctly remember the vocabulary.
- Input: The slides. CD Track 10.09, 10.10
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Practice Activity: Picking Up
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
Ask each team to prepare eight
pieces of paper.
- Tell students to write new
words/phrases they learned before - Write the words on the

449 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

on the papers. paper.

- Ask students to look at the
pictures, the students who hold the - Each student keeps two
correct card in each team stand and cards.
raise the card up. Then say aloud - Say the corresponding
the word. words out loud.
- Give 2 points to the faster team - Receive 2 points for the
with the correct answer. correct answers.
Note: All team members need to
say the correct word to win.

Activity – Make a pair

- Ask the whole class to look at the - Find words to make
3 minutes words “healthy” and “unhealthy” suitable pairs with the
and ask them to make a pair. given words.
- Work in pairs, to find more pairs.
- Join in the activity.
Activity 2 – Listen and sing
(Pupils’ Book p.117)
- Ask students to look at the lyrics
and clap their hands when they hear
3 minutes the new words from the lesson. - Clap their hands when
- Play the audio 10.09, ask the they hear the new words
students to listen and sing aloud or from the lesson.
open the karaoke version (10.10), - Sing along the song.
ask students to sing along.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary.
3.3. Present – Grammar (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the structure to + be / verb to show purpose
- Input: Slides, CD track 10.11
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes - Activity 3. Listen and repeat.
(Pupils’ Book p.117)
- Have students look at the song
and read it. - Look and read.
- Play the audio 10.11, students - Listen and repeat.
listen and repeat.

Introduce Grammar:
5 minutes
- Have students look at the box.
- Play the audio 10.11, and students - Look at the box.
listen.
- Play the audio again, students - Listen to the audio.
listen and repeat.
- Introduce the grammar for students
- Use to + be / verb to show the
purpose. - Listen to the teacher’s
instructions.
ex:
450 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- I’m running to be fit and healthy.

- I went to the supermarket to buy
fruit.
Sum-in:
- Ask students to open books, look
at the pictures on page 117 again.
- Ask the students to memorize the
3 minutes
words they learned in lesson 1, then
ask them to close their books. - Open the books and look
- Say the numbers and have the at the pictures.
students say the words.
- Memorize/ Recall the
- The teacher can say 2 or 3
words in lesson 1.
numbers at the same time.
- Close the book.

- Say the words

corresponding with the
numbers.
- Output: Students can be familiar with the structure.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 92).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

451 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 5B – Vocabulary and Grammar 2

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review words / phrases related to health.
- To use the structure: to + be / verb to show purpose.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Sing a song, Vocabulary review Activity: Mix-up
Letters, Grammar Practice: Combine the sentences
+ Communication: Activity in production part
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work, and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: word/phrases related to health
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Warm-up Activity:
Sing the previous song
- Open the audio 10.09 (with - Listen and sing along.
lyrics) or 10.10 (without lyrics)
and ask students to sing a song
together.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
452 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: review words / phrases related to health
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Review vocabulary:
- Ask the students to look at the - Look and review the words.
slide including 8 pictures and
review the words.

5 minutes Activity Mix-up letters

- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Ask the students to put a pencil in - Each group puts a pencil
the middle of each group. in the middle.
- Look at the mixed-up letters and
reorder them to make a correct - Reorder the letters to
word. make the correct words.
- Give more points to the faster - Receive points for the
team. correct answers.
- Note: All members need to spell - All the students join the
the word again to get points. game.

- Output: Students know how to use the structures properly.

3.2. Review and Practice - Grammar (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice structures to + be / verb to show purpose.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Review Grammar
- Ask the students to look at the slide - Look at the slides.
and repeat the examples. - Repeat the examples.
Activity 3. Combine the sentences.
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Ask each group to prepare a mini-
board and the students in the group
take turns to write (One student one - Each group takes out a
mini-board.
word).
7 minutes - Students take turns to
write (One student one
word).
- Read the sentences and
discuss finishing it using the
given words.
- Write the sentences on the
boards.
- Give 2 points to the faster team
with the correct answer.
- Receive 2 points for the
453 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

correct answers.
Activity 4. Combine the
4 minutes sentences.
(Pupils’ book – p.117)
- Ask the students to work in pairs, - Join in the activity.
and students share the answers with
their partners.
- Then, show the answers to check.
- Check the answers.
- Output: Students can make sentences with the question structures of to + be / verb to
show purpose.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 6 minutes)
- Aim: To help students remember the vocabulary and make sentences by themselves.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Based on activity 4.
- Ask the students to work in - Students work in groups
groups of 4, then work together to of 4.
create some sentences with the - Create sentences with
the pattern.
pattern:
to + be / verb to show purpose.
- Ask each student to write 2 - Each student writes 2
sentences. sentences.
- Ask the students to show their - Show the answers on the
answers on the board. board.
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the vocabulary and structures and build
sentences.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 92).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

454 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY

Lesson 6 – Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To give advice using the word should / shouldn’t
- To use the sentence patterns: Should I take some medicine?
Yes, you should. / No, you shouldn’t.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge and by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Activity: Guess the illness, Activity: Choose the correct answer
+ Communication: Activity 3
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Healthy / Unhealthy words/phrases
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying healthy
- Audio files: Tracks 10.12
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 6 minutes)

455 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.

- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Activity: Guess the illness
- Listen to the teacher’s
- Divide the class into two groups. instructions.
- Quickly review the long
adjectives by showing pictures
from the previous unit.
- Ask students to look at the
pictures, use the given letters and
guess the adjective describing the - Guess the words.
pictures.
- Give 2 points for the fastest - Raise hands to get a chance
team with the correct answers. to answer.
- Check the answers.
- Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review Vocabulary. (Time: 3 minutes)
- Aim: To review the words/phrases about healthy / unhealthy
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes - Show the pictures on the slides - Look at the slides and
and ask students to review all the review the words.
words.
- Say a number and ask students to - Say the words.
say the corresponding words.
- The teacher can extend the review
by calling students individually or
randomly.
- Output: Students remember the words for the next activity.
3.2. Review Grammar. (Time: 16 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice listening and speaking skills.
- Input: The slides. CD track 10.12
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Practice Activity: Choose the
correct answer
- Divide the class into pairs. - Work in pairs.
- Ask each pair to prepare a mini- - Each pair takes a mini-
board and write “A” and “B” on board.
two sides of the board. - Quickly look at the
- Show the slides with pictures picture and choose the
456 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

and 2 options “A” and “B”. correct advice.

- Give 2 points to the fastest pair - Raise either “A” or “B”
as the answer.
with the correct answers.
- Check the answers.
Activity 1. SPEAKING In pairs, - Receive 2 points for the
ask and answer. What should correct answers.
you do? What shouldn’t you do?
(Pupils’ Book p.118)
5 minutes - Ask the students to look at the
picture on page 118 and say the
illness in these pictures.
- Ask the whole class to read
aloud the speech bubbles. - Open page 118.
- Ask the students to work in
pairs, practice advice using should
/ shouldn’t and the pictures with
- Look and say.
their partners.
- Practice in pairs.
Pre-Listening Activity – Guess
the answer.
- Ask the students to work in pairs
and read the question.
- Then ask the students to take
turns to guess the answers.
2 minutes
- Work in pairs and read the
Activity 2 – LISTENING Listen question.
and choose the correct picture.
- Guess the answers.
(Pupil’s book – p118)
- Ask students to open their books
page 118.
- Open the audio 10.12, ask them
to listen and finish the activity.
3 minutes
- Ask the students to work in
pairs, exchange the book and peer
check. - Open the books.
- Listen and finish the
activity.

- In pairs, exchange books

and peer check.

- Output: Students improve their speaking and listening skills through the tasks.
3.3. Produce – Vocabulary and Grammar (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: To help students to use the structures to ask and answer the questions.
457 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity: Sorting
- Ask the whole class to read all the - Read the phrases.
phrases that appear on the slides.
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 4, ask them to sort out
which phrases we do to stay - Sort out the phrases into
healthy and which ones we do to the categories of staying
relax. healthy and relaxing.
- Show the slide for the students to
check the answers.
Activity 3. What do you do to
5 minutes stay healthy? What do you do to
relax?
(Pupils’ book – p.118)
- Ask students to read the dialogue
in Activity 3. - Read the dialogue.
- Ask students to underline the
phrases in the speech bubbles that - Underline the phrases
show what the student does to stay that show what the student
healthy and relax. does to stay healthy and
relax.

- Ask the students to practice in - Make their own

pairs, replace the underlying parts sentences.
with their examples to stay healthy
and relax.
- Then practice asking and
answering.
(Teacher can use the given phrases
in the previous activity)
- Output: Students can thoroughly use the structure to ask and answer the questions
by themselves.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 93).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

458 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY

Lesson 7A – Story

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their knowledge by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Warm-up Activity – Listing out, Activity: Choose the correct character
+ Communication: Activity 2
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Illnesses
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy!
- Audio files: Tracks 10.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

459 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Listing Out
- Divide the class into groups of
6, each team prepares a mini-
board.
- Join the activity.
- Ask each student to take turns to
list out as many words related to
illnesses as possible in 2 minutes. - List out words.
- After that, ask them to exchange
their boards to do peer checks.
(A correct answer = one point)
- Ask students to read aloud the
words to review.
- Declare the win to the team with - Receive 2 points if the
the correct answers. team has the correct
answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Story (Time: 14 minutes)
- Aim: To introduce the story.
- Input: Track 10.13, Slides, Animation Video.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Introduction:
- Show the story and have students - Look at the pictures.
identify the story title, story frames
and characters by answering these - Answer the questions.
questions:
1. What’s the story title (name)?
2. How many story frames
(pictures)?
3. How many characters (people, - Look at the questions.
friends) are in the story?
- Ask students to open their books
and explore the page of the Unit 10
story with their partners to answer
the questions. - Open the books and
- Provide the answers using the answer the questions.
- Check answers.
460 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

slide.

Activity: Watch a video

- Play the video, students listen to
and watch the story.
4 minutes Activity: Listen and point - Watch the story.
- Play the recording 10.13, ask the
students to look at the story and
listen. - Listen to the story.
5 minutes
- Output: Students can read the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 11 minutes)
- Aim: To help students read and understand a simple cartoon story
- Input: The slides, Track 10.13
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Activity: Choose the correct
character
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Have the students read the
sentences and discuss it with their - Read and discuss the lines.
teammates to choose the correct - Choose the correct
character.
character who said that line.
- Give 2 points to the faster team - Show the fingers to
with the correct answers. choose the correct answers
- Note: Click on the picture to (all members of the team).
check.

Activity 2. Read the story.

Choose the correct option.
5 minutes
(Pupils’ Book – p.119)
- Finish the task.
- Ask students to open the books
and finish Activity 2.
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 3, read and answer the
questions by using their memory.
- Check the answers with the whole
class.
- Output: Students can read and understand a simple cartoon story.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 2 minutes)
- Aim: To enhance students’ understanding of the story.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Story – Wrap-up
(Pupils’ Book p.119)
- Open the books and look
- Ask students to open their books at the pictures.

461 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

and look at pictures on page

119,120.
- Ask the questions, students point - Point and answer.
and answer.
- Output: Students can understand a simple cartoon story and do the task.
V. Wrap up (Time: 2 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercise 1 in the Activity Book (page 94).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 7B – Story

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To understand simple cartoon stories.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:

462 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show their knowledge by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book
+ Teamwork: Activity: Dub out the story, Warm-up Activity: True or False, Activity:
Playing Golf with Mario
+ Communication: Activity 5. Ask and answer
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holiday activities
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy!
- Audio files: Tracks 10.13
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and review vocabulary with the
structures.
- Input: The slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Find the
correct picture
- Ask the students to work in
groups of 4. - Close the book
- Ask them to close their book
and recall the story.
- Have the students look at the - Discuss, choose the
sentences and discuss choosing correct picture scenes.
the correct picture scene in the
story.
- There are ten scene pictures
corresponding to 10 fingers - Raise the fingers to show the
(Note: Scene 1 = 1 finger, Scene 2 correct picture scene.
= 2 fingers, …)
- Give 3 points to the team with
more correct answers.
- Output: Students are ready for the new lesson and remember the words and the
structures.

463 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Review Story (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: To review the story.
- Input: Slides, CD Track 10.13.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity. Listen and read
(Pupils’ book pp.119,120)
- Have students open their books - Open the books and look
and look at the story on pages at the story.
119,120.
- Play the recording 10.13 for the - Listen and read aloud the
students to listen and read aloud. story.
- Output: Students can remember the characters and lyrics in the story.
3.2. Practice - Story (Time: 13 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to act out the story and do the tasks.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ Book p.120
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes Activity: The Dice
- Teacher prepares the dice.
- Divide the class into groups of 6.
- Ask the students to read the - Read the questions and
questions and discuss them with discuss them with the
their friends, then raise their hands teammates, then raise the
to answer. hands to answer.
- Let the faster team with the -The fastest group has the
correct answers throw the dice and right to answer first. If that
get the points corresponding with group can’t show the correct
the number on the dice. answer, other teams have the
chance to answer.
Activity: Read the story again.
Re-tell the story
4 minutes (Pupils’ Book p.120)
- Ask students to read the story - Read the story again.
again, then move to the next side to
look at an example.

Look at the example

- Ask the students to close their
books. - Close the book.
4 minutes - Ask the whole class to read the
sentences in the example
- Read the example.
- Teacher can explain the meaning
of first, second, and next to the - Listen to the teacher.

464 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

class in the example text.

- Output: Students can act out the story and do personal tasks.
3.3. Produce – Story (Time: 10 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember and tell about what happened in the past.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p.120.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
10 minutes Activity Re-tell the story
(Pupils’ Book p.120)
- Divide the class into four groups.
Ask each group to prepare a piece
- Each group prepares a
of paper.
- Ask them to re-tell the story again piece of paper.
and retell the story using first,
second, and next in their retelling. - Re-tell the story.
- After that, ask them to stick their
paper on the board and invite a few - Show the discussion
teams to retell the story in front of results and present the
class. story.
- Give 2 points to the good - Listen and vote for the
performances. best presentation.
- Output: Students can tell about what happened in the past.
V. Wrap up (Time: 1 minutes)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 94).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

465 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

UNIT 10 – STAYING HEALTHY!

Lesson 8 – Skills
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- To review.
- To write and talk about: How to stay fit and healthy.
2. Skills:
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute:
- Show their love and favourite fit and healthy habits.
4. Competence:
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ book; teamwork: Warm-up Activity: Answer the question, Activity:
Imagination; communication: Activity 3.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: Stay fit and healthy
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 10 – Staying Healthy
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Make a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: The slides, video
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: Answer the
questions
- Divide students into groups of 4. - Work in groups of 4.
- Then ask each group to take out
a pen or ruler and put it in the - Take out and put a pen or
middle of each group. ruler in the middle of the
466 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the text and give 2 group.

minutes for students to read the
information. - Listen, find the
- Ask the students questions, let information in the picture
them listen, find the information to answer the questions.
in the picture, then raise their - Raise pens or rulers to
pens or ruler to get a chance to get a chance to answer.
- Get 2 points for each
say the answers.
correct answer.
- Give 2 points to the fastest
group with the correct
information.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Present – Skills (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to discuss and understand the text.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Activity 1. Read. What does
Isabel do to stay fit?
(Pupil’s book p.121)
- Ask students to close their book, - Close the books.
recall the text from the previous - Recall the text from the
lesson and predict what they think previous lesson and
the text is about. predict what the text is
- Ask them to open the book and about.
read the text in three minutes. - Read the text
Then, underline any useful phrases - Underline any useful
that help them to understand the phrases that help them to
main idea of the text. understand the main idea
- Ask a few students to share their of the text.
work.
- Work in pairs to answer the - Share the answers.
questions in the title.
- Show the example answers.
- Look at the example.
- Output: Students know and understand more information about the text
3.2. Practice – Skills (Time: 12 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to do their tasks in their books with listening, speaking, writing
skills.
- Input: The slides, Pupils’ book p.121
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
Activity 2. Write a description of
how you stay fit and healthy
(Pupils’ book – p.121)

467 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Ask the students to work in

4 minutes groups of 4. Then, ask each group
to take out a sheet of paper. - Take out a sheet of paper.
- Have the students in the group
- Look at and read aloud.
discuss and write the answer for
each question.
- Each member takes turns
- Show the example on the next writing the answer.
slide.

- Next, have the students in the

5 minutes group discuss writing about their - Discuss and write.
ways to stay fit and healthy.
- Recommended the students to use
the clues and the helpful language
on top.
- Show the example on the next
slide.

- After the students finish writing a

3 minutes description to show how to stay fit
and healthy, ask them to stick or - Show the groups’ writing.
draw pictures to decorate what they - Give feedback to the other
do. groups.

- Output: Students can use their skills to do the tasks in the Pupils’ book.
3.3. Produce – Skills (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to remember the information from the paragraph and finish their
task.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Activity 3. Share with the class
the activities you do to stay fit
and healthy
(Pupils’ book p.121)
- Ask the students to practice
sharing in teams first, then share - Share about the ways to
with the class the activities that stay fit and healthy.
they do to stay fit and healthy.
- Invite a few students to present in - Watch and listen to the
front of the class. performers.
- Give points to the good
performances.
- Receive points for the
good performances.
- Output: Students use their skills to do the task.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)

468 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.

VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (page 95).
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

UNIT 9 + UNIT 10
Review

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to holidays and health.
- Ask and answer about holidays and health.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, reading, speaking and writing skills.
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward holidays and health.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity,
communication
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and pairwork
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: holidays and health
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5, English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 9, Unit 10
- Audio files: Track R5.01
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization

469 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
5 minutes Warm-up Activity: QUIZ
GAME - Join the activity.
- Divide the class into 2
teams. - Look at pictures.
- Each team will look at
pictures about vocabulary in - Choose the correct
Unit 9 or Unit 10 and choose answers.
the correct answers. - Raise their hands to
- The fastest group with all check.
correct answers will receive
2 points

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Complete the text with words from the box (Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of holiday activities, different
types of words related to the beach and health.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.122.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes - Have students look at the - Look at the picture
picture in Activity 1 on page
122.
- Ask them to say the word - Say the word aloud.
aloud for each picture.
- Ask them to read the text - Read and write.
and write the answers in
pairs. Then, tick the best - Tick the best title.
title for the text.
- Check the answers with - Check the answers.
470 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the whole class.

- Output: Students can use the vocabulary of holiday activities and different
types of words related to the beach.
3.2. Listen and tick the correct pictures (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice their listening skills.
- Input: The slides and Pupils’ Book p.122, CD Track R5.01.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes PRE LISTENING -
Activity: Guess the answer
- Have students work in - Ask and guess the
pairs to ask and guess the answers.
answers. - Switch roles to do
the task.
- Then, ask them to switch
roles to do the task.

4 minutes
Activity 2. Listen and
match - Listen and match.
- Play the audio, ask students
to listen and tick. - Compare answers.
- Have students work in
pairs to compare answers.
- Check the answers.
- Check the answers with the
whole class.
- Output: Students can improve their listening skills.
3.3. Read and complete the sentences about the story. Write TWO
WORDS (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice their reading skills.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.123.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes PRE – READING:
Activity: Underline
keywords
- Have students work
individually to underline - Underline keywords.
keywords in the text.
- Compare the answers with
- Compare answers.
their partners.
- Check the answers with - Check the answers.
471 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

the whole class.

Activity 3. Read and

complete the sentences
about the story. Write
TWO WORDS
- Read the text again
- Have students read the and write.
text again and write TWO
WORDS. - Check the answers.
- Check the answers with
the whole class.
- Output: Students can improve reading skills.
3.4. Ask and answer. (Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice their reading skills.
- Input: Slides, Pupils’ Book p.123.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Have students look at the - Look at the example.
example.
- Have students work in
- Ask and answer.
pairs to ask and answer
about their health.
- Take turns to
- Then, ask them to take practice.
turns to practice.
- Invite some pairs to - Watch and listen to
present in front of the class. the performers.
- Output: Students can improve reading skills.
3.5. Write a paragraph about what you do to get fit and stay healthy
(Time: 5 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to write about getting fit and staying healthy.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.123.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Ask students to write the - Write the text and
text individually and compare it.
compare it with their
partner. - Check the answers.
- Check the answers with
the whole class.
- Output: Students can write about health by themselves.
472 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

V. Wrap up. (Time: 2 minutes)

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to do exercises in the Activity Book (p.96, 97).
Adjustment
……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

END-OF-TERM REVISION 2A
Unit 6 + Unit 7 + Unit 8 + Unit 9 + Unit 10

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:

473 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Review the words related to technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities,
healthy lifestyle.
- Ask and answer questions about technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities,
healthy lifestyle.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday
activities, and healthy lifestyle by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work II.
Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities, healthy lifestyle
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: CD Track T2.01, T2.02
- Computer and slides.
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up Activity: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Activity: Find The Picture
- Divide the class into 2 teams. - Join in the activity.
- Each team will look at pictures - Look and choose the correct
about vocabulary in Unit 6, Unit 7, answers.
Unit 8, Unit 9 or Unit 10 and
choose the correct answer.
- Then, they raise their hands to
check - Raise their hands to check.
- The fastest group with all correct - Receive 2 points.
answers will receive 2 points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Look at the pictures. Then read and complete the sentences (Time: 6
minutes)

474 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary about technology and practice reading
skills.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.124
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Look and say.
- Read off the words.
- The teacher says the words - Look and say the words.
randomly and students point to the
correct pictures.

4 minutes Activity 1. Look at the pictures.

Then read and complete the
sentences - Open the book and read
- Ask students to open the book on the task.
page 124. - Read and complete the
- Read and complete the sentences sentences.
on their own using the words from
above. - Work individually to
- Students work individually to complete the task.
complete the task, then compare
answers with a partner.
- The teacher checks the answers - Check answers with the
with the whole class. classmates.

- Output: Students can use reading skills to identify the vocabulary of technology
correctly and well.
3.2. Read and complete Fred’s plans for this summer (Time: 6 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of holiday activities and practice reading
skills.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.124.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes Activity 2. Read and complete - Look at the task.
Fred’s plans for this summer
- Read the text and fill in the - Listen to the teacher.
blanks using the pictures and the
words.
- Students work individually to
complete the task, then compare
answers with a partner. - Join in the activity.
- The teacher checks the answer
with the whole class.
Answer the question
- Look at the text again.
3 minutes - Then, answer these questions.
- Look at the text again.
475 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Answer the questions.

- Output: Students finish task 2 and remember the vocabulary of jobs.
3.3. Read and match the sentence halves. There are two endings you don’t need
(Time: 4 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of health.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.124.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
4 minutes Activity 3. Read and match the
sentence halves. There are two
endings you don’t need
- Have students look at Activity
3. - Look at Activity 3.
- Then, they read and match the
sentence halves.
- Read and match.
- The teacher checks the answers
with the whole class.
- Check the answers.

- Output: Students finish task 3 and remember the structures.

3.4. Read the text about Gina’s trip. Then read and choose the correct answers.
(Time: 6 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice reading skills.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.125.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes PRE-READING: Activity:
Underline keywords
- Have students work individually
to underline keywords (space - Underline keywords.
words) in the text.
- Compare the answers with their
partners.
- Check the answers with the - Compare the answers.
whole class.
- Check the answers.

Activity 4. Read the text about

3 minutes Gina’s trip. Then read and
choose the correct answers
- Have students read the text again
and choose the correct answers.
- Check the answers with the - Read and choose the
whole class. correct answers.

- Check the answers.

- Output: Students can read the text and finish task 4.
3.5. Listen and circle (Time: 6 minutes)
476 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Aim: Help students to practice listening skills.

- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.125, 126.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
3 minutes PRE-LISTENING: Activity:
Guess the answer
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Ask and guess the answers.
ask and guess the answers.
- Then, switch roles to do the task.

Activity 5. Listen and circle

- Play the audio, students listen - Listen and circle.
3 minutes
and circle.
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Compare answers.
compare answers.
- Check the answers with the
whole class. - Check the answers.
- Output: Students can read the text and finish task 4.

V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)

- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to review vocabulary and grammar at home.
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

477 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

END-OF-TERM REVISION 2B
Unit 6 + Unit 7 + Unit 8 + Unit 9 + Unit 10

I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities,
healthy lifestyle.
- Ask and answer questions about technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities,
healthy lifestyle.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their knowledge and their love of technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday
activities, and healthy lifestyle by using intonation when asking and answering in the
conversation.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: self-control and independent learning: do listening and reading tasks
in the Pupils’ Book.
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration and communication, group work and pair work II.
Language focus
- Vocabulary: technology, celebrations, space, beach holiday activities, healthy lifestyle
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Audio files: CD Track T2.01, T2.02
- Computer and slides.
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up Activity: (Time: 5 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
5 minutes - Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
Activity: Word to word
- Put students in groups of 3 or 4. - Join in the activity.
- Each group takes out a mini-
board
- Take out a mini-board.
- Each team will look at the slides

478 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

with unscrambled words from Unit

6, Unit 7, Unit 8, Unit 9 or Unit 10 - Look and write.
and write the correct sentences.
- Then, ask students to raise their
boards to check.
- The fastest group with all correct - Raise the boards to check.
answers will receive 2 points.
- Receive 2 points.

- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Listen and circle True or False. Correct the false sentences (Time: 7
minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary about the party and practice listening skills.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.126
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes PRE-LISTENING: Activity:
Guess the answer
- Ask students to work in pairs to - Guess the answers.
guess the answers.

Activity 6. Listen and circle True

or False. Correct the false
sentences
5 minutes - Play the audio, students listen and
circle. - Listen and circle.
- Play the audio again, students
listen and correct the false - Listen and correct the false
sentences. sentences.
- Ask students to work in pairs to
compare answers. - Compare answers.
- Check the answers with the whole
class. - Check answers with the
classmates.

- Output: Students can use reading skills to identify the vocabulary of the party
correctly and well.
3.2. In pairs, ask and answer questions about tomorrow (Time: 6 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of technology, celebrations, healthy
lifestyle, and practice speaking skills.
- Input: The slide and Pupils’ Book p.126.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
6 minutes Activity 7. In pairs, ask and
479 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

answer questions about

tomorrow
- Ask students to work in pairs,
- Ask and answer.
switch roles to ask and answer the
questions in the speech bubbles,
using the given words in the box.
- Look at the example speech
bubbles for reference. - Look at the examples.
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class and give them 2 - Watch and listen to the
points. performers.

- Output: Students finish task 7 and remember the vocabulary of technology,

celebrations, and healthy lifestyle.
3.3. Look at the table. In pairs, ask and answer questions about things Juliette
and Santiago are going to do next week (Time: 8 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of “going to”.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.126.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
8 minutes Activity 8. Look at the table. In
pairs, ask and answer
questions about things Juliette
and Santiago are going to do
next week
- Ask students to look at the table
or ask them to open the book on - Look at Activity 8.
page 127.
- Ask students to work in pairs
and take turns to ask and answer
questions about things Juliette - Ask and answer.
and Santiago are going to do
next weekend.
- Invite some pairs to present in
front of the class and give them 2
points if they perform well.
- Present in front of the class.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.
- Output: Students finish task 3 and remember the structures.
3.4. Write (30-40 words) about what you did last weekend. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice writing skills.
- Input: Slides and Pupils’ Book p.127.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes

480 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

7 minutes Activity 9. Write (30-40 words)

about what you did last
weekend
- Have students read the text again
- Read and choose the
and choose the correct answers.
correct answers.
- Then, students write about what
they did last weekend. - Write.
- Invite a few students to show
their texts. - Show and check the texts.
- Output: Students can improve their writing skills.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to review vocabulary and grammar at home.
Adjustment
…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………

REVIEW
Unit 6 + Unit 7 + Unit 8 + Unit 9 + Unit 10
(Giáo viên cân nhắc thực hiện nội dung bài học trong khoảng 1 - 2 tiết)
I. Objectives
By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:

481 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

1. Knowledge:
- Review the words related to Then and now, My party, Let’s explore, Holiday time
activities, and Staying healthy.
- Ask and answer about Then and now, My party, Let’s explore, Holiday time
activities, and Staying healthy.
2. Skills
- Develop listening, speaking and writing skills
3. Attribute
- Show their love toward school and their responsibility for their education.
4. Competence
+ Core competencies: Teamwork, motivation, problem-solving, integrity, communication
+ 21st Century skills: collaboration, problem-solving, communication, and pairwork.
II. Language focus
- Vocabulary: then and now, my party, let’s explore, holiday time activities, and staying
healthy.
III. Instructional resources
- Textbooks: Tiếng Anh 5 English Discovery
- Flashcards: Unit 6, Unit 7, Unit 8, Unit 9, and Unit 10
- Computer and slides
IV. Procedures:
1. Organization
Class Date of teaching Absent Students

2. Warm-up - Review: (Time: 3 minutes)

- Aim: Create a familiar and friendly atmosphere and lead in the new lesson.
- Input: Slides
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
- Greet the class. - Greet the teacher.
3 minutes Warm-up Song: Move!
- Play the video, students watch
and listen - Watch and listen.
- Play the video again, students
stand up, listen and dance along.
- Listen and dance along.
- Output: Students are happy and ready for the new lesson.
3. New lesson:
3.1. Review - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students review the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore,
holiday time activities, and staying healthy.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Vocabulary Unit 6:
- Show pictures one by one, - Look and say the words.
students look and say the words.
482 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong
DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Show the words, students spell it - Spell the words again.

again.

2. Vocabulary Unit 7:
- Show each picture for the students - Look and say.
to look at and say the word.

3. Vocabulary Unit 8:
- Show all the pictures; then say a
number, and have the students say - Say the word aloud.
the word. - Spell the words.
- Click on each number to show the
word, have the students spell it
again.
- Review the large number: Show
pictures one by one for the students - Say the words.
to look at and say the word aloud.

4. Vocabulary Unit 9:
- Show pictures one by one,
students look and say the word.
- Show the word, students spell it
again. - Look and say.

5. Vocabulary Unit 10: - Spell it again.

- Ask the students to try to
memorize all the pictures and the
numbers within 30 seconds.
- Move to another slide, call a - Memorize all the
number randomly. pictures.
(Ex: Number 2)
- Raise their hands and
answer.

- Output: Students can identify the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore,
holiday time activities, and staying healthy.
3.2. Practice - Vocabulary. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students practice the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s explore,
holiday time activities, and staying healthy.
- Input: The slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity: Snow White
- Divide the class into two teams: - Listen to the teacher’s
team A and team B and ask each instructions.
student takes - Each team takes out a mini-
- Give points following the rules: board.
If all students in the team write the - Look at the picture and write
correct answer, that team will down the answers.

483 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

receive 2 points. But if the team

has 2 or 3 students write the wrong
- Write the correct answer
answer, they won’t receive points.
and check.
- Declare that the team with the
highest points wins the game.
- Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students remember and use the vocabulary of then and now, my party, let’s
explore, holiday time activities, and staying healthy.
3.3. Review - Grammar. (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: To review the structures of 5 Units.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Presentation - Review
1. Grammar Unit 6:
- Have students look at the
structures and review the - Look and review.
grammar.
- Have students look at the box
including regular verbs in Past - Look and repeat.
tense end with “-ed” then ask
them to repeat.
2. Grammar Unit 7:
- Show the table of irregular - Listen and repeat.
verbs, students listen and repeat.
- Have students look at the - Look and say aloud.
structure and review the
grammar.
3. Grammar Unit 8:
- Have students look at the
structures and review the - Look and review.
grammar.
- Have the students look at the
structures and give some - Look and give some
example questions. examples.

4. Grammar Unit 9:
- Point to the structure.
- Ask the students to work In - Listen to the teacher’s
pairs, each pair prepares a mini- instructions.
board. - Look at the structure and
write an example on the
5. Grammar Unit 10: board.
- Ask students to look and make
some sentences. - Look at the structure and
- Ask students to look at the make the sentences.
examples. - Look at the examples.

484 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

- Output: Students remember the structures of 5 Units.

3.4. Practice - Grammar (Time: 7 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to practice grammar.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
7 minutes Activity: Make the sentences
- Divide the class into groups of 4.
- Ask each team to prepare a mini- - Take out a mini-board.
board and the students in the team
take turns to write (One student - Read the sentences and
one word). discuss finishing them using
- Give 2 points to the faster team the given words.
with the correct answers.
- Write the answers on the
boards.
- Raise the boards to check the
answers.
- Receive 2 points for the
correct answers.
- Output: Students can use the grammar to make the correct sentences.
3.5. Production (Time: 2 minutes)
- Aim: Help students to ask and answer about birthday party.
- Input: Slides.
- Procedures:
Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities Notes
2 minutes Activity: Ask and answer
- Ask the students to work in
pairs. - Students look at the
- Then, they switch roles to ask pictures related to the
and answer about birthdays. birthday party on the slide
- After the students finish or Activity 4 on page 85 of
practicing, invite some pairs to Pupils’ Book.
role play, ask and answer about - Switch roles to ask and
birthdays. answer about birthdays.
- Watch and listen to the
performers.

- Output: Students can ask and answer about their birthday party.
V. Wrap up. (Time: 1 minute)
- Summarize the content of today’s lesson quickly.
VI. Homework. (Time: 1 minute)
- Ask students to review Vocabulary and Grammar at home.
Adjustment

485 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

486 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong

DOI CAN 1 PRIMARY SCHOOL SCHOOL YEAR: 2024- 2025

487 Teacher: Pham Thi Thuy Huong